The hardest German words to pronounce (and how to tackle them)
But what makes them so tricky?
Aside from their sheer length, which owes to the German tendency to combine multiple words into one longer word, these words rely on an impressive inventory of sounds. German includes several phonemes — like “ü,” “ö,” and that harsh “ch” — that don’t exist in English. Add in unpredictable rhythms and stress patterns, and suddenly your tongue is working overtime.
It can be a lot to handle. But, with the right strategies and some consistent practice, you’ll go from stumbling to smooth in no time. Let’s break down the toughest words and how to actually pronounce them.
10 difficult German words and why they are so hard
1. Eichhörnchen (squirrel)
The vowel-vowel-consonant mashup in the middle of this word is enough to trip anybody up. English speakers especially struggle to make the “ch” and “rn” flow together. Let’s break it down:
eye-ch-hoern-shen
Start with “Eich” [eye-ch] and get that sharp “ch” in your throat — not your mouth. Then “hörn” (say it like “hern” with a tight “ö” sound), and finally “chen,” which is a soft, breathy “shen.” Practice it slowly, piece by piece.
2. Streichholzschächtelchen (little matchbox)
It’s long. It’s a compound noun. It’s a tongue twister straight out of language nerd heaven.
shtrye-kh-holts-shekh-tel-khen
This one combines Streichholz (match) and Schächtelchen (little box). The trick? Chunk it. Don’t rush it.. And don’t worry if you can’t get it right, because it’s definitely not one of the most spoken words in German. It is good training for your throat sounds, though.

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

3. Berühren (to touch)
That umlauted “ü” combined with a soft “r” in the middle makes the rhythm get weird.
buh-rue-ren
Focus on getting the “ü” right — it’s like saying “ee” while rounding your lips like you’re saying “oo.” And make that “r” gentle rather than rolled, almost like a soft tap.
4. Schluchztest (you sobbed)
It looks like a dare. All those consonants crammed together, and a “zt” at the end to top it up.
shlookh-ts-test
Start with “schluchzen” (to sob), which is already gnarly, then add “-test” for the second-person past tense. Go slow. Isolate each part. Breathe. Don’t sob.
5. Lehrerin (female teacher)
The rapid-fire repetition of the “r” sound throws off the flow, and the feminine “-in” ending doesn’t land cleanly for English speakers.
lair-uh-rin
Don’t panic on the double “r.” Instead, stretch it a bit. Start with “Lehr” (like the English “lair”) and then roll gently into “erin.” Say it almost like it’s two small words.
6. Nudeln (noodles)
That “-ln” ending can be tough, as English doesn’t really have an equivalent.
noo-duhln
Say “Nude-” like in “noodle,” then just tap the “l” and finish with an “n.” Super quick. Let it blur a little — it’s not supposed to be crisp.
7. Reparieren (to repair)
It’s long and repetitive, and those rolling “r” sounds are tough if you’re not used to them.
reh-pah-ree-ren
Make it musical. Stress the third syllable — which sounds like “ree” — and smooth out the rest. If your r’s aren’t rolling, keep them soft. Germans will still understand you.
What our students of German say
8. Großbritannien (Great Britain)
It’s a borrowed word, but German phonetics twist it into something new. Sounds familiar, until it doesn’t.
grohs-bree-tahn-yen
Don’t try to pronounce it like the English version. The German “ß” sounds like “ss,” and “Britannien” is three syllables. Emphasize the middle one, and keep the rhythm steady.
9. Eidechse (lizard)
That “ei” vowel blend, followed by a hard “ch” and “se” ending. Lots of little changes in your mouth position.
eye-dek-suh
Say “Ei” like “eye,” then “dech” (like “deck” but with a German “ch” in your throat), and finish with a soft “suh.” Think: smooth and light.
10. Rührei (scrambled eggs)
Umlaut + back-to-back vowels = chaos.
roo-er-eye
Start with the “Rüh” ([roo] with lips rounded), then ease into “ei.” It’s two syllables, but they blend. Don’t pause between them — just glide.
Tips to master these tough words
- Slow repetition and recording yourself: Say each word slowly and clearly, then listen back to hear what needs adjusting.
- Break words into syllables: Long words are less scary when you chop them into manageable parts.
- Shadow native speakers: Watch videos or join a class, and mimic what you hear — timing, tone and all.
- Practice full phrases: Phrases like “Welche Sprachen sprichst du?” help you get used to German rhythm, sibilants and flow.
The more you train your ear and mouth together, the more natural it all becomes. If you need some media support, this Youtube channel might be of some help, too!
What is the hardest word to learn in German?
This is subjective, but the prize may well go to Eichhörnchen, thanks to its tough sounds and lack of an English equivalent.
What is the longest, hardest German word?
We could award this one to the long, twisted compound word Streichholzschächtelchen.
However, the longest officially used German word is Rindfleischetikettierungsüberwachungsaufgabenübertragungsgesetz, with an incredible 63 letters. This jumble of letters refers to “the law concerning the delegation of duties for the supervision of cattle marking and the labelling of beef.”
What is the hardest word to say in German?
It depends on what you struggle with, but schluchztest is a strong candidate due to its consonant overload, which makes it barely pronounceable for many a non-native German speaker.
Why pronunciation practice pays off
Mastering German pronunciation isn’t about perfection — it’s about confidence. Words like Eichhörnchen and Streichholzschächtelchen might trip you up now, but the more you practice, the easier it gets.
If you’re wondering how to learn German fast, Lingoda’s classes are designed to get you talking from Day One. We teach real-life, everyday German with a focus on pronunciation.. Stick with it, speak often and don’t be afraid to sound a little awkward — it’s all part of learning!

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

German capitalization rules: What to capitalize and why
The rules that govern German capitalization might seem daunting at first. Why is der Tisch capitalized while laufen is not? And what’s the deal with Sie vs. sie? Don’t worry — German is above all a systematic language, and once you understand the logic behind this system, reading and writing will become much easier.
In this guide, we’ll break down the essentials: which words are capitalized, which aren’t, and how to spot the common traps that trip up learners. We’ll also share some real examples and tips to help make it all stick.
- Why is capitalization important in German?
- Which words are capitalized in German?
- What’s not capitalized in German?
- Formal German, polite forms and exceptions
- Real-life examples and tips
- FAQs
Why is capitalization important in German?
German vs. English: A key difference in writing
If you’ve ever read a sentence in German and wondered why every other word seems to start with a capital letter, you’re not alone. Here’s the deal: German nouns are always capitalized. This rule applies not only to proper names, like Berlin or Angela Merkel, but also to common nouns ranging from Apfel (apple) to Zeitverschwendung (waste of time).
English uses capitalization much more sparingly, reserving it mainly for proper nouns and the beginnings of sentences.
What capital letters communicate in German
Interestingly, online learners — especially on community forums like Reddit — tend to agree that all those capitals are actually a helpful feature. Capitalization can make it easier to scan for meaning, especially in a language in which adjectives latch on to nouns, (making them potentially very, very long).
Because German nouns are capitalized, you can spot them at a glance. Think of them as little linguistic landmarks in a sentence. In this light, capital letters aren’t merely a formality — they’re a navigation tool.

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

Which words are capitalized in German?
All nouns, always
In German, every noun is capitalized — with no exceptions. If a word corresponds to a person, place, thing or idea, it starts with a capital. That includes animals (der Hund), emotions (die Freude), objects (das Buch), professions (der Lehrer) and even times of day (der Morgen). If it’s a noun, it’s capitalized.
Proper nouns and names
If all nouns are capitalized in German, it stands to reason that names of people, cities, countries and companies are capitalized — just like in English. You’ll see Anna, Berlin, Deutschland and Volkswagen all starting with a capital letter.
The first word in a sentence or quote
The first word of any sentence is always capitalized, even if it’s not a noun. The same goes for the first word in a direct quote. So, whether it’s “Guten Morgen!” or “Ich bin müde.”, the first word gets capitalized. This is true regardless of which part of speech it is.
What’s not capitalized in German?
Here’s where German flips the script from English. In German titles and headlines, verbs, adjectives and adverbs remain lowercase unless they’re the first word in a sentence. So, while an English headline might read, “Running Fast Is Fun,” the equivalent headline in German would state, “Laufen schnell macht Spaß.” Only “Spaß” is capitalized, because it’s a noun.
Many newcomers to German instinctively capitalize verbs when writing headlines or titles. This feels natural if you’re used to English, but it’s not how it works in German. If it’s not a noun and if it doesn’t start the sentence, it stays lowercase. No exceptions, no drama.
What our students of German say
Formal German, polite forms and exceptions
When adjectives or verbs become nouns (nominalization)
This is one of the trickier rules — but also one of the most common. When a verb or adjective is used like a noun, it gets capitalized. This is called Nominalisierung (nominalization). You’ll spot these nouns easier by looking for signal words that appear in front of them, such as articles (das, ein) and certain prepositions (zum, beim).
For example, consider das Lesen (reading) or beim Spazierengehen (while taking a walk). The nominalized word may look like a verb, but it’s acting like a noun, so it gets a capital letter.
Sie (formal ‘you’), Ihr (formal ‘your’), informal du and dein
What about “Ihr” or “Sie” in German? These words were in fact once capitalized in the formal correspondence of yesteryear. Today, the standard is to leave them lowercase, e.g., sie, ihr, du and dein.
Some people still capitalize these addresses in very formal and traditional writing, but it’s optional and fading fast. You’re safe sticking with lowercase, though it’s something to look out for if you spend a lot of time reading old German texts.
Real-life examples and practice tips
A good way to get the hang of German capitalization is to read short texts and spot the nouns. For example:
Heute Morgen hat der Lehrer dem kleinen Hund einen Ball gegeben.
How many capitalized nouns can you find? (Hint: Heute in this case is actually an adverb, not a noun. It’s only capitalized because it comes at the beginning of the sentence.)
This kind of practice trains your brain to recognize patterns, and it can help your writing feel more natural over time. At Lingoda, we build these kinds of real-world examples into our lessons, so you’re not just learning the rules — you’re using them.
Are pronouns capitalized in German?
Pronouns are not capitalized in German, except for the formal addresses Sie and Ihr (where it’s optional but common).
Are days of the week capitalized in German?
Yes, German days of the week (Montag, Dienstag, etc.) are capitalized because they are nouns, and all nouns in German are capitalized.
German capitalization rules in action: What to remember
German capitalization has its own logic, but once you get the hang of it, it starts to make perfect sense. Watch out for those noun-like verbs and formal pronouns, and you’re well on your way.
The best way to make it stick? Practice in real-life conversations. With Lingoda, you’ll speak from Day One, building confidence with help from native-level teachers who challenge you to apply the rules you learn in everyday situations. Enroll in one of our courses and you can learn German starting today!

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

Mastering the past perfect tense in English
We use the past perfect tense to show that one action in the past happened before another. It clarifies the order of two past events or highlights the duration of a past event up to a specific time in the past. It helps you to tell stories, which is a huge part of our day-to-day communication.
While it’s considered one of the more advanced English tenses, using the past perfect tense accurately in exams can give you an edge. It can also make your speech and writing appear more professional, and it’s key in academic writing.
In this article, we’re looking at how to form the past perfect tense, which adverbs it often appears with, how and when to use it, and, crucially, when to avoid it.
- What is the past perfect tense?
- How to form the past perfect tense
- How to make the past perfect negative
- How to ask questions in the past perfect tense
- Examples of past perfect in context
- When NOT to use the past perfect tense
- The role of “just” and other modifiers
- Common mistakes learners make with the past perfect
- FAQs
What is the past perfect tense?
The past perfect simple tense is one of the 12 English tenses, and one of the four used to talk about the past..It’s used to show the sequence of two past events, with the past perfect marking the earlier one. It applies to both states and actions, including those that happen repeatedly. You can also use the past perfect to talk about how long something lasted up to a particular moment in the past.
It’s often called a “narrative tense” because of how useful it is for storytelling. It helps set a timeline and clearly indicates when things happened in relation to one another.

Learn English with Lingoda
How it works

How to form the past perfect tense
The formula
The structure of the past perfect simple tense is had + past participle, or more fully, subject + had + past participle verb form. We use had with all subjects, for example:
- I had
- You had
- She had
- They had
Common regular & irregular verbs
Remember that regular past participles are formed by adding -ed to a verb in the base form.
- ask → asked
- call → called
- start → started
These verb endings can be pronounced in three different ways.
- /ɪd/ after t or d sounds (forming an extra syllable)
→ started, wanted, needed
- /t/ after unvoiced sounds like k, p, s, sh, ch, th, f
→ asked, helped, passed
- /d/ after voiced sounds (everything else except t/d)
→ called, played, opened
Example sentences
- I had asked him before.
- We had called him earlier.
There are also many irregular verbs in English. Here are some of the most common ones with their past participle form:
- be → been
- come → come
- go → gone/been
- have → had
- know → known
- speak → spoken
- understand → understood
Example sentences
- They had been together for 50 years by 2020.
- I had spoken to him before.
What our students of English say
How to make the past perfect negative
To form a negative sentence in the past perfect simple, we use the structure had not + past participle. We often contract had not to hadn’t in informal speech and writing.
Example sentences
- I had not opened the present.
- They hadn’t been to Greece before.
How to ask questions in the past perfect tense
To form questions in the past perfect simple, we invert the subject and had. For yes/no questions, the structure is Had + subject + past participle?
- Had you met before?
To form wh-questions in the past perfect simple, we place the question word before had.
- What had he done?
- Where had she been?
Examples of past perfect in context
At a job interview
I’d already done internships at three different companies by the time I finished university.
I had worked at the company for two years before I was promoted to a managerial position.
In storytelling
She had just stepped onto the stage when suddenly, the lights went out!
My wife and I had always wanted to visit Australia, so when we retired, we booked a trip.
Ava: How was your weekend away?
Liam: It was great! But we had a bit of a scare on the way there.
Ava: Oh no, what happened?
Liam: Well, we’d already left the city when I realized I had forgotten my wallet.
Ava: Seriously?
Liam: Yeah, but luckily Emma had brought some cash, and I’d booked the hotel online the night before. So we were okay.
News report
The country had undergone years of political unrest before the revolution.
Past perfect vs. simple past
When talking about two past actions, use the past perfect for the earlier event and the past simple for the later one. Here’s an example:
- By the time she arrived at the airport, her flight had already taken off.
By the time is a very common phrase in the past perfect tense.
Now, compare these sentences. Which shows that the children finished their homework before I got home?
- When I got home, my children finished their homework.
- When I got home, my children had finished their homework.
The children finished before I got home in the second one. In the first, I got home and then they finished their homework.
When NOT to use the past perfect tense
We don’t tend to use the past perfect tense when the order of events is clear from the context. In that case, we usually use the past simple. For example:
- First, we went to the cinema and then we had dinner.
- He said goodbye to everyone before he left.
The order of events is very clear from the words first, then and before, so it’s not necessary to use the past perfect.
The role of “just” and other modifiers
In the past perfect tense, modifiers like just, already, never, and yet help to clarify timing, emphasis, and nuance in relation to a past event.
- Just emphasizes that something happened a very short time before another past action.
Ex. She had just left the office when the phone rang.
- Already highlights that something was completed earlier than expected.
Ex. He’d already finished dinner when I arrived.
- Never adds a sense of surprise or emphasis about something that hadn’t happened at any time before a specific past moment.
Ex. I’d never seen snow before my trip to Canada.
- Yet is used in negative sentences and questions to ask or state whether something had happened up to that point.
Ex. When we left the house, the mail hadn’t arrived yet.
Common mistakes learners make with the past perfect
- Forgetting had
Learners sometimes forget to add had in the past perfect tense.
- I been to the UK before. ❌
This structure, without had, is common in some English dialects, but it’s not standard. Don’t misplace had when using the past perfect!
- Overusing the past perfect
We explained above that it’s more appropriate to use the past simple tense when the order of events is clear. We also don’t use the past perfect when we have a chain of unrelated events.
We usually use the past simple for this:
- I woke up, ate breakfast, and went to work.
Having a native-level teacher is key when you’re trying to learn how and when to use the past perfect (and any other tenses) accurately. If you’re trying to learn English, Lingoda’s native speaking teachers not only know instinctively which tense should be used, but they can also explain why and provide plenty of examples.

Learn English with Lingoda
How it works

Past perfect vs. pluperfect: Is there a difference?
In English, the tenses referred to as the past perfect and the pluperfect are the same. Modern textbooks and courses tend to use the term past perfect. The same is true in other languages: the past perfect in German (Plusquamperfekt) might also be referred to as the pluperfect in English.
What is an example of past perfect vs past simple?
When I got home, my children had already eaten all the cake. (They ate it before I got there.)
When I got home, my children and I ate the cake. (We ate it together after I arrived home.)
What are the keywords for the past perfect?
A sentence containing had + -ed verb is in the past perfect. By the time is often a key indicator of this tense.
Past perfect tense, future fluent you
The past perfect tense helps you express the order and duration of past events, and it adds clarity to storytelling, professional communication, and academic writing. You now know how to form it, when to use it, and just as importantly, when not to.
If you want to take your grammar and fluency to the next level, Lingoda offers small group classes with native-level teachers who provide expert feedback and real-life examples. Learn to speak from day one, build confidence through practice, and enjoy flexible scheduling to suit your lifestyle. Start using advanced grammar like the past perfect naturally and accurately. Your future fluent self will thank you.
A practical guide to German irregular verbs
The term irregular applies to all German verbs that don’t follow standard conjugation rules. But within this broad category, there are important distinctions.
Strong verbs have stems that change vowels in certain tenses — for example, fahren (to go) becomes fuhr (Präteritum/past tense) and gefahren (Perfekt/past participle). In contrast, truly irregular verbs, like sein and haben, aren’t consistent and often change both their stems and endings in unexpected ways.
The good news? German has fewer irregular verbs than English. With some guidance and a bit of practice, you’ll find these patterns easier to grasp than you might think.
- How irregular verbs behave in German grammar
- The 5 main patterns of German strong verbs
- Present-tense conjugation table for common irregular verbs
- Tips to learn German irregular verbs faster
- German irregular verbs for English speakers: What’s easier (and harder)?
- FAQ
How irregular verbs behave in German grammar
Many irregular verbs still stick to the general structure of verb stem + conjugated ending, though they may differ from regular verbs in how the stem changes. This irregularity typically pops up in the du and er/sie/es forms, where the stem undergoes a vowel shift known as Ablaut. For example:
- nehmen (to take) → du nimmst, er/sie/es nimmt
- sehen (to see) → du siehst, er/sie/es sieht
Some verbs go beyond the Ablaut and show irregularities not only in the stem, but also in their endings. Such verbs are considered truly irregular and they include essential ones such as:
- haben (to have) → ich habe, du hast, er/sie/es hat
- sein (to be) → ich bin, du bist, er/sie/es ist
- werden (to become) → ich werde, du wirst, er/sie/es wird
Frustrated yet? It’s worth noting that the irregularities in German verbs aren’t simply random. They have historical roots that go back to earlier stages in the development of Germanic languages. The vowel changes we see (and struggle with) today are the result of systematic sound shifts that occurred centuries ago. Knowing this background isn’t strictly necessary, but it can help you see irregular verbs as part of a deeper structure rather than as agents of chaos.

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

The 5 main patterns of German strong verbs
As you’ve probably noticed, most so-called “irregular” verbs are actually strong verbs that follow recognizable patterns. The Ablaut occurs here in a systematic and predictable way — mainly in the second-person singular (du) and third-person singular (er/sie/es) forms of the present tense, as well as in the past tense and participles. While you’ll still need to memorize these verbs individually, understanding how and where these irregularities occur will help you recognize patterns and conjugate verbs in German more easily.
All in all, there are five main patterns of German strong verbs, each defined by a specific sequence of vowel changes across tenses.
Ablaut pattern: e → i
In these verbs, the stem changes from e to i in the second- and third-person singular:
- geben (to give) → du gibst, er/sie/es gibt
- essen (to eat) → du isst, er/sie/es isst
- vergessen (to forget) → du vergisst, er/sie/es vergisst
Ablaut pattern: e → ie
The stem vowel e of these verbs becomes ie in singular forms:
- lesen (to read) → du liest, er/sie/es liest
- sehen (to see) → du siehst, er/sie/es sieht
- empfehlen (to recommend) → du empfiehlst, er/sie/es empfiehlt
Ablaut pattern: a → ä
Here, a takes an umlaut and becomes ä:
- fahren (to drive) → du fährst, er/sie/es fährt
- schlafen (to sleep) → du schläfst, er/sie/es schläft
- tragen (to carry, to wear) → du trägst, er/sie/es trägt
Past-tense Ablaut pattern: i → a (or i → a → u)
These changes occur primarily in the simple past and past participle:
- sitzen (to sit) → ich saß, du saßt, er/sie/es saß
- liegen (to lie) → ich lag, du lagst, er/sie/es lag
- finden (to find) → ich fand, du fandest, er/sie/es fand
Some of the verbs in this group follow a full three-step pattern, e.g., beginnen (to begin) → begann → begonnen.
Irregular / mixed verbs (unpredictable forms)
These verbs don’t fit neatly into any Ablaut pattern and must be memorized:
- bringen (to bring) → ich bringe, du bringst, er/sie/es bringt
- wissen (to know) → ich weiß, du weißt, er/sie/es weiß
- tun (to do) → ich tue, du tust, er/sie/es tut
- senden (to send) → ich sende, du sendest, er/sie/es sendet
What our students of German say
Present-tense conjugation table for common irregular verbs
The following table contains a list of German irregular verbs conjugated in the present tense, with the Ablaut in bold if present. These verbs are incredibly important to know, since you’ll encounter them often in daily interactions.
Verb | ich | du | er/sie/es | wir | ihr | sie/Sie |
beginnen (to begin) | beginne | beginnst | beginnt | beginnen | beginnt | beginnen |
bitten (to ask) | bitte | bittest | bittet | bitten | bittet | bitten |
empfehlen (to recommend) | empfehle | empfiehlst | empfiehlt | empfehlen | empfehlt | empfehlen |
essen (to eat) | esse | isst | isst | essen | esst | essen |
fahren (to drive) | fahre | fährst | fährt | fahren | fahrt | fahren |
finden (to find) | finde | findest | findet | finden | findet | finden |
geben (to give) | gebe | gibst | gibt | geben | gebt | geben |
gehen (to go) | gehe | gehst | geht | gehen | geht | gehen |
haben (to have) | habe | hast | hat | haben | habt | haben |
halten (to hold) | halte | hältst | hält | halten | haltet | halten |
kennen (to know, e.g., a person) | kenne | kennst | kennt | kennen | kennt | kennen |
laufen (to run) | laufe | läufst | läuft | laufen | lauft | laufen |
lesen (to read) | lese | liest | liest | lesen | lest | lesen |
nehmen (to take) | nehme | nimmst | nimmt | nehmen | nehmt | nehmen |
raten (to guess) | rate | rätst | rät | raten | ratet | raten |
rufen (to call) | rufe | rufst | ruft | rufen | ruft | rufen |
sehen (to see) | sehe | siehst | sieht | sehen | seht | sehen |
sein (to be) | bin | bist | ist | sind | seid | sind |
trinken (to drink) | trinke | trinkst | trinkt | trinken | trinkt | trinken |
tun (to do) | tue | tust | tut | tun | tut | tun |
vergessen (to forget) | vergesse | vergisst | vergisst | vergessen | vergesst | vergessen |
verlassen (to leave) | verlasse | verlässt | verlässt | verlassen | verlasst | verlassen |
wachsen (to grow) | wachse | wächst | wächst | wachsen | wachst | wachsen |
werden (to become) | werde | wirst | wird | werden | werdet | werden |
ziehen (to pull, to move) | ziehe | ziehst | zieht | ziehen | zieht | ziehen |
zwingen (to force) | zwinge | zwingst | zwingt | zwingen | zwingt | zwingen |
Tips to learn German irregular verbs faster
Learning German irregular verbs can be easier than expected if you know the right strategies.
We’ve already covered the first and most important one: recognizing common stems and endings. Most irregular verbs use the standard endings in the present tense. But a small group of highly irregular verbs — like sein, haben and werden — have different or shortened endings that you’ll need to memorize separately. Once you’ve set those aside, you can focus on the stems of the remaining strong verbs and start learning the five main Ablaut patterns.
Another helpful tip concerns so-called “mixed” verbs. These verbs can be tricky because they look like regular verbs in the present tense, but their stems are irregular in the simple past and past participle. It’s best to learn them as a group, focusing on their past forms and using tools like flashcards or tables, such as the one below:
Verb | Simple past | Participle |
denken (to think) | dachte | gedacht |
bringen (to bring) | brachte | gebracht |
kennen (to know, e.g., a person) | kannte | gekannt |
nennen (to name, to call) | nannte | genannt |
rennen (to run) | rannte | gerannt |
Regardless of which kind of irregular verb you’re dealing with, a fun and effective way to learn them is by listening to and singing along with songs, such as those by Lern DEUTSCH durch SONGS. Apps and online tools such as the German Verb Conjugator can also help you practice basic German verbs and conjugation.
Of course, nothing beats practicing with native-level teachers, like those from Lingoda. Already in our German A1 course, you’ll start learning the most common irregular verbs.
German irregular verbs for English speakers: What’s easier (and harder)?
English and German are both Germanic languages, so they share similarities in verbs and verb behavior. If a verb is strong in English, it tends to be strong in German, too. In many cases, even the vowel changes adhere to comparable patterns. For example:
English | German |
sing, sang, sung | singen, sang, gesungen |
drink, drank, drunk | trinken, trank, getrunken |
begin, began, begun | beginnen, begann, begonnen |
German actually has fewer irregular verbs than English — around 200, compared to nearly 300 in English. And most German irregular verbs conform to clear, consistent patterns. In contrast, many English irregular verbs have completely unpredictable past forms that you simply have to memorize.
Naturally, German has its challenges, too. Pronunciation and spelling changes can be a bit confusing at first, especially when strong verbs change their vowel in the present tense (e.g., fahren → fährst). Plus, there are more verb forms to learn; German draws a clearer distinction between the simple past (ich ging) and the perfect tense (ich bin gegangen) than English does.
In short, German irregular verbs are far more regular than they seem. With time, practice and a bit of pattern-spotting, they can actually become one of the more manageable parts of your learning journey.
How many irregular verbs are in German?
German has around 200 irregular verbs. That’s fewer than in many other languages, like English (which has nearly 300!).
How do you know if a verb is irregular in German?
Irregular verbs typically do not follow the regular conjugation patterns of weak verbs, which only add simple endings. They often undergo a vowel change in their stem, called Ablaut, in their present and past forms.
Mastering irregular German verbs
German irregular verbs tend to pop up quite often, so you’ll run into them early in your journey to mastering the language. Are you introducing yourself? Then you’re probably already using the irregular verb sein. Telling your doctor you have a fever? That means you’re using haben, another essential irregular verb.
Learning these verbs can seem confusing, but they’re generally easier to handle than their English counterparts. There are fewer of them, and most follow clear and predictable patterns.
If you’re looking for a supportive partner to help you learn German, Lingoda is here for you. With certified native-level teachers and flexible class schedules, our German courses give you ample opportunities to practice irregular verbs in real conversations at your own level and pace.

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

How to introduce yourself in German: A step-by-step guide for beginners
Introducing yourself in German is easier than you might think! Whether you’re greeting someone formally, sharing your name with a new acquaintance, or talking about where you’re from, a few key expressions can help you ace your first impression.
In this guide, we’ll walk you through the essentials — with practical tips and pronunciation help. Let’s get started!
- Begin with a greeting
- Say your name
- Where are you from?
- How to say your age in German
- Talk about where you live
- Mention your job or studies
- Share hobbies or interests
- Ending the introduction politely
- Bonus – Introducing yourself over the phone
- What NOT to do when introducing yourself
- FAQs
Begin with a greeting
The first step to introducing yourself is getting the greeting right. And there are a number of ways to greet someone in German, depending on the context, time of day and level of formality.
Formal and informal greetings
German has formal and informal ways to say hello. “Hallo!” is the most widely used informal greeting, and it’s easy for English speakers to remember. If you want to sound a bit more polite, you can try “Guten Tag” (Good day). In southern Germany and Austria, you might also hear “Grüß Gott,” which literally translates to “God bless.”
Examples and pronunciation tips
Here are some common German greetings along with their pronunciation:
German | Pronunciation | English |
Guten Tag | goo-ten tahk | good day |
Hallo | hah-loh | hello |
Grüß Gott | groos got | God bless (regional greeting, only used in Southern Germany and Austria) |
Guten Morgen | goo-ten mor-gen | good morning |
Guten Abend | goo-ten ah-bent | good evening |
Tip: German pronunciation is clear and distinct. The “r” in Morgen is either softly rolled or pronounced in the back of the throat, depending on the region, while the “ü” in Grüß Gott requires the same round lips you’d use when forming a whistle.

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

Say your name
‘Ich heiße…’ vs. ‘Mein Name ist…’
When introducing yourself in German, you have two options. “Ich heiße…“ (I am called…) is the most widely used, while “Mein Name ist…“ (My name is…) is reserved for business or official contexts.
How to ask for someone else’s name
To ask for someone’s name in an informal situation, use “Wie heißt du?“ (What’s your name?). When you need to sound more polite, use “Wie heißen Sie?“.
The key difference between these forms lies in the du (informal) and the Sie (formal), both of which can be used as a second-person pronoun (“you” in English). Germans take these distinctions seriously, so using the correct form helps set the right tone.
Where are you from?
‘Ich komme aus…’ and alternatives
The most common way to state where you’re from is “Ich komme aus…“ (I come from…). You might also hear “Ich bin aus…” (I am from…), which is slightly more informal.
When mentioning countries and cities, remember that German capitalizes all nouns. For example:
- Ich komme aus Deutschland. (I come from Germany.)
- Ich komme aus der Hauptstadt Berlin. (I am from the capital, Berlin.)
Asking where someone else is from
To ask someone where they’re from in an informal setting, use “Woher kommst du?” (Where do you come from?). If you need to speak formally, use “Woher kommen Sie?” instead.
How to say your age in German
Using ‘Ich bin … Jahre alt’
When stating your age in German, the standard phrase is “Ich bin … Jahre alt“ (I am … years old). You can also simply say “Ich bin 35” — it’s still perfectly clear.
To ask someone’s age, you can say “Wie alt bist du?“ (How old are you?) in informal situations or “Wie alt sind Sie?“ when speaking formally.
Cultural note: Age and formality in Germany
Although asking about someone’s age is generally acceptable among children, teenagers and young adults, it may be considered impolite when speaking with older individuals or in professional environments, where people usually don’t discuss age unless it’s relevant. If you’re unsure whether to ask, it’s best to wait until the topic comes up naturally.
What our students of German say
Talking about where you live
To say where you live in Germany, the most common phrase is “Ich wohne in…“ (I live in…). This works for neighborhoods, cities and countries alike. For example:
- Ich wohne in Köln. (I live in Cologne).
If you want to be more specific and mention your street, you can say “Ich wohne in der …straße.“ (I live on … street). For example:
- Ich wohne in der Goethestraße. (I live on Goethe Street).
To talk about a district or area within a city, you can say “Ich wohne im Stadtteil …“ (I live in the … district). For example:
- Ich wohne im Stadtteil Kreuzberg. (I live in the Kreuzberg district.)
Mention your job or studies
To inquire about what someone does professionally, you can ask “Was bist du von Beruf?” (What’s your profession?) in informal situations or “Was machen Sie beruflich?” in formal ones.
Some common professions in German are:
- Der Arzt, die Ärztin (doctor)
- Der Lehrer, die Lehrerin (teacher)
- Der Ingenieur, die Ingenieurin (engineer)
- Der Künstler, die Künstlerin (artist)
- Der Mechaniker, die Mechanikerin (mechanic)
- Der Bäcker, die Bäckerin (baker)
Share hobbies or interests
To talk about your hobbies in German, you can use “Ich interessiere mich für…“ (I am interested in…) followed by a noun, or simply “Ich [verb] gern…“ (I like to…).
- Ich interessiere mich für Musik. (I am interested in music.)
- Ich spiele gern Fußball. (I like to play soccer.)
Notice how gern (gladly, like to) goes after the verb in this construction:
- Ich lese gern. (I like to read.)
- Ich lese gern Gedichte. (I like to read poetry.)
Ending the introduction politely
To wrap up an introduction, you can say “Schön, dich/Sie kennenzulernen“ (Nice to meet you) using one or the other pronoun depending on the formality. Alternatively, “Es freut mich“ (I’m pleased) is a shorter, cordial way to express the same sentiment.
A polite handshake is common in formal settings, while a warm smile generally suffices in casual encounters. Germans value sincerity above expression, so body language tends to be more reserved.
Bonus: Introducing yourself over the phone
Why phone conversations feel tougher
Introducing yourself over the phone in German can feel more challenging than in person because you don’t have facial expressions or body language to rely on. Germans also tend to speak directly and efficiently on the phone, making it essential to start with a clear introduction.
Phrases to use on the phone
- Hallo, hier ist… (Hello, this is …)
- Guten Tag, mein Name ist … (Good day, my name is…)
- Könnte ich bitte mit … sprechen? (Could I speak with … please?)
- Worum geht es? (What is this about?)
- Könnten Sie das bitte wiederholen? (Could you repeat that, please?)
What not to do when introducing yourself
While being formal in casual settings might sound overly stiff, being too informal in professional settings can come across as something far worse: disrespectful. Err on the side of caution and formality to avoid awkward encounters.
Also, try to keep your introduction simple and natural, and be mindful of personal space — Germans appreciate a respectful distance, and overly enthusiastic gestures might feel intrusive.
How do I say ‘My name is…’ in German?
You can say “Ich heiße…“ (I am called…) or “Mein Name ist…” (My name is…). The first is more conversational, while the second is more formal.
Take the leap: Introduce yourself in German
Introducing yourself in German is simple once you know the key phrases. Sharing where you’re from, your age, where you live and your hobbies can help you open the door to meaningful connections with locals!
Want to practice real-life German with native speakers? Lingoda’s small group classes offer interactive learning environments to help you gain confidence in everyday conversations. Try one out and start speaking naturally!

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

The top 5 resources for easy German news
Looking for a simple way to boost your German? Easy German news articles are a fantastic tool. For beginner and intermediate learners, diving into complex German newspapers might feel overwhelming. Luckily, many platforms offer simplified articles and audio stories specifically designed for learners. Here, we’ve rounded up the top 5 resources for easy German news to help you stay informed and improve your language skills at the same time.
- Why incorporate German news into your learning routine?
- Top platforms offering simplified news in German
- Tips for maximizing learning with easy German news
- FAQs
Why incorporate German news into your learning routine?
There are so many reasons to read or listen to the news in a language you’re learning! Easy news in German gives you access to authentic written and spoken materials in a learner-friendly format. You can learn contemporary language while helping you pick up idiomatic expressions and vocabulary used by native speakers. You can also choose stories that interest you to make the learning process more engaging.
Many of the resources we highlight offer visual and audio versions of stories, too. This allows you to tailor your practice to your learning style (whether you learn better by reading or listening) and gives you a chance to work on weaker skills by combining both. You might also want to explore the best podcasts to learn German, many of which offer transcripts alongside the audio.
To make the most of easy German news resources, try to stay active while learning. Engage with the content to make sure you remember new vocabulary and structures: write a summary of the article or create example sentences with the new vocabulary. If you can, discuss the articles with other German learners and try to use some of the new language — this is great if you attend German classes. And to improve your pronunciation, repeat after the speaker or shadow them (speak at the same time as them).

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

Top 5 platforms offering simplified news in German
1. Nachrichtenleicht
For beginners, Nachrichtenleicht is an excellent news platform with simplified articles covering current events. After each article, certain key words are explained in simple German (there are no translations), allowing you to further expand your vocabulary. You can also listen along to audio versions of the stories as you read.
2. News in Slow German
Designed for beginner and intermediate learners, News in Slow German features news stories delivered at a deliberately slower pace. You can choose to speed up the audio when you gain confidence or even slow it down further if necessary. Transcripts are provided, along with explanations of certain terms. Please note that to access most of the content on News in Slow German, you’ll need a paid subscription.
3. Deutsche Welle’s ‘Langsam Gesprochene Nachrichten’
For those at a B2-level who still need support to understand authentic listening materials, Deutsche Welle’s ‘Langsam Gesprochene Nachrichten‘ is ideal. With new uploads daily from Monday to Saturday, you can keep up with the latest stories in an easy-to-digest format. The audio is read slowly, and full transcripts are provided if you’d like to read along.
4. Sloeful’s simple German news
Sloeful offers simplified German news suitable for A2 to B1-level learners. The articles focus on real past events, which are told through a simpler lens to help German learners follow along. From floods in Münster to lottery winners flying to the Moon, there’s a range of vocabulary-rich topics to discover.
5. Todaii Easy German
For a broad sweep of stories, try Todaii Easy German. Articles from a range of official sites, including DW and Tagesschau, are uploaded daily. Learners can filter by level (from A0 to C2), news source, and topic, from travel to politics to science.
What our students of German say
Tips for maximizing learning with easy German news
To make sure you don’t get overwhelmed:
- Choose beginner-friendly sources with level-appropriate vocabulary. Record new words in a notebook or app and review them regularly. Writing personalized examples is a great way to make sure new vocabulary sticks.
- Start with slow-spoken news before working up to more rapidly spoken stories. Many of the sites above offer slower audio, so try listening to stories a few times, increasing the speed as your understanding improves. Transcripts are very helpful at first too, particularly if the story contains a lot of new vocabulary or the speaker has an unfamiliar accent.
- Investigate unfamiliar cultural references. They’re a chance to learn even more! You may want to use a search engine, read a similar article in your own language, or take any questions you have to your language tutor if possible. Native-speaking tutors can share a wealth of cultural information.
- Finally, while reading or listening to the news is an excellent way to immerse yourself in German, it doesn’t provide you with a structured path forward in the way a German course can. Lingoda’s CEFR-aligned courses help you learn German systematically and are the perfect complement to independent reading and listening practice with easy German news.
Are there German news platforms specifically designed for beginners?
Yes! Nachrichtenleicht and News in Slow German have easy German news for beginners.
Can listening to slow-spoken German news help with comprehension?
Absolutely. Listening to slower audio can help comprehension. You can then speed up the audio as you gain confidence.
How often should I read German news to see improvement?
Aim to read at least one article per day and explore a variety of topics to broaden your vocabulary and deepen your cultural knowledge.
The benefits of easy German news for beginners
Reading easy German news articles is a powerful step in your journey toward fluency. You’ll discover topics that interest you and learn the vocabulary to talk about them confidently. But, though news articles provide useful practice materials, they don’t offer a clear path for progression.
The best way to learn German is to use a combination of authentic materials and a structured course. Lingoda’s small-group classes focus on teaching real-life language, just like you can learn from news articles, but have the additional benefit of allowing you to use all of the rich vocabulary you’re learning. The native-level teachers can add rich cultural context, and you can discuss what you’ve learned with like-minded classmates.

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

Why Germans Often Reply in English—And What It Means for Language Learners
Let’s imagine you’re in a cafe in Berlin. You order a coffee and a pastry in perfect German. The cashier replies in English. You ask where the bathroom is, again in perfect German. Once again, the cashier replies in English. You end the exchange with a frustrated, “Danke… (for not helping me practice my German).”
So, why do so many German people switch to English when a foreigner speaks their language? Is it helpful or a hindrance to language learners? And can you stop them? In this article, we’re going to answer all of these questions.
- Why do Germans switch to English?
- How do Germans perceive this behavior?
- The impact on German learners: A missed opportunity?
- How to encourage Germans to stick to German
Why do Germans switch to English?
High English proficiency in Germany
One reason Germans often switch to English is simply that they speak it more fluently than you speak German, particularly if you’ve just started learning. English proficiency in Germany is rated “high” on the EF English Proficiency Index. In fact, out of 116 countries, Germany ranked tenth. Most Germans start learning English in elementary school and so they have a considerable head start on people who begin their journey with German later in life.
Cultural mindset: Efficiency and directness
Germans tend to communicate directly—what they say is what they mean. In many situations, conversations are functional and to the point. On the other hand, people trying to practice their language skills often pause, hesitate, and wrestle with words. Many Germans see switching to English as the quickest way to communicate, and in a culture that values efficiency, faster often means better. As one user writes in Reddit’s ‘Ask A German‘ forum, “I will immediately switch to english the second I realise the conversation will become inefficient otherwise.”
A matter of politeness?
The tendency to switch to English also comes from politeness and empathy. As Reddit user muesham puts it in the r/German forum, “If the other person seems to be nervous about speaking German, then we automatically feel like we should accommodate them by switching to a language that would make them feel less nervous.”
Stereotypes about foreigners and language abilities
Many German people also recognize that their language can be difficult for foreigners to learn. From the case system to the intimidatingly long words, German poses multiple challenges. Wanting to ease the burden for foreigners, Germans sometimes switch to English.

How do Germans perceive this behavior?
Often, Germans switch to English without even realizing it.Reddit user muesham continues, “[Switching to English is] not a conscious decision, it’s just what we’re automatically inclined to do.” Other Germans simply like speaking English and take any opportunity to do so, as a user writes in the ‘Ask a German’ forum.
There’s also a practical side, as user MrsButtercheese says in the same Reddit forum: “It can be kinda difficult to speak German with someone who isn’t also native or at least properly fluent, because you have to… [d]ial back your own accent, avoid slang and local dialect, slow down, etc.”
So, if you find yourself frustrated because a German speaker keeps switching to English, remember they might not realize they’re doing it. They could just be trying to help—or practicing their English, too.
The impact on German learners: A missed opportunity?
Constantly switching to English can affect German learners in several ways. Studies consistently show that immersion is one of the most effective ways to learn a new language. If you’re in Germany, being immersed in the language should be easy. But if everyone you talk to replies in English, your immersion is disrupted, which harms your ability to pick up the language.
It can also be frustrating for learners who find themselves in a constant battle to get someone to reply in German. Many end up feeling stuck in a loop: they try to speak German, get a reply in English, and start questioning their skills. Ultimately, this lack of confidence will result in less speaking and slower progress.
Stephen Krashen’s input hypothesis
When people switch to English, German learners are not only missing out on an opportunity to speak but on an opportunity to listen, too. Linguist Stephen Krashen, in his Input Hypothesis, states: “We acquire language in one way and only one way: when we are exposed to comprehensible input that is slightly beyond our current level.” So, having the chance to listen to and try to understand native German speakers is vital for learners who want to make progress in the language.
How to encourage Germans to stick to German
Just ask, directly and politely
We already covered how German people favor a direct communication style, so use that to your advantage and ask them outright to speak German. Say this:
- Ich möchte mein Deutsch verbessern, könnten wir bitte Deutsch sprechen? (I would like to improve my German. Could we please speak German?)
Take the advice of Scott Thornbury, author of How to Teach Speaking, when he says: “Language learning is about negotiation. If the conversation defaults to English, it’s the learner’s task to renegotiate the rules and steer it back to the target language — again and again.”
Use humor and self-deprecation
You can also take a more light-hearted approach when asking a German person to stick to German. Try these:
- “Mein Deutsch ist noch nicht so gut, aber deins ist perfekt. Könntest du mir beim Üben helfen?” (My German isn’t very good, but yours is perfect! Can you help me practice?)
- “Dein Englisch ist schon so gut! Wäre es okay, wenn wir an meinem Deutsch arbeiten?” (Your English is already so good! Do you mind if we work on my German?)
If that fails, make yourself a badge that says “Nur Deutsch, bitte!” (German only, please!) and point to it when necessary.
Show confidence and stick with it
If you don’t feel comfortable asking directly (or the person ignores your pleas), be persistent and keep replying to them in German. Don’t worry about why they’re replying in English; just keep your confidence up and plow on.
Pick the right setting
Certain settings are better suited to having a conversation in German than others, and there are times when you may have to accept a reply in English. As Reddit user ExecWarlock writes, “If you are in a store, business environment or other similar situations, people are not your language teacher… it can be annoying and/or time-consuming for them to try to understand broken German.” However, if you get chatting with someone in a more relaxed, less transactional situation, it should be perfectly fine to ask your conversation partner to stick to German.
Striking a balance
For English speakers who arrive in Germany eager to practice their budding German, it can be frustrating and discouraging when the locals reply in fluent English. It’s crucial to remember that this is mostly well-intentioned, whether the German person wants to save you some trouble, ensure more efficient communication, or just practice their own English.
German learners need to become comfortable expressing their desire to practice while taking into consideration where and when they’re doing it. And Germans, too, can be mindful that constant switching might unintentionally discourage learners and slow down their learning progress. Ultimately, mutual understanding (and maybe a “Nur Deutsch, bitte” badge) leads to better language exchange experiences.

Begin your personal language journey
- Courses tailored to your learning needs
- Qualified native-level teachers
- Expert-designed curriculum
- Live classes with small group sizes


Essential Spanish food terms for every situation
Spanish-speaking countries are known for having some of the most amazing flavors around the world. You’re probably already highly motivated to learn at least some basic Spanish food vocab.
From being able to buy groceries and order food in Spanish to becoming familiar with local eating habits, you’ll quickly see that getting food words in Spanish down will open up a new (and delicious) world to you. So, let’s feed that appetite and take a look at this comprehensive food glossary!
- Core Spanish food vocabulary
- Beverages in Spanish
- Sweet treats and desserts
- Dishes and meals in Spanish
- Flavors and cooking terms in Spanish
- Understanding Spanish mealtimes and food culture
- FAQs
Core Spanish food vocabulary
As an appetizer, we’ll start with essential Spanish food vocab. These are Spanish words you need to know to go shopping, order food at Spanish-speaking restaurants and even talk about dietary restrictions or allergies.
Let’s dive into how to say the most common vegetables, proteins and fruits in Spanish:
Vegetables (verduras / vegetales)
Spanish | English |
aguacate | avocado |
alcachofa | artichoke |
apio | celery |
berenjena | eggplant |
brócoli | broccoli |
cebolla | onion |
cilantro | cilantro |
champiñón | mushroom |
col/repollo | cabbage |
elote (Mexico)choclo (Central & South America)maíz (Spain) | corn |
espárragos | asparagus |
espinacas | spinach |
jitomate (Mexico)tomate (general) | tomato |
lechuga | lettuce |
papa (Latin America)patata (Spain) | potato |
pepino | cucumber |
pimiento | pepper |
rábano | radish |
zanahoria | carrot |
Here are example sentences using these words:
- Soy alérgico/a a la cebolla (I’m allergic to onion).
- Me encanta la lasaña de berenjena (I love eggplant lasagna).
- En México comen mucho rábano (They eat a lot of radish in Mexico).
- No me gustan las espinacas (I don’t like spinach).
Fruits (frutas)
Spanish | English |
cereza | cherry |
ciruela | plum |
durazno | peach |
frambuesa | raspberry |
fresa | strawberry |
guayaba | guava |
higo | fig |
lima | lime |
limón | lemon |
mango | mango |
manzana | apple |
melón | melon |
mora azul | blueberry |
naranja | orange |
pera | pear |
piña | pineapple |
plátano | banana |
sandía | watermelon |
toronja | grapefruit |
uva | grape |
zarzamora | blackberry |
- Adriana hace un pay de manzana delicioso (Adriana makes a delicious apple pie).
- El jugo de naranja me hace daño (Orange juice doesn’t sit well with me).
- El vino está hecho de uvas (Wine is made of grapes).
Proteins (proteínas)
Spanish | English |
atún | tuna |
carne | meat |
carne de res | beef |
cerdo | pork |
chorizo | chorizo |
cordero | lamb |
jamón | ham |
pavo | turkey |
pescado | fish |
pollo | chicken |
salchicha | sausage |
salmón | salmon |
tocino | bacon |
- No como carne, soy vegetariana/o (I don’t eat meat, I’m a vegetarian).
- Me gustan los waffles con tocino (I like waffles with bacon).
- La salchicha alemana es la mejor (German sausage is the best).
Grains (granos), nuts (nueces) and staple foods
Spanish | English |
aceite | oil |
aceituna | olive |
almendra | almond |
arroz | rice |
azúcar | sugar |
especias | spices |
cacahuate (Mexico)maní (South America/Caribbean)cacahuete (Spain) | peanut |
cátsup | ketchup |
frijoles | beans |
garbanzos | chickpeas |
lentejas | lentils |
masa | dough |
mayonesa | mayo |
mostaza | mustard |
nuez | walnut |
pan | bread |
pasta | pasta |
pimienta | pepper |
piñón | pinenut |
trigo | wheat |
sal | salt |
salsa de chile | hot sauce |
semillas | seeds |
vinagre | vinegar |
- Mi cerveza favorita es la de trigo (Wheat beer is my favorite).
- Ya no tenemos vinagre (We ran out of vinegar).
- Le hace falta pimienta a la pasta (The pasta is missing some pepper).
- La sopa de lentejas es mi favorita (Lentil soup is my favorite).
Dairy (lácteos)
Spanish | English |
crema | cream |
huevo | egg |
leche | milk |
mantequilla | butter |
queso | cheese |
suero de leche | buttermilk |
yogurt | yogurt |
- Desayuno yogurt con fruta (I have fruit with yogurt for breakfast).
- No me gusta el queso fuerte (I don’t like strong cheese).
Beverages in Spanish
How are we gonna wash down all those small-plate tapas? Let’s order some drinks (bebidas)!
Common drinks (bebidas)
Spanish | English |
agua mineral (Mexico)agua con gas | sparkling water |
agua natural | still water |
café | coffee |
chocolate caliente | hot chocolate |
jugo (Latin America)zumo (Spain) | juice |
leche | milk |
licuado (Mexico)batido (Spain) | smoothie |
limonada | lemonade |
malteada | milkshake |
refresco / soda | soda |
té | tea |
té helado | iced tea |
- Para mí un agua mineral, por favor (Sparkling water for me, please).
- Siempre ceno un licuado de plátano (I always have a banana smoothie for dinner).
Alcoholic beverages (bebidas con alcohol)
Spanish | English |
alcohol | alcohol |
botella | bottle |
cerveza | beer |
cerveza de barril | draft beer |
champaña (LatAm)champán (Spain) | champagne |
cóctel | cocktail |
ginebra | gin |
shot (general)chupito (Spain) | shot |
sidra | cider |
vino | wine |
vodka | vodka |
whiskey | whiskey |
- Me da, por favor, una cerveza de barril (Can I get a draft beer, please?).
- El alcohol me causa resaca (Alcohol gives me a hangover).
- La sidra es muy suave (Cider is very smooth).
Pro tip: If you want to work on your Spanish vocabulary, joining classes is a game-changer. At Lingoda, you’ll learn vocab in an immersive manner. You can focus on speaking from day one and practicing real-life conversation skills. Plus, you can set your schedule however works best for you and choose between small group or private Spanish lessons.
Sweet treats and desserts
We’re approaching the end of our meal. If you fancy something sweet, take a moment to learn these food words in Spanish for sweet treats and desserts:
Popular Spanish desserts (postres)
Spanish | English |
churros | churros |
flan | flan |
torrijas | French toast |
leche frita | fried milk pudding |
roscón de reyes | Kings’ day circle bread |
arroz con leche | rice pudding |
tarta de Santiago | Santiago almond-flour cake |
- ¿Tienen churros con chocolate? (Do you have churros with chocolate?).
- El roscón de reyes se come en enero (Kings’ day bread is eaten in January).
What our students of Spanish say
Common sweet ingredients and foods
Spanish | English |
azúcar | sugar |
canela | cinnamon |
chocolate | chocolate |
crema chantilly | whipped cream |
dulce | candy |
fruta | fruit |
galleta | cookie |
gelatina | jelly |
helado (general)nieve (Mexico) | ice cream |
hot cakes (Mexico)panqueques | pancakes |
jarabe | syrup |
mantequilla de cacahuatemantequilla de maní | peanut butter |
mermelada | marmalade |
miel | honey |
miel de maple | maple syrup |
crema pastelera (LatAm)natilla (Spain) | custard |
nata | cream/whipping cream |
pan dulce | pastry |
pasta de hojaldre | puff pastry |
pastel | cake |
pay de queso | cheesecake |
tarta (Spain, South America)pay (Mexico) | pie |
vainilla | vanilla |
- No puedo comer azúcar debido a mi salud (I can’t eat sugar due to my health).
- El chocolate es mi dulce favorito (Chocolate is my favorite candy).
- Prefiero la miel de maple a la de abeja (I prefer maple syrup to honey).
- Se me antoja un sándwich de crema de cacahuate (I feel like a peanut butter sandwich).
Dishes and meals in Spanish
Let’s take a look now at some staple dishes and meal items in Spanish:
Spanish | English |
copa | glass |
ensalada | salad |
entrada | appetizer |
guarnición | side dish |
hamburguesa | hamburger |
pan tostado | toast |
plato | dish / plate |
plato fuerte | main dish |
postre | dessert |
sandwichtorta (Mexico) | sandwich |
sopa | soup |
vinagretaaderezo | vinaigrettedressing |
- Prefiero la ensalada a la hamburguesa (I prefer the salad to the burger).
- La sopa va antes del plato fuerte (Soup comes before the main dish).
- A la ensalada le falta aderezo (The salad lacks dressing).
Flavors and cooking terms in Spanish
Learning vocabulary for describing flavors and cooking techniques can come in handy in different situations. Want to show appreciation for a meal? Or go through that great Spanish cookbook you got during your last holiday? We’ve got you.
Describing tastes, textures and flavors
Spanish | English |
ácido | sour |
agridulce | sweet and sour |
aguado | soggy |
ahumado | smoky |
bueno | good |
caliente | hot |
con hielo | iced |
cremoso | creamy |
crujiente | crunchy |
dulce | sweet |
fresco | fresh |
frío | cold |
grasoso | greasy |
húmedo | wet |
jugoso | juicy |
malo | bad |
picantepicoso | hot |
ricodelicioso | delicious |
rostizado | roasted |
salado | salty |
seco | dry |
suave | soft |
tibio | warm |
This is how you can talk about flavor, temperature and texture:
- Está muy… picante / rico / salado / dulce (It’s very… spicy / delicious / salty / sweet).
- Está… caliente / frío (It’s… hot / cold).
- Es / Está … crujiente / suave / seco (It’s… crunchy / soft / dry).
Essential cooking verbs
Spanish | English |
agregar | add |
asar | roast |
poner | put |
exprimir | squeeze |
rallar | grate |
amasar | knead |
rebanar | slice |
freír | fry |
colar | strain |
colocar | place |
hervir | boil |
hornear | bake |
cortar | cut |
lavar | wash |
salpimentar | season |
descongelar | defrost |
limpiar | clean |
marinar | marinate |
medir | measure |
mezclar | mix |
tostar | toast |
echar | pour |
pelar | peel |
pesar | weigh |
servir | serve |
untar | spread |
enfriar | cool |
picar | chop |
voltear | flip |
Here are a few examples of how you might see these verbs in recipes:
- Voltea la carne para salpimentar y sírvela caliente (Flip the meat, season it and serve it hot).
- Pica la zanahoria y agrégala a la preparación (Chop the carrot and add it to the mixture).
- Hornea el pay por 45 minutos y sirve cuando aún esté tibio (Bake the pie for 45 minutes and serve it while still swarm).
- Lava el pollo, colócalo en un recipiente y déjalo marinar (Wash the chicken, place in a tray and let it marinate).
- Deja enfriar antes de servir (Let it cool before serving).
Measurements (medidas)
In Spain and Latin American countries, these are the most common measuring units used in cooking:
Spanish | English |
grados Celsius | Celsius degrees |
kilogramo | kilogram |
litro | liter |
miligramo | milligram |
mililitro | milliliter |
onza | ounce |
pizca | pinch |
- Horneamos el pastel a 200º por 30 minutos (We bake the cake at 200º for 30 minutes).
- Agregamos una onza de vodka (We add one ounce of vodka).
- Terminamos con una pizca de sal (We finish off with a pinch of salt).
Understanding Spanish mealtimes and food culture
Let’s check out some Spanish food vocab related to mealtimes and discuss some meal habits in Spain and Latin America:
Common Spanish meals and their names
Spanish | English | Schedule |
desayuno | breakfast | 7:00-9:00 |
meriendasnack | snack | 11:00-11:30 and 17:00-18:00 |
comidaalmuerzo | lunchlunchtime | 13:30 – 15:30 |
cena | dinner | 21:00 – 22:30 |
tapas | snacks | 13:30-15:00 or 20:30-22:30 |
- Para la cena habrá sopa de tomate (We’ll have tomato soup for dinner).
- El desayuno es la comida más importante del día (Breakfast is the most important meal of the day).
- Hablamos a la hora de la comida (Let’s talk at lunchtime).
Note: As you can see, dinner in Spain is served rather late compared to American dinner time. That’s why there’s snack time (merienda) in the afternoon. On the other hand, tapas are usually served with drinks –so they’re more like bar food.
Typical eating habits in Spain and Latin America
A common thread between Latin American countries and Spain is that lunch is the main meal of the day –this is when you’ll get the most substantial dish. Dinner, however, tends to be lighter.
One major difference is the role wine plays in Spanish food culture. It’s common, for instance, to find a bottle of wine at the lunch or dinner table. Having a glass or two is quite normal. In most Latin American countries, though, wine is mostly saved for the weekends. People don’t drink much alcohol during the working week unless there’s a celebration or a get-together with friends.
How mealtimes vary by region
Just like in Spain, many countries in Latin America –like Mexico and Argentina– also have three mealtimes (breakfast, lunch and dinner). However, in Mexico and Colombia, for example, dinner is served earlier, usually between 19:00 and 21:00. In Argentina, it’s typically between 20:00 and 23:00 (sometimes even later!).
A big difference, though, is that in Spain, kitchens are open only during mealtimes –so it’s not possible to have a meal just anytime you want. In Latin America, for its part, restaurants are usually open throughout the day or in the late afternoon.
What are the names of meals in Spanish?
Spanish | English |
desayuno | breakfast |
meriendasnack | snack |
comidaalmuerzo | lunchlunchtime |
cena | dinner |
tapas | snacks or small plates |
What is a typical Spanish food called?
Spain is home to some of the most mouthwatering food in the world (and fruity wine sangría, of course)! Typical dishes include: tortilla de patatas, jamón ibérico, churros, paella, gazpacho, pimientos padrón, pulpo a la gallega, croquetas and patatas bravas.
Feeling confident and hungry
Whether you’re thinking about moving or traveling to a Spanish-speaking country, learning the most common Spanish food terms –from cooking verbs to kitchen essentials– will help you navigate daily life like a pro. You’ll be able to shop (and chop!), order food at a restaurant and confidently express how much you liked your paella without a problem. And if you’re hungry for more vocabulary, join us at Lingoda today! Our fantastic teachers and focus on real-life conversations will give you the perfect boost.
Spanish transition words: What are they and how do we use them?
Spanish transition words are an essential part of Spanish grammar. Just like Spanish prepositions and other connecting words, these words help us establish logical links between different elements in a text, such as paragraphs, sentences and other syntactic groups.
Why is it important to learn them? Well, mastering the most common Spanish transition words will significantly boost your language skills. By using them, we develop a natural flow to our written and spoken communication. Whether we are looking to write a smooth work email or confidently engage in small talk in Spanish, these simple words help us guide our audience through our ideas with ease.
So, let’s dive into what transition words are and the purpose they serve. We’ll also take a look at some examples to get a better grasp on the topic. Let’s go!
- What are Spanish connecting words and transition words?
- Categories of Spanish transition words
- How to master Spanish transition words
- Bonus: Advanced transition phrases
What are Spanish connecting words and transition words?
Spanish connecting words are tools that create links between words, paragraphs and sentences. Transition words are a subtype of connecting words that act as bridges between ideas or arguments. They help the speaker transition from one sentence to the next in a coherent and natural way.
Transition words are crucial for cohesion. They facilitate comprehension. Without them, our texts and speech can come across as choppy or impersonal. This affects our ability to communicate effectively and engage our audience’s attention (even if our spelling and grammar are impeccable). In fact, they’re so essential that we can find equivalents in all languages, including English.
English vs. Spanish transition words
To illustrate what these connecting words are all about, let’s compare some Spanish and English transition words:
English | Spanish |
additionally | además |
as a result | como resultado |
as a consequence of | como consecuencia de |
for example | por ejemplo |
for this reason | por esta razón |
furthermore | además |
meanwhile | mientras tanto |
nevertheless | sin embargo |
soon | pronto |
therefore | por lo tanto |
to summarize | en resumen |
Now, imagine if we didn’t use transition words in English:
- With a transition word: I don’t think I’ll know anyone at the party. Nevertheless, I’ll still come (No creo que vaya a conocer a alguien en la fiesta. Sin embargo, sí iré).
- Without a transition word: I don’t think I’ll know anyone at the party. I’ll still come (No creo que vaya a conocer a alguien en la fiesta. Sí iré).
It feels disjointed without the transition word, right? The same is true in Spanish.
Categories of Spanish transition words
Spanish transition words allow us to contrast, expand and explain ideas. Let’s break them down into categories according to their use:
Transition words for time (chronology)
These let you connect ideas in relation to the time they occur. They’re particularly useful, for instance, when giving a chronicle, telling an anecdote or even writing a recipe.
Here are some common examples:
Español | Inglés |
al final | in the end |
al mismo tiempo | at the same time |
después | afterwards |
entonces | then |
finalmente | finally/lastly |
inmediatamente | immediately |
en resumen | in short |
mientras/mientras tanto | meanwhile |
primero/primeramente | first/firstly |
pronto | soon |
todavía | still |
ya | already |
luego | then/next/later |
This is how we can use some of them in a sentence:
- Primero, iremos al cine. Después, a cenar (First, we’ll go to the cinema. Then, to dinner).
- Lorena es estudiante de medicina; pronto será doctora (Lorena is a medical student; soon, she’ll be a doctor).
- Finalmente, agregamos la leche (Lastly, we add the milk).
What our students of Spanish say
Transition words for adding or expanding ideas
Looking to add context or introduce another detail? Check out these transition words:
Spanish | English |
además | furthermore, additionally, plus |
asimismo | similarly |
igualmente/de igual manera | likewise |
por otro lado | on the other hand |
también | also, as well |
y | and |
- No sé si tengo ganas de salir esta noche. Además, mañana me levanto temprano (I’m not sure I feel like going out tonight. Plus, I’m getting up early tomorrow).
- Me lastimé el pie y me corté la mano (I hurt my foot and I cut my hand).
Transition words for explaining and giving examples
These words allow us to explain what we just said:
Spanish | English |
entre ellos/ellas | including |
en otras palabras | in other words |
es decir | that is to say, that is |
por ejemplo | for example |
ya que | since |
- Me gustan los deportes en el exterior. Por ejemplo, el tenis y el golf (I like outdoors sports. For example, tennis and golf).
- Los conectores nos ayudan a darle coherencia a la estructura de un enunciado. Es decir, a darle lógica (Connectors help us give coherence to a sentence structure. That is to say, to give it logic).
Note: These words come in particularly handy in academic contexts, since they are used to support our arguments. However, be careful not to overuse them or your content may become redundant.
Transition words for contrasting and comparing ideas
These help us compare ideas, objects or people:
Spanish | English |
aunque | although, while |
a pesar de | despite |
en cambio | on the other hand |
como | like |
por el contrario/otro lado | by contrast |
pero | but |
sino | but |
sin embargo | however, nevertheless |
no obstante | nevertheless |
aun así | still, nevertheless |
- Romina siempre se viste de verde, pero hoy se vistió de azul (Romina always wears green, but today she is dressed in blue).
- Las plantas no recibieron agua por varios días; no obstante, sobrevivieron (the plants weren’t given water for many days; nevertheless, they survived).
Note: Due to their elevated tone, some of these transition words are especially common in formal writing. They are less common in casual conversations. Some examples are: no obstante, por el contrario, sin embargo.
These words sound quite formal, so reserve them for written communication and speaking in official capacities. That could include giving a business presentation, an academic speech, or reading a written statement to an audience.
Transition words for cause and effect relationships
These words are also known as ‘transition words for results’. We use them to introduce the cause or the consequence of an action:
Spanish | English |
así | thus |
así que | so |
dado/ya que | given that |
como consecuencia de | as a consequence of |
como resultado | as a result |
por consiguiente | therefore |
por esta razón | for this reason |
por lo tanto | therefore |
por eso | therefore |
- No me siento bien hoy, así que no podré ir a tu reunión (I’m not feeling well today, so I won’t be able to come to your get-together).
- Hervir la mezcla puede alterar los sabores. Por lo tanto, hay que prestar atención a la temperatura (Boiling the mixture could alter the flavors. Therefore, we must pay attention to the temperature).
Note: These words can also be useful when presenting the conclusion of an argument or attempting to persuade an audience about something.
This includes value judgments.
–El uso de la Inteligencia Artificial puede ser nocivo para el medio ambiente. Por esta razón, es importante que la usemos con cuidado (The use of Artificial Intelligence can be detrimental to the environment. For this reason, it’s important that we use it carefully).
Transition words for conclusions and summarizing
If you’re looking to summarize an argument or make a concluding statement, you can use one of these words:
Spanish | English |
después de todo | after all |
en conclusión | in conclusion |
en general | in general |
en resumen | in short |
finalmente | lastly |
para concluir | to conclude |
para resumir | to summarize |
para terminar | to finish |
- En resumen, aprender un nuevo idioma te abrirá puertas tanto en tu carrera como en tu vida personal (To summarize, learning a new language will open new doors for you both in your career and your personal life).
- Finalmente, agregamos coco rallado para decorar (Lastly, we add grated coconut as decoration).
There you have some of the most common transition words in Spanish. It’s probably clear, by now, how they are used. The next step is incorporating them into your daily language. Want to practice using them in real-life conversations? Join our immersive, small-group classes at Lingoda and start learning Spanish online today.
How to master Spanish transition words?
These are some of the best ways to learn new vocabulary:
- Read news articles, books and blogs in Spanish: Pay attention to all the transition words you come across. How are they used? In what context? Use each structure to create your own examples.
- Use learning apps: Sign up for Anki or Duolingo and practice during your free time. Turn that long commute into an opportunity!
- Practice with discourse scrambles: Find a paragraph that uses transition words, break it apart and try to put it back together in the correct order.
Bonus: Advanced transition phrases
Now we are familiar with some of the most common transition words in Spanish. Ready to take it a step further? Here are some advanced constructions that work as transitions, but they are longer.
A transition phrase works the same as a transition word in Spanish, except it uses a combination of words rather than just one or two. These phrases can also be considered colloquialisms AKA idioms. You may hear slight variations depending on what Spanish-speaking country you visit.
These full phrases will have you speaking Spanish like a pro:
- Vale la pena señalar que… – It is worth pointing out that…
- De vez en cuando… – From time to time…
- Por lo que concierne a [X]… – As far as [X] is concerned…
- Hay que recalcar que… – It must be highlighted that…
- Cabe mencionar que… – It’s worth noting that…
- No debemos olvidar que… – We must not forget that…
Use Spanish transition words to get speaking!
Spanish transition words play a crucial role in written and spoken communication. They help us connect ideas by establishing contrasts, cause-and-effect relationships and timelines. Mastering them will give our language skills a serious boost, keeping our audience engaged and allowing us to communicate effectively.
At Lingoda, our native-level teachers will guide you through all things transition words and much, much more. Plus, with our flexible schedule, you can start learning right away! You’ll be speaking Spanish with confidence before you know it. We promise.
Your ultimate vocabulary guide to body parts in Italian
After all, Italian is a language not only of words but of animated body gestures that bring conversations to life.
In this guide, you’ll discover key body part names, explore fun idioms and get a glimpse into Italy’s famous body language. We’ll also share practical phrases for real-life situations and tips to help you memorize them effortlessly. By the end, you won’t just know how to say braccio or occhio — you’ll understand how Italians use these words every day.
- Basic body parts vocabulary
- Plural forms and gender agreement
- Common idiomatic expressions involving body parts
- The role of hand gestures in Italian communication
- Practical applications
- Tips to learn the body parts in Italian
- FAQs
Basic body parts vocabulary
Head and face
Italian | Pronunciation | English |
la testa | tehs-tah | head |
il viso | vee-soh | face |
l’occhio | ohk-kyoh | eye |
l’orecchio | oh-reh-kyoh | ear |
il naso | nah-soh | nose |
la bocca | boh-kah | mouth |
il dente/i denti | dehn-teh/dehn-tee | tooth/teeth |
la lingua | leen-gwah | tongue |
la guancia | gwahn-chah | cheek |
il mento | mehn-toh | chin |
Upper body
Italian | Pronunciation | English |
il collo | kohl-loh | neck |
la spalla | spahl-lah | shoulder |
il braccio | brah-chio | arm |
il gomito | goh-mee-toh | elbow |
il polso | pol-soh | wrist |
la mano | mah-noh | hand |
il dito/le dita | dee-toh/dee-tah | finger(s) |
il torace | toh-rah-cheh | chest |
la schiena | skye-nah | back |
l’ascella | ah-shell-ah | armpit |
Lower body
Italian | Pronunciation | English |
l’anca | ahn-kah | hip |
la coscia | koh-shah | thigh |
il ginocchio | jee-noh-kyoh | knee |
il polpaccio | pohl-pah-choh | calf |
la caviglia | kah-vee-lyah | ankle |
il piede | pyeh-deh | foot |
il tallone | tahl-loh-neh | heel |
le dita del piede | dee-tah del pyeh-deh | toes |
i glutei | gloo-teh-ee | buttocks |
l’inguine | een-gwee-neh | groin |

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Plural forms and gender agreement
Nouns are gendered in Italian. So, when we talk about body parts, we must know their gender to understand how they change in the plural and how adjectives agree with them.
Most nouns ending in -o are masculine, and their plurals end in -i:
- un occhio (one eye) → due occhi (two eyes)
Most nouns ending in -a are feminine, and their plurals end in -e:
- una spalla (one shoulder) → due spalle (two shoulders)
Nouns ending in -e can be either gender (you must simply memorize them), and their plurals always end in -i:
- il dente (the tooth) → i denti (the teeth)
What about the exceptions? Yes, some body parts break these rules completely:
Italian singular | Italian irregular plural | English |
il braccio | le braccia | arm(s) |
il dito (del piede) | le dita (del piede) | finger(s)/toe(s) |
il ginocchio | le ginocchia | knee(s) |
Note: These exceptions generally apply to words that originate in Latin. This is just one of the many ways in which modern Italian still shows its Latin roots.
Common idiomatic expressions involving body parts
Italian is full of expressions that use body parts metaphorically to describe feelings, actions and situations. Many of these metaphors don’t translate literally into English, but nearly all of them are vivid enough to remember without much trouble.
Here are some of the most common Italian idioms and metaphors involving body parts:
- avere le mani bucate (to have holes in one’s hands, i.e., to be someone who can’t hold onto money)
- avere il cuore in gola (to have the heart in one’s throat, i.e., to be very scared)
- farsi in quattro (to split oneself into four, i.e., to go above and beyond)
- non avere peli sulla lingua (to have no hairs on one’s tongue, i.e., to be brutally honest)
- mettere il naso negli affari altrui (to stick one’s nose in others’ business, i.e., to be nosy)
- essere tutto orecchi (to be all ears, i.e., to be fully attentive)
- avere le braccia corte (to have short arms, i.e. to be stingy)
- prendere qualcuno sotto gamba (to take someone under the leg, i.e. to underestimate someone)
- stare con le mani in mano (to stay with hands in hand, i.e., to be idle)
- avere la testa fra le nuvole (to have one’s head in the clouds, i.e. to be a daydreamer)
What our students of Italian say
The role of hand gestures in Italian communication
If you’ve ever seen Italians talk, you’ve probably noticed that their hands speak just as much as their words. Gestures are a fundamental part of Italian communication, adding emotion, emphasis and meaning to conversations. Some gestures have been passed down for many generations, and have become so iconic that they almost allow you to have a conversation without using words. Let’s take a look at some of them!
🤌 Fingers pinched together, moving up and down
Meaning: What are you saying? What do you want? This gesture may also simply double as a question mark. Use it when you’re confused, frustrated or questioning something.
🤷 Brushing the top of your fingers off the chin
Meaning: I don’t care. This gesture can be playful or dismissive, depending on the context.
🏃 Flicking the back of the hand under the chin
Meaning: Let’s leave; forget about it; there’s no sense trying. Use this gesture to discreetly signal someone to go or to drop a subject of conversation.
🤯 Tapping the index finger to the side of the head
Meaning: That’s crazy! Use this gesture when someone is acting irrationally.
😋 Poking the cheek with the index finger and twisting it
Meaning: Flavorful or delicious. Use this gesture to express that something tastes great.
Practical applications
Knowing how to talk about body parts in Italian isn’t just useful for casual conversation. It’s also essential in medical situations and when describing sensations or emotions. Whether you need to explain a symptom at the doctor’s office or express how you feel, these Italian phrases will help you confidently navigate real-life situations.
Medical situations
- Mi fa male la testa. (My head hurts.)
- Ho mal di stomaco. (I have a stomachache.)
- Mi sono fatto/-a male al ginocchio. (I hurt my knee.)
- Mi gira la testa. (I feel dizzy.)
- Può controllare il mio polso? (Can you check my wrist?)
- Ho un dolore al petto. (I have chest pain.)
- Mi sono tagliato/-a il dito. (I cut my finger.)
- Sono allergico/-a a… (I’m allergic to…)
- Mi serve un medico. (I need a doctor.)
- Dove si trova la farmacia più vicina? (Where is the nearest pharmacy?)
Describing physical sensations and emotions
The idiomatic meanings of the below expressions directly translate to English, and you can use them to describe physical sensations and emotions in the same contexts.
- Mi batte forte il cuore. (My heart is racing.)
- Ho i brividi. (I have chills.)
- Mi tremano le mani. (My hands are shaking.)
- Ho le gambe pesanti. (My legs feel heavy.)
- Mi sento le farfalle nello stomaco. (I feel butterflies in my stomach.)
- Mi scoppia la testa. (My head is exploding.)
- Ho la pelle d’oca. (I have goosebumps.)
- Mi manca il respiro. (I’m out of breath.)
- Mi sento debole. (I feel weak.)
Tips to learn the body parts in Italian
Memorizing body parts in Italian can be fun and easy with the right methods! Here are some of the most effective ways to practice:
- Use flashcards – Write the Italian name on one side and the English translation on the other. Some apps also offer digital flashcards if you don’t have paper on hand.
- Label your body – Stick small labels on different parts of your body (or on a drawing) to reinforce vocabulary visually.
- Practice with gestures – Point to or touch the body part while saying its name out loud. This physical connection can help with memory consolidation.
- Sing songs and watch videos – Children’s songs and YouTube videos make learning engaging and interactive.
- Describe symptoms – Imagine explaining an illness or sensation to a doctor using the vocabulary.
- Take online classes – Platforms like Lingoda offer structured lessons with native teachers to help you improve your vocabulary and pronunciation.
Consistency is key, so you can always mix different techniques to help reinforce what you learn!

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

What body parts are on the waist?
On the vita (waist), you will find i fianchi (the hips) and l’ombelico (the navel).
How do you describe someone’s hair in Italian?
To describe someone’s hair, simply say, “Ha i capelli…” + the appropriate adjective (e.g., Lei ha i capelli ricci → She has curly hair.)
How is body language used in Italy?
Italians typically use hand gestures and facial expressions to emphasize emotions, clarify meaning and add flair to communication.
From head to toe: Now you know the body parts in Italian!
Mastering body parts goes beyond simple Italian vocabulary — it’s about understanding grammar, idioms, gestures and real-life usage. From singular and plural rules to expressive hand movements, you now have the tools to speak more naturally and confidently.
If you want to continue learning Italian, why not consider Lingoda? Our native-level teachers offer structured lessons and real-life conversation practice!
The next time you’re speaking Italian, don’t forget to let your hands do some of the talking! Using vocabulary and gestures in daily situations will help you build confidence. Remember to practice often and, most importantly, have fun with it!
French adverbs explained
French adverbs can completely change the meaning of a sentence. Take these two sentences, for example:
- Elle me parle rarement. (She rarely talks to me.)
- Elle me parle tout le temps. (She talks to me all the time.)
Can you spot the difference?? It’s all in the adverb!
In English, as in French, adverbs can be used to modify a verb, an adjective, a prepositional phrase or even another adverb. But French adverbs are formed and placed according to rules that English speakers may struggle to learn.
To help you master this concept and build more descriptive sentences, let’s break down how French adverbs are formed and where they fit in sentences.
- What are French adverbs?
- How to form French adverbs
- Types of French adverbs and their usage
- Where do French adverbs go in a sentence?
- FAQs
What are French adverbs?
French adverbs, just like in other languages, modify verbs, adjectives, prepositional phrases and even other adverbs. They’re equivalent to many of the words ending in -ly in English (though adverbs in English can also take on other endings).
Adverbs answer questions about the words they modify — how, when, where, how often, how much and to what extent. As a French speaker, you can use adverbs to express your thoughts more precisely and more fluently (wink, wink).
Let’s start with a reminder on the difference between verbs, adjectives and adverbs.
Verbs are used to express actions and states of being.
- Il fait du vélo. (He rides a bike.)
- Je m’amuse. (I’m having fun.)
Adjectives are used to describe or modify nouns or pronouns.
- Elle est grande. (She’s tall.)
- C’est un beau bâtiment. (It’s a beautiful building.)
Adverbs are used to describe or modify verbs, adjectives or other adverbs.
- Je m’amuse énormément. (I’m having a lot of fun.)
- Elle est vraiment sympa. (She’s really nice.)
And you know what’s great about French adverbs specifically? They are invariable (for a change)! Their spelling is always the same, so you only need to learn one form of the word.
If you want to improve your French, adverbs are your best friends — along with Lingoda, of course! Our classes can help you speak with confidence as you practice with native-level teachers and a small group of learners.

Learn French with Lingoda
How it works

How to form French adverbs
Now that we’ve clarified the role of French adverbs, let’s see how they’re formed.
- Some adverbs come from Latin words — for example, bien (well) and hier (yesterday).
- Other adverbs are adjectives that remain unchanged — for example, chanter faux (sing out of tune) and coûter cher (be expensive).
- But most adverbs are formed from adjectives, adding the suffix -ment to the stem of the word.
The common suffix ‘-ment’
Most adverbs are formed from adjectives ending in -e. If the adjective is gender-neutral, the ending -ment is added at the end of the word:
rapide > rapidement (quickly)
If the masculine form of the adjective doesn’t end with an -e, don’t worry! In this case, the adverb is formed using the feminine form of the adjective, as in the below example with the adverb lentement (slowly):
lent (masculine) > lente (feminine) > lentement (adverb)
When the masculine form of the adjective ends with ‑ai, ‑é, ‑i or ‑u, the adverb is formed from the masculine form:
joli > joliment (nicely)
Lastly, when an adjective ends with -ant or -ent, the adverb is formed by adding the suffix -amment or -emment at the end of the word.
élégant > élégamment (elegantly)
Irregular French adverbs
Though the formation of most adverbs follows the above rules, there are also a number of irregular adverbs in French.
Examples of irregular French adverbs ending with -ment include: gentiment (nicely), brièvement (briefly) and prudemment (carefully).
Other irregular adverbs include: bien (well), mal (badly) and mieux (better).
Like all irregular forms, irregular adverbs must be memorized.
Types of French adverbs and their usage
French adverbs are categorized based on the kind of modification they produce.
Adverbs of manner
Adverbs of manner answer the question “how?”.
- Il parle. (He speaks.)
- Il parle fort. (He speaks loudly.)
Other common adverbs of manner include:
- lentement (slowly)
- malheureusement (unfortunately)
- heureusement (luckily)
poliment (politely)
The adverbs clairement (clearly) and carrément (totally) are both commonly used in informal French. For example: C’est carrément incroyable ! (It’s totally incredible!)
Adverbs of time
Adverbs of time in French answer the question “when?”.
- Elles viennent. (They come.)
- Elles viennent demain. (They come tomorrow.)
Other common adverbs of time include:
- souvent (often)
- jamais (never)
- aujourd’hui (today)
- “bientôt (soon)
Note: adverbs of time impact how tenses are used in French. In some cases, they override the expected tense usage.
In the sentence Elle arrive bientôt (She’ll be there soon), the adverb bientôt creates a future meaning even though the sentence uses the present tense.
Sometimes, adverbs also require a specific tense. For example, the adverbs autrefois and jadis (formerly; in the past) are typically used with the imperfect tense:
- Autrefois, nous allions pêcher. (In the past, we used to go fishing.)
Using the wrong tense in French is one of the more common French grammar mistakes, so be sure to keep these rules in mind.
Adverbs of place
Adverbs of place answer the question “where?”.
- Je l’ai trouvé. (I found it.)
- Je l’ai trouvé là-bas. (I found it over there.)
Other common adverbs of place include:
- ici (here)
- partout (everywhere)
- quelque part (somewhere)
- dehors (outside)
- dedans (inside)
For example: Je t’attends ici. (I’m waiting for you here.)
These examples illustrate how adverbs of place are generally positioned after the verb.
Adverbs of frequency
Adverbs of frequency answer the question “how often?”.
- Je vais à la piscine. (I go swimming.)
Je vais nager tous les jours. (I go swimming every day.)
Other common adverbs of frequency include:
- toujours (always)
- rarement (rarely)
- parfois (sometimes)
- jamais (never)
For example: Je l’ai toujours dit. (I’ve always said so.)
Like adverbs of place, adverbs of frequency are generally positioned after the verb. In a sentence using the compound past (Je l’ai toujours dit.), the adverb is placed between the auxiliary verb and the past participle.
Adverbs of quantity and degree
Adverbs of quantity and degree in French answer the question “how much?” or “to what extent?”.
- J’aime les carottes. (I like carrots.)
- J’aime beaucoup les carottes. (I like carrots a lot.)
Other common adverbs of quantity and degree include:
- très (very)
- trop (too much)
- assez (quite, fairly)
- peu (few, little)
For example: Elle parle trop. (She talks too much.)
In casual conversations, you’ll notice that French people use the adverb trop quite a lot. For example, a French person might say to a friend, “C’est trop cool !” (“It’s really cool!”).
Pay attention to the subtle differences between certain adverbs with similar meanings. For example, peu and légèrement mean almost the same thing, but peu is more common and légèrement is more precise.
Want some more practice learning French adverbs? You can find complete French adverbs lists and exercises on the internet.
What our students of French say
Where do French adverbs go in a sentence?
General placement rules
Position | Example |
After the conjugated verb in simple tenses | Il parle clairement. (He speaks clearly.) Vous arrivez tard. (You arrive late.) |
Between the auxiliary and the past participle in compound tenses | Elle a bien compris. (She understood well.) Il va souvent danser. (He often goes dancing.) |
Before a modified adjective or adverb | Il est vraiment sympa. (He’s really nice.) |
At the beginning or at the end of a sentence to modify it entirely | Heureusement, elle va pouvoir le faire. (Luckily, she will be able to do it.) Je n’ai pas envie d’y aller, clairement. (I don’t want to go there, clearly.) |
Placement in sentences with multiple verbs
Position | Example |
In sentences with multiple verbs, adverbs are always placed before the infinitive. | Il veut toujours apprendre. (He always wants to learn.) |
In negative sentences with compound tenses, the placement of the adverb depends on its type | Short adverbs (bien, mal, vite) are placed between the auxiliary and the past participles.Il n’a pas bien compris. (He didn’t understand well.) |
Adverbs ending with -ment are placed after the verb.Elle ne veut pas travailler maintenant. (She doesn’t want to work now.) |
The meaning of a sentence may vary depending on where the adverb is placed in the sentence.
- When an adverb is placed before the verb (or between the auxiliary and main verb), it tends to modify the entire verbal phrase. When it’s placed after the verb, it typically modifies only that specific verb.
- Il a simplement parlé. (He just spoke.)
- Il a parlé simplement. (He spoke simply.)
Stylistic placement in literature and poetry
French adverbs are also used for stylistic purposes. This is most common in literature and poetry.
Here again, the placement of the adverb allows the author or poet to add emphasis or rhythm to their creative work.
See this excerpt from “Les feuilles mortes” by Jacques Prévert:
Mais la vie sépare ceux qui s’aiment,
Tout doucement, sans faire de bruit
(But this life separates those who love,
softly, with not a hint of noise)
The adverbial phrase “tout doucement” slows the rhythm of the poem and amplifies the melancholic atmosphere expressed in “sans faire de bruit”.
What is an adverb in French with examples?
An adverb in French (as in English) is a word that modifies verbs, adjectives, prapositional phrases or other adverbs. Examples of French adverbs include généralement (generally), strictement (strictly), demain (tomorrow) and tôt (early).
How do you turn French words into adverbs?
Most French adverbs are formed based on adjectives. Regular adverbs are formed by adding the ending -ment, -amment or -emment at the end of the adjective. For example: rapide becomes rapidement (quickly).
French adverbs: What to remember
Mastering French adverbs is a big step toward becoming a fluent French speaker. The good news? Adverb categories and adverb usage in French don’t differ so much from what you’re already used to in English. Remember that most adverbs are formed with the -ment suffix, though several common ones are irregular. Also, keep in mind that their placement varies depending on tense and what they modify.
While you’re exploring French grammar, you can also review our article about French grammar rules. And don’t forget: Lingoda’s French conversation online classes can help you practice using adverbs and grasp the subtleties of their irregularities.

Learn French with Lingoda
How it works

Crafting a meaningful learning experience: An Interview with Laura Patsko, Senior Learning ExperienceDesigner
At Lingoda, learning isn’t just about textbooks or teachers—it’s a full experience shaped by thoughtful design. In this interview, we speak with Laura Patsko, our Senior Learning Experience Designer who plays a crucial role in crafting that experience. From aligning lessons with CEFR standards to working with top-tier teachers and contributing to Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) initiatives, her work ensures that every student feels challenged, supported, and truly seen. Based in Greece and thriving in a remote-first culture, she also reflects on building team connections across borders and why inclusive learning design is essential in making education accessible and impactful for all. If you are interested in joining Lingoda, then check out our career page!
Can you briefly explain to us what learning design at Lingoda means? What is your role in this?
Learning is a whole experience – it’s not just about the materials, the teacher, the environment (physical or digital) or the students themselves, but how all of those things interact. So, a learning designer’s role is to understand those interactions and work to improve each “piece of the puzzle” so that the whole learning experience is effective and enjoyable.
How should the learning experience for students feel and how do you achieve this?
A good learning experience is engaging and appropriately challenging. That means not too easy and not too hard. One way that we aim to achieve this is by creating materials that align with the CEFR (a standard framework of 6 levels of proficiency in a language) so that Lingoda students can find the right level for their current abilities and goals. We also work with experienced and qualified teachers who know how to make our materials “come alive” and to engage students in different ways according to their needs and personalities.
You truly embody our remote-friendly work culture as you work from Greece. How do you experience working at Lingoda from a different country?
I joined Lingoda in 2024 but I’ve been working remotely since 2018! So it wasn’t a big change for me. The most important thing for remote work is to still feel connected on a personal, human level to the rest of my team. We achieve this by having regular team-building activities and regular 1-to-1 chats with certain team members, with a focus not only on doing our jobs but also getting to know each other. This helps feel closer to the team even when we’re physically far apart.
You are also part of our DEI representative group. What kind of initiatives and projects are you working on there?
We’re currently working on a variety of projects, including asynchronous basic training courses for all new Lingodies, regular “round table” discussions to reflect on these courses (but also open to all who wish to participate) and an upcoming DEI Month, which will feature external guest speakers and cover various topics that people across Lingoda have requested or shown an interest in over the past year. We also share weekly “Tuesday Tips for DEI” on Slack (our internal communications platform). They contain insights and things to try if you’re interested in DEI but don’t know how to apply its key principles in practice.
What motivated you to advocate for DEI? What are you most passionate about?
Perhaps unconsciously, I’ve been interested in DEI for as long as I can remember, probably because I had previous life experiences of feeling left out or being in a minority. So I’ve seen the huge difference it can make when you meet people genuinely trying to make the world a fairer place, with more opportunities for everybody to fulfill their potential. It’s a big wide world out there… there’s room for all of us! Professionally, I started working on DEI projects around 2020 when I was part of a freelance team that developed some guiding principles and practical tools for “ILXD” (Inclusive Learning Experience Design). It’s essential in all aspects of life, including at work, for people to feel like their needs are met and their voices are heard. Great things can happen when we learn to listen to each other and to see things from someone else’s perspective.
What are you particularly proud of when thinking about your work and contribution at Lingoda?
I like to work in a place that has a general culture of ongoing learning, so I’m proud of doing my part to build and support this. When we’re busy, it’s easy to focus only on one or two teams or projects. However, I believe it’s important to connect them. So I try to share things I learned in one team or project with the people in another and to encourage them to do the same. Continuous curiosity and learning is a great way to stay engaged, motivated and interested in what we do.
How to write a French cover letter (lettre de motivation)
A well-crafted cover letter creates a connection with the recruiter, showing them you’re the right person for the job. But French cultural expectations regarding the document’s format and content differ from those in other countries.
This detailed guide will help you craft an effective French cover letter that respects local conventions while putting your best foot forward. We’ll review the general structure of a cover letter and dive into some practical tips, examples and helpful resources.
- Understanding the role of a cover letter in France
- French cover letter structure and formatting
- How to start your French cover letter
- Writing the body: Highlighting your skills and experience
- How to end a French cover letter
- Common mistakes to avoid in a French cover letter
Understanding the role of a cover letter in France
In France, the recruitment process traditionally involves sending a CV and a cover letter. Both documents are generally requested when you apply for a job, an internship or a scholarship.
Though the cover letter has been losing some traction over the last few years, it’s still a highly recommended (and sometimes compulsory) supplement to the CV. And it can be a powerful asset to catch a recruiter’s attention. On average, recruiters spend a mere 30 seconds reading your CV. Nailing a compelling cover letter will definitely help you stand out from the crowd.
Cover letters can be sent in reply to a job posting or as part of a candidature spontanée, i.e., an application to a position despite the absence of an official job posting.
Before you apply for a position in France, you may want to take a look at how people talk about the job search and work in French. With Lingoda’s online French classes, you can build the language skills and cultural confidence you need to write a convincing cover letter—and succeed in a French-speaking work environment.

Learn French with Lingoda
How it works

French cover letter structure and formatting
Standard formatting rules
Your cover letter must be as easy to read as possible.
Choose a font such as Arial, Helvetica or Verdana, and set the font size to clearly legible 12. The text should be left-aligned, with 2.5 centimeter margins and a line spacing of 1.15.
Your cover letter should never exceed one page. Half a page can even be enough, if your text is sharp and precise. Start with creating an outline for your cover letter, using the structure below as a template.
Key sections of a French cover letter
Make sure to include the following sections in your cover letter:
- The header should include your contact details and the recruiter’s information like their name and address.
- For the salutation, use Madame or Monsieur. Rare exceptions to this rule are described below.
- The introduction is your best opportunity to grab the reader’s attention. Make it direct and short to express your purpose and enthusiasm.
- The body typically consists of one or two paragraphs, in which you highlight your skills and experience and discuss how they will be useful for the company or the project.
- The conclusion should include a call to action and polite closing remarks.
Before you begin writing, remember to review the job description or company profile. In fact, it’s crucial that the cover letter reflects the company’s own wording about the open role.
How to start your French cover letter
Madame and Monsieur are the most common salutations used in cover letters. Always confirm the gender of the recruiter — by checking their profile on LinkedIn, for instance. If you’re unsure who you’re addressing, you can use an alternate form containing both: Madame, Monsieur.
The only situation in which you would call someone by their first name is when you already know them well (e.g., Bonjour Dominique), so refrain from using the recruiter’s first name.
Some candidates also add a subject line in the upper part of their cover letter. For example:Objet : Candidature au poste de responsable marketing chez Lingoda.
Your introduction should grab the reader’s attention. To that end, get creative and avoid simply starting the first sentence with a first-person pronoun (je). Use this space to immediately confirm that you understand the company’s needs, and perhaps mention what compelled you to apply.
It’s also crucial to use the same language (job title, adjectives, industry-specific vocabulary, etc.) as in the job posting and on the company’s website. This demonstrates your attention to detail, but it also helps you understand what the company or the project is about.
Here are two examples of cover letter introductions in French:
Example 1: “Dans votre annonce publiée sur LinkedIn, vous indiquez rechercher un responsable marketing expérimenté. Titulaire d’un diplôme en marketing de l’université de Leeds et fort de cinq années d’expérience à ce poste, je possède les compétences nécessaires pour être opérationnel rapidement.”
Example 2: “Votre entreprise recherche une stagiaire autonome, motivée, et capable de communiquer avec vos clients espagnols ? Je suis la personne qu’il vous faut ! Tout juste diplômée d’un Master en génie civil de l’université de Madrid, je suis disponible au plus tôt.”
Writing the body: Highlighting your skills and experience
Presenting your background
Academic qualifications are highly valued in the French job market, so don’t forget to mention your degree(s) as soon as you can. Then, summarize your practical experience using action verbs and positive adjectives. As in the introduction, reference the company’s website to ensure you use the same vocabulary as the recruiter.
Example:
“Titulaire d’un diplôme en management de l’université de Berlin, je suis spécialisée dans le secteur de la vente à distance. À la fois rigoureuse et équitable, je saurai accompagner efficacement vos équipes.”
Second paragraph: Why you’re a good fit
In the second paragraph, connect your expertise to the job description. Focus on the skills you developed in your previous jobs and how they will prove useful in your next role. Don’t forget to highlight your soft skills, as well.
Again, go through the company’s website (or any other resources you can find online) to identify what the company needs. It could be expert knowledge in a given subject, an ability to work in a multilingual environment, or a talent for negotiation.
Example:
“En tant que chargé d’affaires chez Telecom SA, j’ai acquis de précieuses compétences en gestion financière et renforcé les qualités qui font de moi un professionnel apprécié par ses collaborateurs. De nature sociable, je saurai donc m’intégrer aisément dans votre équipe.”
Call to action
At the end of the body section, reiterate why you’re interested in the position and open the way for an interview. Feel free to use the future tense rather than the conditional tense, as it generally sounds more assertive.
Here are a couple of expressions you can use as a call to action:
“Je serai heureux d’approfondir cette question avec vous lors d’un entretien en présentiel ou à distance.”
“Je me permettrai de reprendre contact avec vous d’ici deux semaines pour échanger sur vos besoins.”
How to end a French cover letter
Some specific sentences are typically used to end professional letters in French.
For example, you can say:
“Dans l’attente de votre retour, je me tiens à votre disposition pour tout complément d’information.”
Another more formal but common option is:
“Je vous prie d’agréer, Madame/Monsieur, l’expression de mes sincères salutations.”
More informal sign-offs include “Cordialement,” or “Sincères salutations,”.
Finally, don’t forget to add your handwritten signature under the closing sentence. Most word processors (including Microsoft Word and Google Docs) include signature features or plug-ins. For security reasons, if you add your signature as an image, be sure to convert your document into a PDF.
What our students of French say
Common mistakes to avoid in a French cover letter
- Be careful about how you address the reader. Check their gender and make sure to use it consistently throughout the letter. Also, pay extra attention to the spelling of their name and any other company-specific vocabulary (e.g., company and department name, job titles, etc.).
- Don’t use overly casual or overly formal language. Remember: your message must be clear and easy to read. Of course, the vous pronoun should be used, unless you know the person really well.
- Don’t repeat information from your CV. This is the golden rule for cover letters. CV and cover letters are complementary. So, when you mention your previous work experience, don’t simply describe your past positions. Focus instead on what you learned and how it will be useful for the hiring company.
- Avoid any grammar and spelling errors. Use a spell checker and ask a native French speaker to review your cover letter.
Crafting a standout French cover letter
Writing an effective cover letter in French requires a clear understanding of the local expectations regarding this key document. As a complement to your CV, the cover letter connects your work skills and experience with the hiring company’s needs.
Once you’ve written your cover letter, keep practicing! Review our list of the best resources to learn French to deepen your understanding of the work environment in France.
And why not take an intensive French course to stack the odds in your favor? Lingoda’s native-level teachers are here to help you land your dream job!

Learn French with Lingoda
How it works

How to write a German cover letter
But writing a great cover letter isn’t only about nailing the content and style; you should also take care to heed the norms of German business culture.
If you feel a bit overwhelmed by the thought of writing a German cover letter, we’ve got you covered. The following guide contains everything you need to know about formatting, structure and tone. We even sprinkled in some tips that will enhance your chances of landing (and acing) an interview.
- Do you need a cover letter in Germany?
- What to include in a German cover letter
- Common mistakes to avoid in a German cover letter
- How to tailor your cover letter for different industries in Germany
- German recruitment processes explained
- FAQs
Do you need a cover letter in Germany?
There’s no formal rule that every application needs to have a cover letter, but they’re basically mandatory for most jobs in Germany. If you’re on the hunt for a new job, always include a cover letter with your application (unless the job advertisement specifically says otherwise).
Including a well-crafted cover letter not only shows your potential employer that you’ve taken the trouble to write it, but also that you’ve read the job description closely. Going the extra mile of formulating a well-structured cover letter shows that you care and can give you an edge over other applicants. A poorly written cover letter, of course, could have the opposite effect.
German cover letter format and structure
Cover letters in Germany have specific requirements that you should follow to show that you know how to play the game.
Using another structure or format than what is considered standard may not immediately disqualify you, but playing it safe can’t hurt your chances. This is especially important when applying for a job with a more conservative company, where recruiters may regard a missing cover letter as a big cultural no-go.
Standard formatting rules
Some formatting rules for German cover letters are considered standard. These rules generally enhance readability, which certainly helps employers who receive and review many applications every day.
Length: With some exceptions, your German cover letter shouldn’t be longer than one page. Any extra information you provide beyond one page should be absolutely essential. The letter should be a good read, but keep it concise and specifically relevant to the role in question.
Font : Choose a standard, easy-to-read font like Arial or Times New Roman. To maintain consistency, use the same font for your cover letter and CV.
Font size: Use a font size of either 11 or 12.
Paragraphs: Structure your cover letter into three to five paragraphs, using full sentences. Avoid bullet points.
Language: Your cover letter should generally match the language of the job advertisement. If the role requires German proficiency or is in a German-speaking environment, your cover letter should also be written in German.
File format: Save your cover letter as a PDF before submitting your application. A clear file name helps employers find it easily. We recommend the following version, but any title with a clear format will work:
FirstName_Surname_Cover_Letter.pdf
ATS-friendliness: An ATS-friendly resume is designed to be easily processed by Applicant Tracking Systems. This means it follows a format that allows the software to accurately scan and extract key details, including your name, contact information and work experience.
Essential sections of a German cover letter
Most people have difficulty writing about themselves. Considering that your German cover letter should ideally be about the length of a full page, the task of writing it can seem intimidating at first.
The good news is that there are some essential sections you should almost always include in your cover letter. These sections provide some helpful guidance as far as structure. What seemed like one big task at first is now divided into smaller sections.
The most important sections of a German cover letter include:
- Header: Include your contact details and the employer’s information.
- Subject line: Include the job title and reference number (if applicable).
- Salutation: Choose a formal greeting in German.
- Introduction: Here’s your chance to hook the recruiter with your first paragraph.
- Main body: Highlight your qualifications and skills.
- Closing paragraph: There are certain phrasings that help you end your cover letter professionally. For more tips, see our guide on how to write a letter in German.
- Signature: Choose one of the traditional German sign-off phrases, such as Mit freundlichen Grüßen (Sincerely yours) or Ich freue mich auf Ihre Antwort (I look forward to your reply).
What to include in a German cover letter
Let’s now focus on the specifics of your cover letter.
How to introduce yourself effectively
Your introduction should catch the reader’s interest. At the same time, you shouldn’t hold back on the important information. Recruiters often read several cover letters a day, therefore it’s critical to state who you are, why you’re interested in the position and what qualifies you for it.
Example: “Mit fünf Jahren Erfahrung im digitalen Marketing und einer Leidenschaft für Kampagnenstrategie hat mich die Stellenausschreibung als Marketing Manager bei XYZ sofort angesprochen. Besonders meine Kenntnisse in SEO und Content-Marketing würde ich gerne einbringen, um zum Erfolg Ihres Teams beizutragen.”
How to demonstrate relevant skills and experience
It’s great if you have a lot of experience to show, but you should generally only highlight the skills and work experience that are directly relevant for the job in question.
In a separate document, first list all of your professional experiences. Then, pick the ones that stand out the most. It’s also great to include projects that challenged you to use special skills.
Example: In meiner aktuellen Position konnte ich erfolgreich eine Content-Strategie entwickeln, die die Engagement-Rate um 30 % steigerte. Besonders wertvoll war dabei meine Fähigkeit, datenbasierte Entscheidungen zu treffen und kreative Kampagnen zielgerichtet umzusetzen. Zudem habe ich ein bereichsübergreifendes Projekt geleitet, bei dem ich meine Fähigkeiten im Projektmanagement und in der Teamkoordination weiter ausbauen konnte.
Soft skills German recruiters value
It is hard to generalize about specific traits or soft skills that are valued by German recruiters. Mostly, it depends on the job and the company you want to work for. However, traits like reliability and a collaborative mindset are always important.
Try to showcase those qualities subtly when describing a special project or past position.
Example: Während eines bereichsübergreifenden Projekts in meiner vorherigen Position war es besonders wichtig, strukturiert zu planen und klar zu kommunizieren – eine Erfahrung, die meine Teamfähigkeit und Eigenverantwortung weiter gestärkt hat.
How to mention your language proficiency
Depending on the job you’re applying for, you might have to prove your language skills. Some employers require a language proficiency test or a language certificate that states your level of German.
If you’re learning German with Lingoda, you’ll receive a certificate for your specific CEFR level. Lingoda offers courses for German A1 (beginner) to German C1 (advanced).

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

The best way to explain why you want to work in Germany
Well, there are a lot of reasons why you’d want to work in Germany. Maybe you’d like to move to Germany permanently because of friends or family, or maybe you really want to explore more of the country and travel.
Whatever the reason, make sure to explain your motivation for applying. Show that you’re genuinely interested in the tasks that lie ahead of you and that you’re familiar with the company culture.
Example: Deutschland hat mich schon immer fasziniert – sowohl kulturell als auch beruflich. Bereits seit der Sekundarstufe lerne ich Deutsch. Besonders die Innovationskraft und die strukturierte Arbeitsweise deutscher Unternehmen sprechen mich an.
Common mistakes to avoid in a German cover letter
When writing a cover letter, it can be helpful to put yourself in the position of the recruiter. There are some common mistakes that are viewed as warning signals. Doing your best to avoid them makes a positive impression and can give you a leg up in the recruitment process.
1. Overly generic phrasing
Don’t use overly generic phrasing or templates without putting your own spin on them. If a recruiter gets the idea that you basically just copied and pasted something you found online, they’ll probably think you didn’t make an effort. Individualized cover letters are a sign that you care.
2. Using the wrong tone
There’s also the obstacle of language use, which can prove tricky for non-native speakers. Do a bit of research on the tone the company uses on their website to ensure that you’re in line with their values and expectations. In most cases, an overuse of English phrases in a German cover letter is also frowned upon, as it makes the applicant seem unprofessional.
3. Spelling and grammar errors
Last but not least, it’s important to check your cover letter for spelling and grammar errors. It’s a good idea to let another person proofread it. Immaculate spelling and grammar show that you took your time and care about the position.
How to tailor your cover letter for different industries in Germany
Job applications for different industries may require you to highlight different aspects of your skills and personality in your cover letter.
Tech and IT
There are many job opportunities in the tech and IT sectors in Germany. Many of these positions require advanced English skills, so check if the job advertisement requests a cover letter in English or in German. In some cases, a cover letter is not needed at all and a CV might suffice.
Recruiters for tech and IT companies are often looking for specific experiences and a certain skill set, so make sure to mention the software solutions you’re familiar with.
Problem-solving skills are also an important part of these jobs. Try to match the tone on the company’s website. There can be huge differences between startups and more traditional, established companies.
Engineering
Qualified engineers are in high demand in the German job market. These industries place high value on a familiarity with industry standards and regulations. If you have specific certifications, make sure to mention them in your cover letter.
Another essential aspect of these jobs is problem-solving. Show your expertise and why it matters for the company. If you have the experience, you can show how you used these skills in other projects. The tone of your letter should demonstrate that you’re a professional. Keep it short and informative.
Finance and consulting
In-demand skills for finance and consulting jobs include analytical skills, strategic thinking and experience with the most important financial tools. Your tone should be formal and precise. Attention to detail is key for these positions, so proofreading your cover letter for possible mistakes is a must.
Healthcare
Depending on what kind of healthcare job you’re applying for, it might be necessary to show off your people skills. Someone who works in scientific research should demonstrate precision and an analytical mind in their cover letter, while someone working in patient care could go for a more approachable tone.
Both fields require specific certifications, which should be highlighted in your cover letter.
Creative and marketing
When writing a cover letter for the creative and/or marketing industry, try to strike a more personal tone. Recruiters in this industry are often looking for people with an engaging personality. This doesn’t mean that you have to appear super-extroverted and energetic, but you could try to show in your letter that you can tell a good story.
As you may be at least partially in charge of a brand’s image, it’s important to match the brand’s established tone of voice. Research as much as you can about company values and goals.
What our students of German say
German recruitment processes explained
Depending on where you’ve worked before, the German recruitment process might strike you as very formal. The application process in most companies follows a specific structure.
The whole process starts with handing or sending in your application. When you’re selected as one of the possible candidates, you’ll get an invitation to a job interview, which often takes place in person. Depending on the organization, several interviews might take place, followed by a case study or a trial day. At the end of a successful process, you will receive a contract offer. The salary is often not stated in the job advertisement but will be discussed during the application process, typically in later stages or even at the very end, when the contract is offered.
Not every employer strictly follows this process. Startups are known to be less strict about it, but it always depends on the individual company’s policy. In any case, your cover letter will be the first thing any potential employer sees. How you present yourself and your skills matters.
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)
How to end a German cover letter?
The best way to end a German cover letter is to use the formal phrase Mit freundlichen Grüßen (Kind regards), followed by your name and signature.
Is a cover letter mandatory in Germany?
A cover letter is not always mandatory when applying for jobs in Germany, but most employers like to see it. Some job advertisements explicitly state that no cover letter is required.
How long should a German cover letter be?
Your cover letter shouldn’t exceed one page. Try to make sure that all the important information about your skills and experiences is listed and matches the brand voice of the company you’re applying for.
Are cover letters common in Germany?
Yes, cover letters are very common in German job applications. Most employers like to see a cover letter to get a better understanding of an applicant’s personality and skill set.
Writing a cover letter in the German language: Match the tone and show your skills
When writing a German cover letter, most employers expect you to follow specific standards in formatting and structure. While some younger companies and startups may not be so strict, it can impact your application’s success at more conservative companies.
Regardless of the specific job you apply for, take care to find the right tone. Researching the company’s brand voice can help you decide if a more personal approach or a more sober, professional tone will bring you closer to your goals.
A German course at Lingoda is not only a great way to enhance your language skills — it’s also a sign for potential employers that you’re actively working on improving your German. As you can book Lingoda courses flexibly, it’s easy to fit learning German into your busy schedule. Our native-level teachers can help you become familiar with business-relevant vocabulary and make sure that you’ll develop the necessary confidence to master everyday conversations with colleagues.

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

The 10 hardest words in Spanish (and why they’re so tricky!)
When you’re just starting out with Spanish, there might be certain words that are more difficult to pronounce than others –even just looking at them can feel overwhelming! Don’t get discouraged. Learning an entirely new language means getting used to new sounds, letter combinations, spelling rules and, sometimes, even a whole new alphabet. Nevertheless, getting your pronunciation right is key for clear communication, so it’s worth putting in the effort.
Below, you’ll find 10 of the hardest words to pronounce in Spanish, along with some tips on how to nail those tricky sounds.
- Why learn these words?
- 1. Otorrinolaringología (Otolaryngology)
- 2. Ferrocarril (Railroad)
- 3. Ahorro (Savings)
- 4. Guajolote (Turkey)
- 5. Popocatépetl (Mexican Volcano)
- 6. Alrededor (Around)
- 7. Ejército (Army)
- 8. Ciudad (City)
- 9. Estadounidense (American)
- 10. Esbirro (Henchman)
- Why are these Spanish words so hard?
- Making the hard things easy
Why learn these words?
Learning some (or even 10!) of the hardest words to pronounce in Spanish early on can help turbo-charge your journey. It’ll help you improve your pronunciation, vocabulary and spelling.
You might not use these words next time you make small talk in Spanish or when you’re learning some Spanish phrases for beginners, but they’re still good practice for getting simpler vocabulary right. Plus, as you advance, you’ll start using them in conversation –and you’ll be comfortable with them already!
If you need a structured way to practice and really boost your speaking skills, Lingoda’s interactive lessons with expert teachers can help you confidently master these essentials.
1. Otorrinolaringología (Otolaryngology)
We’re starting with a banger: otorrinolaringología (otolaryngology). This is the medical field that deals with all things nose, throat and ears.
This word can be hard to pronounce because of its length –it’s composed of 10 syllables (o-to-rri-no-la-rin-go-lo-gí-a), making it one of the longest words in Spanish. Additionally, it has many consonants and that dreaded ‘rr’.
Here are some tips to tackle it:
- Practice the ‘o’ sound (‘oh’ like in ‘go’).
- Start by separating the syllables and moving slowly. As you progress, start gluing it together.
- Practice the easiest way to roll your ‘rr’ –this sound is made by placing the tip of your tongue behind your upper teeth and letting it vibrate (it’s the same spot as when you say a ‘t’).
- Remember that in Spanish, when the ‘g’ is followed by an ‘i’, it sounds like an ‘h’ in English.
- Vocal stress falls on the final ‘í’. Notice the accent mark separating the ‘í-a’ into two syllables: /oh-toh-rri-no-la-rin-goh-loh-HE-ah/.
2. Ferrocarril (Railroad)
This word can mean either railroad or train. It’s particularly difficult because it features two ‘rr’s and different vowels.
Here are some pointers:
- Practice first your vowels –‘eh’, oh’, eeh’.
- Now, focus on the two ‘rr’ syllables: ‘rro’ and ‘rril’.
- Vocal accent goes on the final vowel: /feh-rro-ca-RRIL/.
- If you want to take it to the next level, learn this tongue-twister: Rápido corren los carros por los rieles del ferrocarril (the cars run fast on the train’s railroad).
We must say that this word has been largely replaced by tren. Learn how different Spanish-speaking countries pronounce ferrocaril in this video.
3. Ahorro (Savings)
Ahorro is another one with a ‘rr’ –are we seeing a pattern here? It also features an ‘h’, which is pronounced differently than in English.
Let’s dive into it:
- In Spanish, the letter ‘h’ is silent –except when it’s part of a ‘ch’, where it sounds like the ‘ch’ in ‘chocolate’. So when you say this word, or any other where an ‘h’ is paired with a vowel, just ignore that ‘h’: /ah-OH-rro/.
4. Guajolote (Turkey)
This word originates from the Indigenous Náhuatl language, and it can be tricky to pronounce because of its vowels and usage of ‘g’ and ‘j’, which can throw some English speakers off.
How can we learn it?
- Let’s focus first on the ‘gua’ sound –the ‘g’ here is a hard, guttural sound, like the ‘g’ in ‘good’. The combination with ‘ua’ sounds just like in ‘Guatemala’.
- The ‘j’ makes a soft, guttural sound, similar to the ‘h’ in English (like in ‘hot’).
- That ‘te’ at the end is short –like ‘teh’.
- Separate it into syllables /gua-jo-LO-te/ to practice.
Guajolote is often replaced by pavo, so we might not find this word in casual conversations. However, it might still pop up on traditional restaurant menus in Mexico.
What our students of Spanish say
5. Popocatépetl (Mexican Volcano)
The Popo is a volcano in Mexico near Mexico City. This word also comes from Náhuatl and it means “smoking mountain” –and, yes, it’s difficult to pronounce even for some locals (especially children)!
- Start by separating the word into syllables: /po-po-ca-TÉ-petl/.
- Focus now on the ‘petl’ syllable, particularly the ‘tl’ sound (pronounce the ‘t’ and then snap your tongue to make the ‘l’).
- Place vocal emphasis on the ‘té’ syllable (notice the written accent mark again–here is a review of Spanish accent marks and rules).
6. Alrededor (Around)
The combination of an ‘l’ and ‘r’ can make this word hard to pronounce, along with all those vowels and ‘d’ sounds.
- The ‘r’ here, since it’s preceded by an ‘l’, sounds just like the rolled ‘rr’.
- The ‘d’ has a soft sound, similar to how ‘th’ is pronounced in the English word ‘the’.
- Break the word into syllables /al-re-de-DOR/ and focus on practicing the vowel sounds.
7. Ejército (Army)
This word can be confusing to non-native speakers due to the ‘ci’ syllable. Let’s break it down:
- The ‘c’ here is combined with an ‘i’, so it sounds like sí. Remember that the ‘j’ is similar to the ‘h’ sound in English.
- The final ‘to’ is a short sound like ‘oh’: /eh-HEHR-si-toh.
8. Ciudad (City)
If you’re just starting to learn Spanish, you might get ciudad mixed up with cuidado (care) because of their similar spelling. However, once we get the rules down, it’ll be easier to tell them apart:
- As we mentioned above, when a ‘c’ is paired with an ‘i’, it sounds like an ‘s’. But if it’s followed by a ‘u’ (like in cuidado), it sounds like a ‘k’: /syu-DAHD/
Now, that ‘d’ at the end of ciudad can be difficult for English speakers. It’s pronounced like a ‘th’ sound that stops abruptly. Check out this video and listen to a native speaker pronouncing ciudad.
9. Estadounidense (American)
Phew, at six syllables, this is a long one: es-ta-dou-ni-den-se. And all those vowel sounds! Just looking at it can be confusing.
Here are some key points to take this one on:
- Start by practicing each syllable. Focus first on the vowel sounds (‘eh’, ‘aah’, ‘ou’, ‘eeh’…).
- Practice the ‘ou’ sound in the ‘dou’ syllable –first separate it into ‘oh’ and ‘ooh’ (for the ‘u’) and then put it back together.
- Incorporate the consonants into each syllable.
- Vocal stress is on the second-to-last syllable.
- Slowly start gluing it back together: /es-tah-do-ooh-ni-DEN-seh/
10. Esbirro (Henchman)
This isn’t a common word that you’ll find in daily conversations, but you might come across it in literature. What can make this word difficult is the ‘sb’ consonant cluster, which may feel unnatural to some students… and, of course, there’s that rolled ‘rr’, but, by now, you’ve probably got it down.
- To learn the ‘sb’ sound, first separate the syllables –es-bi-rro.
- Focus on the natural transition your mouth makes when going from ‘es’ to ‘bi’.
- Prolong the ‘s’ sound that goes before ‘bi’ –ssss-bi… This will help you get used to the ‘sb’ combination.
- Once you’ve got a hang of it, glue the word back together and read it normally: /es-BEE-roh/
Why are these Spanish words so hard?
Some Spanish words are particularly hard to pronounce because of:
- Jargon: Medical terms like otorrinolaringología are especially tough to memorize because they’re not commonly used or are found only in specific, technical contexts.
- Difficult consonant clusters: Words like alrededor and ejército have consonant clusters that can be difficult to master.
- Unfamiliar sounds: Sounds like the infamous rolled ‘r’s can be challenging to non-native speakers.
- Indigenous language influence: The influence of indigenous languages, like in guajolote and Popocatépetl, can add other unfamiliar sounds and uncommon letter combinations or placements (like that –etl at the end of Popocatépetl). These can be difficult even for native Spanish speakers.
Making the hard things easy
Pronouncing words correctly is crucial for effective communication. But let’s face it, it’s not so easy to learn sounds that aren’t part of our native language –for example, English speakers might struggle with rolling their ‘r’s compared to, say, Italians.
We hope that this list of 10 of the hardest words to pronounce in Spanish helps you practice all those sounds and letter combinations you might need help with… And if you’re looking to level up your Spanish some more, join us at Lingoda! Our native-level teachers will help you speak Spanish from day one and give you all the tips and tricks to nail your pronunciation.
Lost in Translation: The Hidden Flaws of AI in Bridging Cultures
While these tools excel at interpreting words, how proficient are they at understanding nuances, idioms, humor, and context?
As we rely more and more on AI for translation, we must ask: what gets lost in translation, and, most importantly, why does it matter? Let’s explore the strengths, limitations, and hidden pitfalls of AI-driven language translation.
- How AI translates: The basics
- The cultural blind spots of AI translation
- Case studies: When AI gets it wrong
- Can AI ever learn culture?
How AI translates: The basics
AI is a field focused on developing computers that can learn and think like humans while processing data at a scale that exceeds human capacity. These technologies rely on machine learning and deep learning to generate complex content. This AI-generated content includes data analytics and predictions which can be extremely valuable in business.
For language translations, AI uses algorithms via neural networks – a type of program designed to mimic how human neurons work to make decisions. Neural networks analyze vast amounts of data in different languages, identifying patterns and relationships between sentences and words faster than humans can.
Some benefits of AI-powered translation include:
- Speed: AI can process large quantities of data in an instant, even in real time.
- Range: It can translate hundreds of languages, something the smartest human polyglot cannot do.
- Cost–effectiveness: One tool can translate increasing amounts of content without the need for continued investment.
- Continuous learning: These systems have a built-in feedback loop. They improve and adapt the more we use them.
The cultural blind spots of AI translation
Does AI currently have specific blind spots for translation tools on the market? While the benefits of AI translation can be attractive, we must also consider some of its drawbacks:
- Accuracy: It can miss cultural backdrop, emotionality and intended meaning, especially if the original text uses idioms, metaphors or complex language. For example, it might translate a phrase like ‘let the cat out of the bag’ literally. The phrase may work in German (die Katze aus dem Sack lassen), but not in French. How many other translations would come out sounding odd–or potentially offensive–if translated literally?
- Bias: Since AI translation relies on human-generated training data, it may pull from our own biases. This can lead to translations that favor or misrepresent certain groups. For instance, research has shown that AI interprets terms like ‘anxious’ as a primarily feminine trait. Or it defaults to language that depicts doctors as men, while nurses are women. This mirrors human gender bias, rather than producing neutral language. For that matter, almost all language translation tools default to male pronouns when referring to people.
- Humor: AI-powered translation tools may not catch humor or sarcasm tied to the cultural context of the original language.
- Formality: Different cultures have varying norms of formality and politeness, which AI might fail to capture. This can be particularly damaging in certain fields – like politics – where maintaining formality is crucial.
Additional ethical concerns include:
- Climate change: Training and using AI models require a significant amount of electricity, contributing to harmful CO2 emissions.
- Privacy: AI requires large volumes of data to function, raising privacy and cybersecurity concerns such as the latent use of data fed to AI models for data mining or other surveillance.

Case studies: When AI gets it wrong
To illustrate some of the cultural context that AI translation often misses, let’s look at a few real-world case studies:
- In literature: In 2024, Dutch publishers Veen Bosch & Keuning announced plans to use AI to translate literature into English, sparking concerns regarding potential insensitive or inaccurate translations that could hamper the hard work of many authors.
- In daily life: In late 2024, Meta introduced real-time AI translation as a new feature for their Ray-Ban smart glasses. With this, users can have conversations with Spanish, Italian or French speakers. During a demo, a reviewer having an AI-translated conversation with a Spanish speaker noticed that the technology struggled with slang, translating no manches (no way!) literally as ’no stain’.
- In government: In 2019, an Afro-Indigenous Brazilian-born man profiled in the news using the pseudonym Carlos fled Brazil due to gang violence. He arrived in the USA, where he was detained at a Customs Enforcement center. The staff spoke only English and Spanish, while Carlos spoke Portuguese, which he could neither read nor write. The staff used an AI-powered voice translator that couldn’t understand Carlos’ regional accent. Multiple errors in AI-powered communication caused his detainment and asylum application to stretch on for over 6 months.
Can AI ever learn culture?
Efforts at training AI on cultural aspects are being made, but for all of us to manage our expectations of those outcomes, transparency needs to be at the forefront when discussing the limitations of AI.
To improve AI translation tools, we can prioritize feeding this technology cultural contexts and ensure training data reflects diverse perspectives. Over time, this should generate translations that are less biased and respectful of the original content. AI-human collaboration can involve translators, industry experts and cultural advisors in the process. As Michele Hutchison, a Booker Prize-winning translator, emphasized: “A translator translates more than just words; we build bridges between cultures, taking into account the target readership every step of the way.”
In short, while AI can be a valuable tool for reducing costs and speeding up work, it can’t fully replace human intelligence in translation services today.
AI and human synergy
The future isn’t just automation—it’s collaboration. AI has become useful for cutting costs and accelerating processes. But when it comes to translation services, we must consider shortcomings like the lack of cultural context, misrepresentation of certain groups and inaccuracy in conveying intent. For ethical progress, we are required to develop the cost-effectiveness of AI-powered tools while addressing concerns about recorded bias and ensuring that true meaning is preserved in our language translations.

Begin your personal language journey
- Courses tailored to your learning needs
- Qualified native-level teachers
- Expert-designed curriculum
- Live classes with small group sizes


Understanding the rich diversity of Italian dialects
From Milan’s crisp, fast-paced speech to the melodic, expressive tones of Naples, Italian dialects are as diverse as the landscapes they come from. More than just regional accents, these dialects are languages all their own, each bearing a distinctive grammar, vocabulary and history.
In this article, we’ll explore how these many dialects evolved, where they’re spoken, and how they continue to shape Italian culture today. Get ready for a fascinating journey through the country’s many ways of speaking!
- Introduction to Italian dialects
- Geographical distribution of Italian dialects
- Linguistic features across dialects
- The role of dialects in modern Italy
- Should I learn Italian dialects?
- Domande frequenti
Introduction to Italian dialects
Definition and distinction from Standard Italian
When people think of Italian, they usually picture the elegant, melodic language of Dante and classical opera. But step outside the classroom — or, better yet, into an Italian grandmother’s kitchen — and you’ll hear something quite different. That’s because Italy isn’t home to just one Italian language, but rather a whole family of dialects that often sound like distant cousins rather than siblings.
Standard Italian, based on the Tuscan dialect, came about as a political compromise and didn’t naturally “win out” over other variations. It’s the polished, official version of the language, while dialects are its wilder, more authentic expressions, spoken in homes, markets and lively town squares across the country.
Historical evolution
Italian dialects didn’t just pop up randomly like mushrooms after a rainstorm. They evolved from Vulgar Latin, which was itself influenced by local languages (and, later on, by waves of foreign invaders).
Over the centuries, Greek, Arabic, French, Spanish and even Germanic languages loaned portions of their vocabulary and syntax to Italy’s already diverse linguistic variety. That’s why Sicilian dialect has traces of Arabic, Neapolitan has Spanish influences, and Venetian has features that might remind you of Austrian German.
Standard Italian, meanwhile, was a relatively late arrival, officially chosen in the 19th century to unify a country where people from different regions could barely understand each other.

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Geographical distribution of Italian dialects
Northern Italy
The dialects of Northern Italy belong to the Gallo-Italic family (hinting at the region’s historical connection to Gaul, i.e., ancient France).
- Piedmontese, Lombard, and Ligurian are part of this group. They tend to drop vowels, making them sound shorter and clipped compared to the flowing rhythm of southern speech.
- Venetian developed alongside a strong maritime tradition, thus picking up Greek and Turkish words from the days when Venice was a Mediterranean powerhouse.
Central Italy
Tuscany sits at the heart of Italy, both geographically and linguistically. Writers like Dante, Petrarch and Boccaccio used the Tuscan dialect for their literary masterpieces, long before it became the language of train announcements.
Even within Tuscany, you’ll find variations. Florentines, for example, are famous for their habit of aspirating “c” sounds, turning casa (house) into something phonetically akin to haza.
Then we have Umbria and the Marche, where the dialects blend elements of northern and southern speech. Umbrian has a soft, musical quality, while Marchigiano varies dramatically depending on whether you’re closer to Tuscany, Rome or the Adriatic coast.
Southern Italy and the islands
Now we enter the land of passionate gestures and even more passionate vowels.
- Neapolitan isn’t just a dialect — it’s practically a performance. Known for its rapid speech, vowel shifts and poetic expressions, it has influenced music, theater and even Italian slang.
- Sicilian absorbed Arabic, Greek and Norman influences, giving it a vocabulary and structure that can feel more Pan-Mediterranean than Italian.
- Sardinian, finally, is a distinctive Romance language with archaic Latin features. Linguists don’t consider it a dialect, but rather a language of its own.
Linguistic features across dialects
Phonological variations
Italian dialects don’t just sound different — they play by different phonetic rules. Up north, vowels tend to be shorter and crisper, with Lombard and Piedmontese speakers sometimes dropping the final vowel altogether. In Tuscany, the famous gorgia toscana turns hard “c” and “g” sounds into airy “h” sounds. Down south, Neapolitans extend their vowels dramatically and Sicilians often replace “d” with “r,” so dove (where) becomes rovere.
Grammatical distinctions
Aside from sounding different, Italian dialects also bend the rules of grammar in various ways.
- Northern dialects, influenced by French and Occitan, often simplify verb conjugations and drop pronouns.
- Sicilian sometimes flips word order dramatically, resulting in sentences that more closely resemble Latin than modern Italian. For example, the Italian expression “Non so cosa sta dicendo” (“I don’t know what she’s saying”) becomes “Chi dici, nun sacciu” (“What you say, I don’t know”) in Sicilian.
- Sardinian still uses some old Latin constructions that vanished from the mainland centuries ago.
Vocabulary differences
If you ever travel through Italy, be prepared to encounter words that make no sense outside their home region:
- bambino (“kid” in Standard Italian)
- guaglione (Naples)
- picciotto/carusu (Sicily)
- bagai (Lombardy)
- ciao (“hello” in Standard Italian)
- saluti (Sicilian)
- sedia (“chair” in Standard Italian)
- cadrega (Milan)
- istella (Sardinian)
- Andiamo! (“Let’s go!” in Standard Italian)
- Jamm’! (Naples)
- Ni virimu! (Sicilian)
- Ndemo! (Venetian)
And then there’s the delightful world of food vocabulary, where ordering the same dish in different regions might get you something entirely unexpected. Italian vocabulary gets broader and more colorful as you dive into each region!
Cosa dicono i nostri studenti di italiano
The role of dialects in modern Italy
Dialects in contemporary communication
Despite Italy’s official embrace of Standard Italian, dialects are far from dead. In daily life, many Italians switch effortlessly between Standard Italian and their local dialect, depending on the setting. At work or on TV, they’ll use polished Italian, but at home or in their neighborhood bar, Italians switch to dialect. Social media and memes have also given dialects a new platform, with regional slang and expressions going viral.
Even in pop culture, dialects are thriving. Neapolitan dominates the music scene thanks to modern rap and artists like Pino Daniele, while dialect-heavy comedies and regional TV shows keep local speech alive and well.
Preservation efforts
With globalization and increased mobility, many worry that Italy’s dialects are fading. But fear not — linguists, cultural institutions and passionate locals are fighting back.
Schools in some regions have introduced optional courses on local dialects, and municipalities are funding projects to document and preserve traditional speech. Museums and cultural festivals celebrate dialect poetry, music and theater, ensuring that younger generations stay connected to their linguistic roots. Even digital initiatives, like online dictionaries and learning apps, are helping to keep these dialects alive.
While dialects might not be as dominant as they once were, Italians are making sure they remain more than just charming curiosities from the past.
Should I learn Italian dialects?
You don’t necessarily need to learn any dialects to travel across Italy; Standard Italian is enough to navigate the country without trouble. However, understanding dialects can enrich your experience, helping you connect more deeply with locals and appreciate Italy’s cultural diversity. Even just recognizing dialectal variations can make conversations more engaging and fun.
With Lingoda’s native-level teachers, students of Italian can get exposure to some regional nuances, making their learning experience more authentic and dynamic. Whether you want to master the Tuscan elegance or pick up some Neapolitan flair, lessons tailored to real-world usage bring you closer to the heart of Italian language and culture.
How many dialects of Italian are there?
Italy has hundreds of dialects, but they are generally grouped into about ten major linguistic families.
Which Italian dialect is closest to Standard Italian?
The Tuscan dialect, especially the Florentine variety, is the closest to Standard Italian. In fact, Standard Italian is largely based on this dialect.
Discover the linguistic mosaic of Italy
Italy’s dialects are more than just variations on Standard Italian — they’re unique linguistic systems shaped by history, geography and culture. From the Gallo-Italic dialects of the north to the vibrant speech of the south and islands, each region has its distinct way of speaking. Phonetics, grammar and vocabulary vary widely, making dialects an essential part of Italy’s identity. While Standard Italian dominates formal communication, dialects still thrive in daily conversations, media and local traditions.
If you want to learn real-life Italian and gain confidence in speaking, Lingoda is the perfect tool. With native-level teachers and lessons focused on practical use, you’ll start speaking from Day One and even pick up some regional nuances along the way. Buona fortuna on your journey to mastering Italian!

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Clothes in German: Essential vocabulary for daily use
Whether you’re trying to keep up with the ever-changing German weather or visiting a Berlin Flohmarkt (flea market), it’s essential to know the names for clothing in German.
So, let’s suit up and learn the most important nouns, verbs and adjectives related to clothes in German. We’ll even show you how to give a good compliment!
- What’s the German word for clothing?
- Essential clothing vocabulary in German
- Key verbs for talking about clothing in German
- How to describe clothing in German
- Useful phrases for clothes shopping in German
What’s the German word for clothing?
There are several words to describe clothing in German. While they all technically mean the same thing, they’re used differently depending on the context. Additionally, there are regional variations on these words.
‘Kleidung’ vs. ‘Kleider’ vs. ‘Klamotten’ – What’s the difference?
Kleidung, Kleider and Klamotten are all words that describe “clothes” or “clothing” in German. Wherever you’re staying, people will understand what you mean if you use any of the three. However, there are differences you should be aware of.
Kleidung is the most common word for “clothing.” It’s safe to use in formal and casual settings. Although Kleidung generally describes a group or collection of items, this feminine noun is used in the singular form: Die Kleidung.
Kleider is a rather old-fashioned word for “clothes” that’s rarely used in that sense today. Instead, it has evolved to specifically describe “dresses.” Die Kleider is the plural form of a neuter noun (das Kleid) and thus describes more than one dress.
A more informal word for clothes is die Klamotten. It’s not exactly rude to use this word, but it typically refers to casual (and maybe a bit messy) clothes — so it’s best to avoid it in work settings or other formal occasions. If you do use it, note that it is always used in the plural form.
Variations of ‘clothing’ in German
There are also some regional differences in how people describe clothing. For example, Gwand is a common word in Bavarian dialect and is used similarly to Kleidung.
Language and slang also vary between different age groups. If you’re talking to older German speakers, for instance, they might still prefer to use the word Kleider instead of Kleidung.
If you’re looking at online stores, Bekleidung is also typically used as a variation of Kleidung. However, in everyday conversations, Bekleidung wouldn’t sound natural.
Understanding these differences is important if you want to sound like a native speaker. That’s why German courses at Lingoda are only taught by native-level teachers who are familiar with the culture and different German dialects.

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

Essential clothing vocabulary in German
Let’s get dressed! These are the most important words for clothing items in German, from jackets and coats to traditional German clothes like Lederhosen.
German | English |
der Mantel | the coat |
die Jacke | the jacket |
der Blazer | the blazer |
das Sakko | the jacket |
die Weste | the waistcoat |
das Hemd | the shirt |
die Bluse | the blouse |
das Kleid | the dress |
der Pullover | the pullover |
das T-shirt | the T-shirt |
das Top | the top |
die Unterwäsche | the underwear |
die Unterhose | the briefs |
der BH (Büstenhalter) | the bra |
das Unterhemd | the chemise |
die Strumpfhose | the tights |
die Socken | the socks |
die Schuhe | the shoes |
die Stiefel | the boots |
die Sneaker | the sneakers |
die Turnschuhe | the trainers |
die Sandalen | the sandals |
der Hut | the hat |
die Mütze | the cap |
die Handschuhe | the gloves |
die Tasche | the bag |
die Sonnenbrille | the sunglasses |
das Dirndl | the dirndl (a traditional German dress from the Alps region) |
die Lederhose | the lederhosen (traditional leather breeches worn in the Alps region) |
Key verbs for talking about clothing in German
If you want to talk about clothes in German, simply knowing the names of the items won’t cut it. There are many verbs associated with clothing, which can help you communicate whether you want to “wear” or “buy” or “shop” for something, and so on.
The verb ‘to wear’ in German
The verb “to wear” has two different German translations. You can use tragen when you’re talking about wearing a piece of clothing, or anhaben, which means “having something on.”
So, if you want to say, “I am wearing a dress,” you have two options in German:
- Ich trage ein Kleid.
- Ich habe ein Kleid an. (Note: anhaben is a separable verb, so the prefix an- moves to the end of the sentence in this case.)
Watch out for the verb tragen, which can also mean “to carry” depending on the context.
Ich trage ein Kleid can therefore either mean that you’re wearing or carrying a dress. Although it’s most likely the former, it’s best to look out for other signals in the story to make sure.
Shopping-related verbs
Here are some basic German words that will help you navigate your next trip to the Flohmarkt or Bekleidungsgeschäft (clothing store).
German | English |
kaufen | to buy |
aussuchen | to select |
entscheiden | to choose |
etwas anprobieren | to try something on |
bezahlen | to pay |
umtauschen | to exchange |
etwas zurückgeben | to return something |
etwas zurücklegen | to reserve something |
How to describe clothing in German
How would you describe your style? This is hard enough in English! But here are some useful German adjectives and phrases for talking about your wardrobe and describing a person.
Common adjectives for clothing
German | English |
lässig | casual |
formell | formal |
trendy | trendy |
elegant | elegant |
langlebig | durable |
bequem | comfortable |
weit | loose |
eng | tight |
leicht | lightweight |
schwer | heavy |
weich | soft |
rau | rough |
atmungsaktiv | breathable |
wasserdicht | waterproof |
tailliert/anliegend | fitted |
durchsichtig | sheer |
gemustert | patterned |
zeitlos | timeless |
teuer | expensive |
billig | cheap |
Talking about your wardrobe
German | English |
Ich mag bequeme Kleidung. | I like casual clothes. |
Mein Stil ist eher lässig. | My style tends to be more casual. |
Mir gefallen helle Farben. | I like bright colours. |
Ich bevorzuge dunkle Kleidung. | I prefer dark clothes. |
Ich trage lieber Kleider als Hosen. | I prefer wearing dresses rather than trousers. |
Giving compliments on outfits
Everyone loves a good compliment. But in Germany, doling out compliments may not be appropriate on every occasion. While telling your friend that you love their new dress will probably make them happy, the atmosphere in German workplaces can be more reserved.
With that in mind, the following phrases will help you to compliment on great outfits.
German | English |
Mir gefällt dein Hemd! | I like your shirt! |
Dein Mantel hat eine tolle Farbe. | Your coat has a great color! |
Diese Farbe steht dir sehr gut. | This color suits you very well. |
Der Schnitt ist sehr schön. | The tailoring is very nice. |
Du siehst toll aus! | You look great! |
Dein Stil ist sehr elegant. | Your style is very elegant. |
Ich mag deinen Stil. | I like your style. |
Wo hast du das her? | Where did you get this? |
Useful phrases for clothes shopping in German
As bodies come in different shapes and sizes, shopping for clothes hardly ever stops at trying something on and buying it instantly. Here’s some useful vocabulary that will make it easier for you to find the right fit.
German | English |
Haben Sie das in einer anderen Größe? | Do you have this in a different size? |
Ich suche nach einem blauen Kleid. | I’m looking for a blue dress. |
Das passt gut. | This fits well. |
Das ist zu eng. | This is too tight. |
Das ist zu groß. | This is too big. |
Das ist zu weit. | This is too wide. |
Das ist zu klein. | This is too small. |
Kann ich das anprobieren? | Can I try this on? |
Wie viel kostet das? | How much does it cost? |
Kann ich mit Karte bezahlen? | Can I pay by card? |
Kann ich bar bezahlen? | Can I pay with cash? |
Kann ich das zurückgeben? | Can I return this? |
Practical tips for learning clothing vocabulary in German
When it comes to learning clothing vocabulary in German, flashcards are your best friend. However, it doesn’t hurt to get more creative. Exercises that require you to get active make it easier to remember the small stuff. For instance, you might want to label your clothes at home or role-play shopping conversations in German with friends. It can also help to immerse yourself in shopping-related TV shows or magazines.
At Lingoda, we know that learning a new language is easier when you use it regularly. That’s why our German courses have a strong focus on speaking. Our native-level teachers make sure that you’ll be able to develop the confidence you need in class to use your knowledge in the wild. Furthermore, Lingoda is perfect for everyone with a busy schedule, as classes are available 24/7. Learn German flexibly and make sure to reach your language goals more efficiently!

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

From Extinction to Revival: How AI Is Helping to Save Endangered Languages
Of the thousands of languages spoken in the world today, UNESCO estimates that around 43% are endangered. AI is stepping up to bring them back from the brink. It can be used to create a digital archive of endangered languages, leveraging tools like speech-to-text and its ability to process enormous amounts of data. However, ethical concerns around their preservation exist. So, how exactly is AI helping to save endangered languages?
- The urgent need to preserve endangered languages
- The role of AI in language preservation
- Key AI technologies driving language revitalization
The urgent need to preserve endangered languages
UNESCO classifies the degree of endangerment of languages on a scale of “safe” to “extinct”. In between are “vulnerable”, “definitely endangered”, “severely endangered” and “critically endangered”.
Why are so many languages in danger of disappearing, and what happens when they do? According to the Harvard International Review, external pressures play a key role. Dominant languages like English, Spanish and Mandarin Chinese marginalize Indigenous languages. This is because people often see proficiency in these dominant languages as the gateway to better jobs or education. Urbanization and industrialization accelerate this trend, along with media, which publishers often distribute in major world languages.
Government policies can also have an impact. An example is the Canadian government’s forced removal of Indigenous children from their families to attend residential schools between 1831 and 1996. It meant parents couldn’t speak their language to their children. When languages disappear, communities lose unique cultural identities, traditional knowledge, and worldviews embedded in them. In return, people lose connection to their culture and history, which can result in them losing their identity and sense of self.
The role of AI in language preservation
While globalization and technology have often been blamed for the loss of languages in the past, AI has now become a possible preservation tool. Text-to-speech tools can convert spoken language into written text, helping to preserve oral languages without the need for manual transcription. Automated translations can make lesser-spoken languages more accessible, and AI-driven data collection is much faster than manual language documentation.
AI has already achieved success. New Zealand’s Te Hiku Media created an automatic speech recognition tool that can transcribe speech-to-text with 92% accuracy for Te Reo Māori. Similarly, the app Tarjimly, billed as an “Uber for Translators”, records real conversations between translators and refugees for AI training.

Key AI technologies driving language revitalization
Speech recognition & voice cloning
AI has become instrumental in identifying, transcribing, and synthesizing speech in rare and endangered languages. Projects like Mozilla’s Common Voice collect diverse speech samples to enhance AI models’ understanding of these languages. Mozilla launched Common Voice in 2017 as an open-source initiative. Contributors have recorded thousands of hours of speech in 133 languages, helping Common Voice create one of the most extensive free AI voice datasets.
AI-driven voice synthesis also plays a crucial role in reconstructing and teaching lost phonetics. By analyzing existing audio recordings, AI can generate accurate pronunciations of words and phrases. This helps in the preservation and education of endangered languages.
Machine translation & NLP (Natural Language Processing)
AI can help bridge the communication gaps between endangered and dominant languages through machine translation and NLP. Google, for instance, expanded its translation services to include lesser-known languages by training AI models on limited datasets. In 2024 alone, AI helped expand Google’s translation services to 110 new languages, about a quarter of which are from Africa.
However, certain languages lack training data, which makes AI models less accurate. Collaborative efforts are underway to address this. For example, the Government of Nunavut partnered with technology firms to develop AI models that support the Inuktitut language, making the language more accessible.
AI-powered chatbots & virtual tutors
AI-driven chatbots and virtual tutors offer interactive platforms for learners to practice endangered languages. These tools simulate conversations, provide real-time feedback, and create engaging learning experiences for new generations of learners. For instance, KumuBot is an all-in-one chatbot, translator and gamified teacher of the Hawaiian language, which was nearing extinction in the 1980s.
AI can also be used to generate custom learning materials in languages with few teaching resources, while AI-powered chatbots can offer immediate pronunciation feedback. Certain apps also leverage the power of AI to create personalized learning pathways.
Big data & AI-driven linguistic research
Finally, AI-driven research can help us decipher long-lost languages, even if only fragments of the language exist. An example is Google’s DeepMind, created text restoration models to reconstruct missing characters in incomplete ancient Greek texts. By processing vast amounts of linguistic data, AI can uncover grammatical and phonetic patterns and relationships to known languages that might take humans months or years to discover. Plus, AI is achieving a 30.1% character error rate compared to 57.3% for human experts.
Researchers are also using AI to translate vast amounts of materials from ancient languages quickly. For example, AI has recently been used to translate cuneiform tablets from Akkadian (the language of ancient Mesopotamia) into English, allowing us to recover a wealth of knowledge about society and culture.
Challenges and ethical concerns in AI language preservation
One major challenge AI faces is the bias in training data, as most AI models are trained primarily on dominant languages. The small datasets we have for many indigenous languages mean AI tools are trained less efficiently. Take one Reddit user’s post about Manx, a language UNESCO declared extinct in the 1990s but that has seen a revival. The user states simply that Google Translate’s AI-powered tool is “beyond awful at translating words.”
An additional concern is the risk of AI replacing native speakers as a method of language transmission. AI should be a means of fostering greater communication between human beings, not replacing it. If you engage with a language via AI only, the rich context and cultural nuances that human beings can provide are lost.
Data ownership is also a pressing issue, which broadly concerns most internet users, no matter the language they use to communicate. Zoom users, for example, were outraged when the platform changed its terms of service to allow it to use conversations to train its model. For indigenous communities, control over their linguistic heritage is a must.
The future of AI and endangered languages
Is the future bright for endangered languages? There are signs that it might be. Collaboration between communities and AI researchers will be key and is already happening. For example, the Icelandic government is getting ahead of its language’s possible extinction by working with OpenAI to broaden the use of Icelandic and other marginalized languages.
Public policies can also play a crucial role in supporting AI-driven language preservation initiatives. Governments can implement strategies that encourage AI research focused on endangered languages. For example, the UK’s AI Opportunities Action Plan emphasizes investment in AI infrastructure and cross-sector adoption. The responsibility also lies with tech companies, which can themselves fund community-led AI projects. Cooperation between AI researchers, governments, and native speakers is the path forward to ensure AI is a friend, not a foe, in the fight to preserve linguistic diversity for future generations.

Begin your personal language journey
- Courses tailored to your learning needs
- Qualified native-level teachers
- Expert-designed curriculum
- Live classes with small group sizes


How to talk about emotions in Italian
Whether it’s joy, frustration, or anguish over an overcooked plate of spaghetti, emotions in Italian aren’t just felt — they’re performed. But how do you go beyond the basics of felice (happy) and triste (sad) to really sound like a native?
In this guide, we’ll explore the rich vocabulary of Italian emotions. Along the way, we’ll look at how cultural nuances shape expression and how a touch of comedy can help you master the art of dramatic flair. And, of course, we’ll break down the essential phrases and grammar, so you’ll never be at a loss for words — whether you’re declaring undying love or complaining (passionately) about the weather. Ready? Andiamo!
- Understanding basic emotional vocabulary in Italian
- Expressing complex feelings and moods
- Practical application in conversations
- How to practice and master emotional expression
- FAQs
Understanding basic emotional vocabulary in Italian
Before you start pouring your heart out in Italian, you need the right words. Emotions are universal, but every language expresses them a little differently. In Italian, emotions are often accompanied by a particular cadence and a dramatic hand gesture. To get you started, here’s a list of essential emotional vocabulary in Italian:
Italian | Pronunciation | English |
l’emozione | eh-moh-tzee-oh-neh | emotion |
l’umore | oo-moh-reh | humor |
il sentimento | sen-tee-men-toh | feeling |
la gioia | joy-ah | joy |
l’amore | ah-moh-reh | love |
l’odio | oh-dyoh | hate |
la speranza | speh-rahn-tsah | hope |
la compassione | kohm-pahs-syoh-neh | compassion |
la paura | pah-oo-rah | fear |
la rabbia | ar-rahb-byah-toh | anger |
la tristezza | tree-stet-tsah | sadness |
la felicità | feh-lee-chee-tah | happiness |
la delusione | deh-loo-zyoh-neh | disappointment |
l’ansia | ahn-syah | anxiety |
la frustrazione | froos-trah-tzyoh-neh | frustration |
l’orgoglio | or-gohl-yoh | pride |
la gelosia | jeh-loh-zee-ah | jealousy |
la solitudine | soh-lee-too-dee-neh | loneliness |
la sorpresa | sor-preh-zah | surprise |
la gratitudine | grah-tee-too-dee-neh | gratitude |

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Expressing complex feelings and moods
Nuanced emotional terms
Italian is rich and poetic in its bones, so it tends to express emotions in ways that can be more nuanced than the English alternative. Ever have that poetic feeling of pensive sadness, that seems to have no obvious cause? That’s (la) malinconia. Or that warm, heart-melting sensation when you see a baby smile? That’s (la) tenerezza. Here’s a selection of subtle and complex emotional terms to enhance your expressive range:
Italian | Pronunciation | English |
la serenità | seh-reh-nee-tah | serenity |
la soddisfazione | sod-dees-faht-tzyoh-neh | satisfaction |
il sollievo | sohl-lyeh-voh | relief |
la tenerezza | teh-neh-ret-tsah | tenderness |
la commozione | kohm-moh-tzyoh-neh | deep emotion (that usually provokes tears, either sad or happy) |
il rimpianto | reem-pyahn-toh | regret |
il rimorso | ree-mohr-soh | remorse |
l’inquietudine | een-kwee-eh-too-dee-neh | restlessness |
lo sconforto | skon-for-toh | discouragement |
la vergogna | ver-goh-nyah | shame |
la malinconia | mah-leen-koh-nee-ah | melancholy |
la nostalgia | noh-stal-jee-ah | nostalgia |
il sospetto | soh-spet-toh | suspicion |
l’empatia | em-pah-tee-ah | empathy |
la timidezza | tee-mee-det-tsah | shyness |
l’euforia | eh-oo-foh-ree-ah | euphoria |
l’appagamento | ahp-pah-gah-men-toh | fulfillment |
l’esaltazione | eh-zal-tah-tzyoh-neh | exaltation |
l’afflizione | ahf-fleet-zyoh-neh | affliction |
il disappunto | dee-zahp-poon-toh | disappointment |
lo stupore | stoo-poh-reh | amazement |
lo sdegno | sdeg-nyoh | outrage |
il disagio | dee-zah-jyoh | unease |
la tranquillità | tran-kweel-lee-tah | tranquility |
l’amarezza | ah-mah-ret-tsah | bitterness |
l’estasi | es-tah-zee | ecstasy |
l’abbandono | ab-ban-doh-no | abandonment |
la rassegnazione | ras-seg-nya-tzyoh-neh | resignation |
Cultural context of emotions
Talking about emotions in Italian isn’t just about vocabulary. It’s about expression, too! Remember, Italians don’t just feel emotions — they live them. Compared to their northern European neighbors, Italians are generally more open and expressive with their feelings. On the other hand, silence, which in some cultures signals discomfort, can signify deep contemplation (or just the calm before an emotional storm).
Understanding these cultural nuances will help you not only speak Italian, but foster a deeper connection with the Italian way of experiencing the world.
What our students of Italian say
Practical application in conversations
Common phrases to describe feelings
While body language is indeed helpful to express emotions, words do the heavy lifting:
- Mi sento felice. (I feel happy.)
- Sono arrabbiato/a. (I am angry.)
- Ho paura. (I am afraid.)
- Mi sento triste. (I feel sad.)
- Sono emozionato/a. (I am excited/moved.)
- Provo molta gioia. (I feel a lot of joy.)
- Mi sento giù. (I feel down.)
- Sono deluso/a. (I am disappointed.)
- Mi sento a disagio. (I feel uncomfortable.)
- Ho nostalgia di casa. (I feel homesick.)
The role of verbs in emotional expression
When expressing emotions in Italian, you’ll find that many phrases use the essere conjugation (to be), while others use the avere conjugation (to have). However, the most important verb when discussing feelings in Italian is surely the reflexive verb sentirsi (to feel), as in:
- Mi sento felice (I feel happy).
Here are a few more essential verbs for talking about emotions:
- provare (to experience) → Provo rabbia. (I experience anger.)
- esprimere (to express) → Esprimo la mia gratitudine. (I express my gratitude.)
- reprimere (to suppress) → Reprimo la mia rabbia. (I suppress my anger.)
- commuoversi (to get emotional) → Mi commuovo facilmente. (I get emotional easily.)
Mastering these verbs will help you construct natural, expressive sentences — and maybe even argue like a true Italian.
How to practice and master emotional expression
The role of comedy in language learning
If you really want to master emotional expression in Italian, there’s no better way than through comedy. Italian humor thrives on exaggeration, irony and over-the-top expressiveness, making it a goldmine for learning how emotions are communicated in everyday speech.
Whether it’s a sarcastic quip, an exaggerated sigh or a dramatic “Ma ti sembra normale?!” (“Does this seem normal to you?!”), Italian comedy teaches you how to feel the language. It’s also a great way to witness these charming people using sarcasm and irony to add lightness to a frustrating situation.
Another great thing about Italian comedy? Regional dialects and slang. Emotions don’t sound the same in Milan as they do in Naples, and comedies often showcase these differences. If you want to hear expressive Italian in action, check out these classics:
Film and television:
- Benvenuti al Sud – A hilarious culture clash between the north and south of Italy.
- Perfetti Sconosciuti – A mix of drama and humor, perfect for picking up natural emotional expressions.
- Fantozzi – A slapstick classic that exaggerates frustration and resignation in the most Italian way possible.
- Night on Earth – A funny and heartwarming project by Jim Jarmusch, consisting of five taxi rides happening at the same time, in five different cities. Part Four takes place in Rome, and the taxi driver is none other than Roberto Benigni.
Comedians:
- Roberto Benigni – Known for his witty, expressive storytelling.
- Checco Zalone – A modern comic genius who plays with stereotypes and emotions.
- Aldo, Giovanni e Giacomo – A legendary comedy trio famous for their exaggerated expressions and clever wordplay.
So, the next time you sit down to “study” Italian, grab some popcorn, put on an Italian comedy and prepare to laugh your way to fluency!
Structured and interactive classes
While laughing at Italian comedies is a fantastic way to absorb natural expressions, structured learning is key to mastering emotional fluency. That’s where Lingoda comes in.
Lingoda offers live, interactive classes with native-speaking teachers, ensuring you get real-time feedback on your pronunciation and sentence structure. Unlike self-study apps, these lessons are conversation-focused, meaning you’ll actively practice expressing emotions in Italian. Plus, with small class sizes and flexible scheduling, you can learn at your own pace while immersing yourself in real-world dialogues.
From discussing how you really feel to understanding subtle emotional nuances, Lingoda can go a long way in helping you gain confidence to express emotions like a true Italian!
What do Italians say when they’re upset?
When Italians are upset, they might say “Che rabbia!” (“What anger!”), “Sono furioso/a!” (“I’m furious!”), or “Non ne posso più!” (“I can’t take it anymore!”). Expect dramatic hand gestures, too!
How do you say ‘emotion’ in Italian?
“Emotion” in Italian is emozione.
So, ‘come ti senti’? (How do you feel?)
Expressing emotions in Italian is about feeling the language and embracing its passion, humor and rhythm. Mastering basic and nuanced vocabulary is a great beginning, but getting familiar with how Italians express sarcasm, excitement, love and frustration will help you truly connect with people.
Of course, learning a language takes patience (and maybe a few dramatic sighs along the way). But every “Mi sento felice!” or “Che rabbia!” will bring you closer to fluency. Keep practicing and don’t be afraid to express yourself — Italian style!

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Best online language schools in 2025
But with so many schools offering different courses, how do you choose the right one? In this article, we’ll explore the best online language schools in 2025, highlighting the curriculums and teaching methods, whether certificates are available, and how well they might fit into your lifestyle.
- What makes a great online language school?
- Top-rated online language schools in 2025
- Best supplemental language learning tool
What makes a great online language school?
There are several key factors to consider when deciding if an online language school is right for you. First, there’s the curriculum. Does the school offer structured, level-based courses that are aligned with the Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) or more targeted courses focusing on a particular topic area?
You also need to consider how you’ll be taught, from live online classes to self-paced courses. There are benefits to both. Live classes facilitate real-time interaction with other learners and your teacher, and you can get immediate clarification if you have doubts. You are also in a more structured learning environment, which may help keep you on track. Meanwhile, self-paced courses offer greater flexibility and may be more cost-effective. You may want to know if you receive a certificate at the end of a course to prove your language level to an employer, for example.
Finally, think about whether you want to take classes only in your target language. Some courses offer full immersion (the teacher speaks and/or the materials are in the target language). This tends to facilitate faster and more natural language acquisition. Other schools offer translations, which may suit learners who are intimidated by full immersion programs.
Top-rated online language schools in 2025
Choosing the best online language course depends on various factors, including teaching style, pricing, certification options, and user reviews. Below, we compare some of the top-rated programs based on these key criteria.
Best comprehensive language programs
Lingoda
Lingoda is an online language school with a focus on teaching real-life language in small classes led by native-level teachers. All skills are covered, and helping learners become more confident speakers is a priority.
- Level: A1–C1 in English and German; A1–B2 in Business English, French, and Spanish; A1 in Italian.
- Certificate of completion: Available for each CEFR level completed.
- Schedule flexibility: Live classes are offered 24/7.
- Pros:
- Structured courses aligned with the CEFR.
- Live classes allow for real-time speaking practice and instant answers to any questions.
- All classes are taught by native-level teachers.
- Cons:
- The cost of live classes may be higher when compared to self-paced courses, and a time commitment is required.

Begin your personal language journey
- Courses tailored to your learning needs
- Qualified native-level teachers
- Expert-designed curriculum
- Live classes with small group sizes


Rosetta Stone
With 30 years of experience in language teaching, Rosetta Stone focuses on complete immersion using native-speaker audio and speech recognition technology.
- Level: B1–C1 in English, French, German, Italian, and Spanish. Additional courses in 25 languages.
- Certificate of completion: Available for each level or course completed.
- Schedule flexibility: No live lessons for individual learners.
- Pros:
- Uses a Dynamic Immersion method, with audio from native speakers in lessons and exercises.
- TruAccent speech recognition technology promises to help improve pronunciation.
- Cons:
- No live tutoring offered as part of the individual package, making the courses less interactive.
FluentU
FluentU teaches languages via authentic, interactive videos. It offers an immersive experience and prioritizes vocabulary learning.
- Level: Beginner, Intermediate, and Advanced in 10 languages, from English and German to Mandarin Chinese and Korean.
- Certificate of completion: No.
- Schedule flexibility: No live lessons.
- Pros:
- Modern video-based learning with interactive subtitles to learn vocabulary.
- Immersive experience.
- Cons:
- Speaking practice is limited, as there are no live classes or speech recognition technology.
Best for live group lessons
Lingoda
Lingoda offers small group classes with experienced teachers. Over 60 classes start every hour, meaning you can tailor your schedule to suit your lifestyle.
- Level: A1–C1 in English and German; A1–B2 in Business English, French, and Spanish; A1 in Italian.
- Certificate of completion: Available for each CEFR level completed.
- Schedule flexibility: Live classes are offered 24/7.
- Pros:
- Native-level teachers from all over the world.
- Learners can schedule classes at a time that suits them.
- Class sizes are small (2–5 students), allowing plenty of chances to speak and interact with fellow learners.
- Private classes available
- Cons:
- Live lessons require a time commitment.
Berlitz
Berlitz has been around for 140 years and is a long-established school with a global presence. Its courses are mapped to the CEFR levels, and it offers group classes both online and in-person.
- Level: A1—C2 in a range of languages.
- Certificate of completion: Available for each level completed.
- Schedule flexibility: Classes are at fixed times.
- Pros:
- Courses follow a proven immersive method.
- Berlitz has a strong global reputation.
- Native-level teachers.
- Cons:
- Group courses are relatively expensive.
- Live lessons require a fixed schedule commitment.
Goethe-Institut (for German)
The Goethe-Institut is one of the most respected names in German language teaching, with over 70 years of experience in the industry. It is the largest provider of German language courses in the world.
- Level: A1–C2 in German only.
- Certificate of completion: Available for each level completed.
- Schedule flexibility: Classes are at fixed times.
- Pros:
- Native-level teachers.
- Internationally recognized certificates.
- Courses are aligned with the CEFR.
- Cons:
- Large class sizes with up to 18 students.
- Classes are relatively expensive.
What our students say
Best for self-paced learning
Babbel
The Babbel language learning app has been a popular choice for self-study for many years. It offers courses in 14 languages.
- Level: Varies. Self-study courses are available up to B2 in French, German and Italian and C1 in Spanish.
- Certificate of completion: Available for each level completed.
- Schedule flexibility: No live lessons; complete flexibility.
- Pros:
- Short, practical lessons focused on real-world conversations.
- Interactive and engaging lessons.
- Cons:
- No live classes are offered under the self-study program.
- Learners receive limited speaking practice.
Pimsleur
The Pimsleur method was developed by Dr. Paul Pimsleur. Students are discouraged from writing anything down during lessons and are encouraged to respond out loud at all times.
- Level: Beginner to intermediate in a range of languages.
- Certificate of completion: Available for each level completed.
- Schedule flexibility: No live lessons; complete flexibility.
- Pros:
- Audio-based learning — effective for improving pronunciation.
- Learn naturally via conversations.
- Cons:
- No writing practice.
- Lack of live interaction with teachers.
Busuu
Busuu combines AI-powered input with the chance to get feedback from a community of native speakers of the language you’re learning. 14 languages are available.
- Level: A1–B2; English up to C1
- Certificate of completion: Available for each level completed.
- Schedule flexibility: No live lessons; complete flexibility.
- Pros:
- Short, focused lessons with AI-powered exercises.
- Chance to get feedback from native speakers.
- Cons:
- Access to content is limited with the free version.
- Limited pronunciation and speaking exercises.
Best for one-on-one tutoring
italki
With italki, students can connect with teachers and take one-on-one lessons in over 150 languages.
- Level: Depends on tutor.
- Certificate of completion: No.
- Schedule flexibility: Lessons can be scheduled at any time.
- Pros:
- Flexible scheduling.
- Wide range of tutors with a variety of accents and dialects.
- Cons:
- Quality of lessons varies by tutor.
- No structured curriculum or materials aligned to the CEFR.
Preply
Preply has over 50,000 tutors teaching over 120 languages to students in one-on-one lessons. You can learn more about Preply vs. Lingoda in our article.
- Level: Depends on tutor.
- Certificate of completion: Available after a certain number of hours spent learning.
- Schedule flexibility: Lessons can be scheduled at any time.
- Pros:
- Can be affordable, depending on the tutor you choose.
- Personalized lessons from a range of tutors.
- Cons:
- No standardized curriculum.
- The quality of lessons depends on the tutor.
Verbling
With over 2,000 tutors teaching over 70 languages, Verbling is a popular choice for finding one-on-one lessons.
- Level: Depends on tutor.
- Certificate of completion: Available.
- Schedule flexibility: Lessons can be scheduled at any time.
- Pros:
- High-quality tutors,
- Structured courses
- Cons:
- More expensive than competitors,
- Fewer tutors in rare languages
Best supplemental language learning tools
Many people choose to learn a language online via several methods. Apps and online materials don’t offer the same experience as learning with a language school, but they can be excellent tools for additional practice.
Duolingo – Best for gamified vocabulary and grammar practice
Duolingo is perhaps the best-known language-learning app. Offering a range of languages, its gamified approach can help keep learners motivated.
- Pros:
- Fun, bite-sized lessons in an attractive and easy-to-use app.
- Can be free to use, though non-paid versions come with adverts.
- Cons:
- No live instruction.
- Lacks depth, making it more difficult to reach fluency.
Language Transfer – Best for free, audio-based learning
Offering completely free courses, Language Transfer offers audio-based lessons in several major languages, including French, German, and Arabic.
- Pros:
- Audio-based lessons for listening comprehension.
- Recordings are made with a real student of the language.
- Cons:
- Only available for a few languages.
- Not immersive as things are explained in and translated into English.
How to choose the right online language school for you
Your first consideration might be whether you’re willing to pay for lessons or not. If not, a free app is the way to go. But if you’re serious about advancing your language skills, free apps aren’t enough. As the next step, you need to think about whether you want to follow a self-study course or learn with a teacher. Self-study can work well for highly motivated students, but the lack of scheduled classes means it’s easy to lose focus, and there’s usually no interactive speaking practice.
Finally, consider whether you want one-to-one lessons with the personal attention of a teacher or if you’d prefer to participate in a group course, which often follows a CEFR-based curriculum and allows plenty of chances to act with your fellow learners and a qualified teacher. Lingoda offers both options with flexible, immersive online classes led by professional teachers. No one method will suit everyone, but now you’re armed with enough information to make the right choice for you.



Must-know: Basic Spanish words for travel
Sure, English might work in touristy spots when you want to refill your margarita. But, if you truly want to experience everything your destination has to offer, some Spanish phrases for beginners can make all the difference. For example, asking for directions can be a lifesaver if your phone’s had too much fun in the sun. And being able to request a doctor will come in handy if your tummy isn’t ready for all that street food. Plus, nothing beats connecting with locals and expressing your appreciation for their culture and cuisine –most will be delighted to see you making the effort!
Before you board that plane, let’s dive into some of the most common and basic Spanish words and phrases for travel.
- Must-know Spanish greetings and polite phrases
- Asking for and understanding directions in Spanish
- Spanish vocabulary for transportation
- Ordering food in a Spanish-speaking country
- Dealing with an emergency in Spanish
- Key Spanish question words for travelers
- Telling the time in Spanish
- FAQs
Must-know Spanish greetings and polite phrases
Let’s start from the beginning. Knowing how to say hello in the local language is key when you’re traveling; it’ll help you break the ice and show that you appreciate the culture. Plus, Spanish-speaking countries are known for their friendliness and politeness.
Here are some of the most common Spanish greetings and a few basic polite phrases to get us going:
- Hola (Hello)
- Buenos días / Buenas tardes / Buenas noches (Good morning/afternoon/evening)
- Por favor (Please)
- Gracias (Thank you)
- De nada (You’re welcome)
- Disculpe / Con permiso (Excuse me)
- Perdón / Lo siento (Sorry)
- ¿Habla inglés? (Do you speak English?)
- ¿Cómo está? (How are you?)
- Bien, gracias (Fine, thank you)
- ¿Cómo se llama? (What’s your name)
- Yo me llamo… (My name is…)
- Mucho gusto (Nice to meet you)
- No hablo español (I don’t speak Spanish)
- Adiós (Goodbye)
- Hasta luego (See you later)
- No entiendo, perdón (I don’t understand, sorry)
These phrases will be handy not just when traveling, but anytime you interact with a Spanish speaker. They’re all part of basic everyday conversation. If you learn Spanish online with Lingoda, our native-level Spanish teachers will help you learn everything you need to build a solid foundation –especially if you’re just starting your language journey.
Tip: Remember to review how to have a Spanish accent to be best understood by native speakers. For example, in Spanish the letter ‘h’ is silent. It’s not pronounced unless it’s paired with a ‘c’ (‘ch’) –this combination sounds just like the ‘Ch’ in ‘Charity’.
Asking for and understanding directions in Spanish
Learning these phrases is essential to finding your way around and avoiding stressful situations. Yes, we’ve got that all-mighty GPS now, but relying solely on your phone’s battery or internet connection in a foreign country can end up being a bit of a gamble… So, let’s prepare:
- ¿Dónde está… el baño/el hospital/el hotel ‘X’? (Where is… the restroom/hospital/hotel ‘X’?)
- A la derecha / A la izquierda (To the right / To the left)
- Derecho (Straight ahead)
- Cerca / Lejos (Near / Far)
- ¿Me podría mostrar en el mapa? (Could you show me on the map?)
- Al lado de.. (Next to…)
- Enfrente de… (In front of…)
- Atrás de… (Behind…)
- En la esquina (On the corner)
- ¿Puede escribir la dirección? (Could you write it down for me?)
- Norte / Sur / Este / Oeste (North / South / East / West)
Should you bother asking for directions in Spanish?
There are pros and cons to directly asking a local for directions. If your Spanish is basic, then understanding responses can be tricky. It might leave you more confused –maybe even lost. But if you’ve got a map or dictionary or if the local you’re talking to knows some English, then asking for directions can make all the difference in a stressful situation.
In any case, make sure to carry a physical map, an extra battery and an offline translation tool. You can also use gestures to avoid mix-ups.
Spanish vocabulary for transportation
This is some of the language that might come in handy. Even if it’s just for reading signs at the airport or train station, you’ll be a step ahead:
- El autobús / El metro / El tren (Bus / Metro / Train)
- Un boleto, por favor (One ticket, please)
- Boleto redondo (round ticket)
- Boleto de ida (one-way ticket)
- ¿Cuánto cuesta? (How much does it cost?)
- ¿Dónde está la estación / aeropuerto? (Where is the station / airport?)
- ¿Dónde está la puerta ‘X’? (Where is gate ‘X’?)
- ¿Dónde puedo comprar boletos? (Where can I buy tickets?)
- ¿De qué plataforma / puerta sale? (Which platform / gate does it leave from?)
- ¿A qué hora sale el próximo tren? (What time does the next train leave?)
Ordering food in a Spanish-speaking country
Ah, traveling with food in mind? We get it. Spanish-speaking countries have some of the best cuisines on the planet. Let’s learn some vocabulary for ordering food in a restaurant:
- Quisiera… / Me gustaría… un taco / un vaso con agua (I would like… a taco / a glass of water)
- ¿Qué me recomienda? (What do you recommend?)
- ¿Es picante? (Is it spicy?)
- Mesa para dos, por favor (Table for two, please)
- Tengo una reservación a nombre de… (I have a reservation for…)
- La cuenta, por favor (The check, please)
- ¿Cómo viene este platillo? (How is this dish served?)
- ¿Aceptan tarjeta? (Do you take cards?)
- Solo efectivo (Cash only)
- Desayuno / Comida / Cena (Breakfast / Lunch / Dinner)
- Entrada (Appetizer)
- Plato fuerte (Main dish)
- Postre (Dessert)
- Bebida (Drink)
- Cubiertos (Cutlery)
- Vino (Wine)
- Cerveza (Beer)
- Café / Té (Coffee / Tea)
- Servilleta (Napkin)
If you have an allergy or dietary restriction, here are some phrases that will help you out:
- Tengo alergia a… (I’m allergic to…)
- Sin / Con… (With / Without…)
- Soy vegetariana/o / vegana/o (I’m vegetarian / vegan)
- ¿Tiene una opción sin gluten? (Do you have a gluten-free option?)
- No como… (I don’t eat…)
Note: The letter ‘g’, when followed by ‘i’ or ‘e’ (like in alergia), is pronounced like the ‘h’ in English.
Dealing with an emergency in Spanish
Hopefully, you’ll never have to use this vocabulary, but here are some basic Spanish words for travelers dealing with an emergency:
- ¡Ayuda! (Help!)
- Necesito a la policía / una ambulancia (I need the police / an ambulance)
- Estoy perdido/a (I’m lost)
- Necesito un médico (I need a doctor)
- Me duele… el estómago / la cabeza (My belly / head hurts)
- Necesito esta medicina (I need this medicine)
- No me siento bien (I don’t feel well)
- ¿Dónde hay un hospital / una farmacia ? (Where can I find a hospital / pharmacy?)
- Mi medicina está en mi mochila / bolsa (My medicine is in my backpack / purse)
- Tengo náuseas (I feel nauseous)
- Estoy mareada/o (I feel dizzy)
- No puedo respirar bien (I can’t breathe properly)
- No tengo seguro médico (I don’t have insurance)
- Tuve un accidente (I had an accident)
Key Spanish question words for travelers
Mastering the use of Spanish question words is crucial for effective communication, so let’s take a moment to learn them:
- ¿Qué? (What?)
- ¿Qué es esto? (What is this?)
- ¿Quién? (Who?)
- ¿Quién es él? (Who is he?)
- ¿Cuándo? (When?)
- ¿Cuándo sale el tren? (When does the train depart?)
- ¿Dónde? (Where?)
- ¿Dónde está la tienda? (Where is the shop?)
- ¿Por qué? (Why?)
- ¿Por qué tiene ese color? (Why is it that color?)
- ¿Cómo? (How?)
- ¿Cómo preparan este platillo? (How is this dish prepared?)
What our students of Spanish say
Telling the time in Spanish
Other key phrases to learn before traveling are those related to telling time in Spanish:
- ¿Qué hora es? (What time is it?)
- Son las… 4:00 PM / las 11 de la mañana (It is… 4:00 PM / 11 in the morning)
- Vamos a salir a las… (We leave at…)
What are common Spanish words for vacation?
Some of the most common Spanish words and phrases for discussing vacation or travel include:
- Vacaciones (holidays)
- Viajar (travel)
- Estoy viajando / Estoy de viaje (I’m traveling)
- Avión / Tren / Autobús (Plane / Train / Bus)
- Vengo de… (I come from…)
- Me voy el sábado (I leave on Saturday)
- Llegué el lunes (I arrived on Monday)
- Estoy aquí por trabajo (I’m here for work)
- Estoy de vacaciones (I’m on holiday)
- La estoy pasando bien (I’m having a good time)
How to learn Spanish for traveling?
One of the best ways to learn Spanish for traveling is to make it fun! Here are some tips to help you do just that:
- Create flashcards: Write the English word on one side and the Spanish word on the other. You can even use pictures instead of English words if you’re more visual (pro tip: there are online flashcard tools out there!).
- Think in Spanish: When you go grocery shopping, try naming the items you see in Spanish in your head.
- Watch series and movies in Spanish: Start with English subtitles to get acquainted, then switch to Spanish and eventually turn them off completely. This will help you learn vocabulary for different scenarios, including travel.
- Get a language buddy: Try a language exchange and ask your buddy to help you with your travel vocabulary. You can chat about past trips, for example.
Ready for takeoff
Alright, now you’ve got some basic Spanish words and phrases for travel, which we’re sure will be useful in all kinds of situations! You’ll be able to ask for directions, communicate dietary restrictions and greet your hosts like a pro. Just remember, some native speakers might switch to English if they feel you’re struggling –don’t get discouraged, use gestures if needed and keep going. And, in any case, a translation app can come to the rescue.
Now, if you’re looking to take your Spanish to the next level, join us at Lingoda! You’ll learn from our excellent native-level teachers on a schedule that fits you just right. You’ll be speaking from day one!
All Spanish tenses made easy: A breakdown
Just like with any other language, if we’re looking to become fluent in Spanish we need to get (very) acquainted with all types of tenses in Spanish and their correct usage. This is key for communicating effectively and clearly.
And, yes, verb conjugation can be, unsurprisingly, one of the trickiest parts of learning Spanish, but with time and practice, you’ll become a natural. So, let’s take a look at this overview of all Spanish tenses, how to use them and example sentences. Ready, set, go!
- Understanding Spanish verb tenses and moods
- How many Spanish tenses are there?
- The Spanish indicative mood (el indicativo)
- The Spanish subjunctive mood (el subjuntivo)
- FAQs
Understanding Spanish verb tenses and moods
When we talk about Spanish tenses, we’re talking about time. Just like in English, tenses in Spanish help us explain when an action (verb) takes place – whether it has already happened, is happening or will happen. To indicate this, we conjugate the verb form appropriately (we add, for example, a particular ending to the infinitive form).
Now, Spanish verb conjugations are divided into different ‘moods’ depending on the speaker’s intention, and understanding them will help us distinguish between tenses. The three grammatical moods in Spanish are:
- Indicative: We use it to express facts and objective information. For example:
- Yo corro dos veces a la semana (I run twice a week).
- Minerva fue al dentista (Minerva went to the dentist).
- Hoy cenaremos pasta (We’ll have pasta for dinner).
- Subjunctive: For showing possibilities, doubts, feelings, desires and opinions.
- Ojalá vayamos al cine mañana (I hope we go to the movies tomorrow).
- Espero que la hayas pasado bien (I hope you had a good time).
- Es importante que guardemos silencio (It’s important that we keep quiet).
- Imperative: This is for giving commands and orders.
- Ponte el sombrero (Wear the hat).
- ¡No te pares ahí! (Don’t stand there!).
- Pásame la sal (Pass me the salt).
Do you want to know more about Spanish grammar? With Lingoda, you can learn it from native teachers in live, interactive classes!
How many Spanish tenses are there?
Okay, we now know what Spanish tenses are and what they can do for us. But how many are there exactly? Well, the most common tenses are past, present and future (illustrated in the three examples given for the indicative mood), but there are 18 in total. These are categorized into simple and compound sentences:
- Simple tenses: These only have one verb – yo corro (I run).
- Compound tenses: The main verb is accompanied by the auxiliary verb haber (have), which is placed before the main verb in the past participle: Yo he corrido (I have run).
Now, are you ready for an overview of all Spanish tenses? Let’s dive into the different types of tenses in Spanish, which we have classified by mood and simple and compound tenses below.

The Spanish indicative mood (el indicativo)
These are the tenses that make up the indicative mood:
Simple tenses (tiempos simples)
These are the most common tenses and you’re likely to use them often:
The present tense in Spanish (presente): We use it to talk about something that is happening now or about habits.
We form this tense by removing the -ar, -er or -ir ending from the infinitive form and replacing it with the ending that fits the pronoun. Here’s a chart with the new endings:
Pronoun | -ar | -er | -ir |
yo (I) | -o | -o | -o |
tú (you) | -as | -es | -es |
él, ella, eso (he, she, it) | -a | -e | -e |
ustedes (you – plural) | -an | -en | -en |
nosotros/as (we) | -amos | -emos | -imos |
ellos, ellas (they) | -an | -en | -en |
Examples:
- Escalar (to climb): Escalo todos los fines de semana (I climb/go climbing every week).
- Correr (to run): Ellas corren en las noches (They run at night).
- Vivir (to live): Nosotros vivimos en España (We live in Spain).
Preterite (pretérito): To speak about an event that happened at a certain point in the past. To conjugate it, we also change the infinitive’s ending for another:
Pronoun | -ar | -er / -ir |
yo (I) | -é | -í |
tú (you) | -aste | -iste |
él, ella, eso (he, she, it) | -ó | -ió |
ustedes (you – plural) | -aron | -ieron |
nosotros/as (we) | -amos | -imos |
ellos, ellas (they) | -aron | -ieron |
- Escalé el fin de semana (I climbed last weekend).
- Ellas corrieron en la noche (They ran at night).
- Nosotros vivimos en España el año pasado (We lived in Spain last year).
Imperfect (pretérito imperfecto): To talk about past events without a specific end. For example, we use it to talk about past habits or events that weren’t completed –in English, we would translate it as ‘used to’:
Pronoun | -ar | -er / -ir |
yo (I) | -aba | -ía |
tú (you) | -abas | -ías |
él ella, eso (he, she, it) | -aba | -ía |
ustedes (you – plural) | -aban | -ían |
nosotros/as (we) | -ábamos | -íamos |
ellos, ellas (they) | -aban | -ían |
- Escalaba seguido (I used to climb often).
- Ellas corrían para ir a la escuela (They used to run to school).
- Nosotros vivíamos en España, pero nos mudamos (We used to live in Spain, but we moved).
The future tense in Spanish (futuro): We use it to talk about the future (something that will or may happen). In English, it would be equivalent to the form ‘will + verb’.
For this tense and for regular verbs, all endings are the same regardless of the verb. All we have to do is add these endings to the infinitive form:
Pronoun | -ar / -er / -ir |
yo (I) | -é |
tú (you) | -ás |
él, ella, eso (he, she, it) | -á |
ustedes (you – plural) | -án |
nosotros/as (we) | -emos |
ellos, ellas (they) | -án |
- Escalaré mañana (I will climb tomorrow).
- Ellas correrán la carrera (They will run the race).
- Nosotros viviremos en España algún día (We’ll live in Spain one day).
Conditional (condicional): We use it to make requests or talk about hypotheticals. This tense’s’ conjugation is similar to the future tense and in English it would be equivalent to ‘would + verb’:
Pronoun | -ar / -er / -ir |
yo (I) | -ía |
tú (you) | -ías |
él, ella, eso (he, she, it) | -ía |
ustedes (you – plural) | -ían |
nosotros/as (we) | -íamos |
ellos, ellas (they) | -ían |
- Escalaría más si fuera tú (I’d climb more often if I were you).
- Ellas correrían si pudieran (They’d run if they could).
- No sé si viviríamos en España (I don’t know if we’d ever live in Spain).
What our students of Spanish say
Compound tenses (tiempos compuestos)
Present perfect (pretérito perfecto): For actions that were completed recently or for something that started in the past and is ongoing. We form it with a conjugated haber (have/has) + the main verb in past participle:
Pronoun | Haber |
yo (I) | he |
tú (you) | has |
él, ella, eso (he, she, it) | ha |
ustedes (you – plural) | han |
nosotros/as (we) | hemos |
ellos, ellas (they) | han |
- He escalado mucho este mes (I’ve climbed a lot this month).
- Ellas han corrido ya (They’ve already run).
- Nosotros hemos vivido en España por años (We’ve lived in Spain for years).
Past perfect (pluscuamperfecto): To describe an action that was completed before another. Just like with the tense above, we also use a conjugated form of haber + main verb in p.p. (in English: had + p.p. verb):
Pronoun | Haber |
yo (I) | había |
tú (you) | habías |
él, ella, eso (he, she, it) | había |
ustedes (you – plural) | habían |
nosotros/as (we) | habíamos |
ellos, ellas (they) | habían |
- Yo ya había escalado antes de que llegaras (I had already climbed before you arrived).
- Ellas ya habían corrido a esa hora (They had already run by that time).
- Nosotros ya habíamos vivido en España antes (We had already lived in Spain before).
Preterite perfect (pretérito anterior): To express an action in the past that happened right before another action in the past. This is very uncommon and reserved for extremely formal language.
Pronoun | Haber |
yo (I) | hube |
tú (you) | hubiste |
él, ella, eso (he, she, it) | hubo |
ustedes (you – plural) | hubieron |
nosotros/as (we) | hubimos |
ellos, ellas (they) | hubieron |
- En cuanto hube corrido, llegó Sol (After I had run, Sol arrived).
Future perfect (futuro perfecto): To describe a future action that will happen before another action in the future. In English, it would be equivalent to ‘will have + p.p. verb’.
Pronoun | Haber |
yo (I) | habré |
tú (you) | habrás |
él, ella, eso (he, she, it) | habrá |
ustedes (you – plural) | habrán |
nosotros/as (we) | habremos |
ellos, ellas (they) | habrán |
- Habré escalado ya para cuando tú llegues (I will have already climbed by the time you arrive).
- Ellas habrán corrido 10 km (They will have run 10 km).
- Nosotros habremos vivido en España ocho meses antes de que nazca el bebé (We will have lived in Spain for eight months before the baby is born).
Conditional perfect (condicional perfecto): To discuss events that would’ve happened had another event not occurred or actions that are likely to have happened (assumptions or suppositions). This would be equivalent to ‘would have + p.p. verb’.
Pronoun | Haber |
yo (I) | habría |
tú (you) | habrías |
él, ella, eso (he, she, it) | habría |
ustedes (you – plural) | habrían |
nosotros/as (we) | habríamos |
ellos, ellas (they) | habrían |
- Yo habría escalado esta mañana si no me hubiera despertado tarde (I would’ve climbed this morning had I not woken up late).
- Ellas habrían corrido el maratón, pero se lastimaron (They would’ve run the marathon, but they were hurt).
- Nosotros habríamos vivido en España si hubiéramos tenido la oportunidad (We would’ve lived in Spain had we had the chance).
The Spanish subjunctive mood (el subjuntivo)
Let’s explore the subjunctive mood:
Simple tenses
Present subjunctive (presente del subjuntivo): To communicate uncertainty, hope and hypothetical events. To conjugate it, we take the yo form in the present tense, remove the -o ending and replace it with the adequate ending:
Pronoun | -ar | -er / -ir |
yo (I) | -e | -a |
tú (you) | -es | -as |
él, ella, eso (he, she, it) | -e | -a |
ustedes (you – plural) | -en | -an |
nosotros/as (we) | -emos | -amos |
ellos, ellas (they) | -en | -an |
- Puede que escale mañana si me levanto a tiempo (I may climb tomorrow if I get up on time).
- Espero que ellas corran mañana (I hope they run tomorrow).
- Posiblemente nosotros vivamos en España el siguiente año (We may live in Spain next year).
Imperfect subjunctive (imperfecto del subjuntivo): To refer to feelings and desires about past events, hopes and hypothetical scenarios (equivalent to ‘if’). For this tense, we take the third person plural (ellos, ellas) of the preterite, remove the -ron ending and add the appropriate ending:
Pronoun | -ar / -er / -ir |
yo (I) | -ra |
tú (you) | -ras |
él, ella, eso (he, she, it) | -ra |
ustedes (you – plural) | -ran |
nosotros/as (we) | -ramos |
ellos, ellas (they) | -ran |
- Si escalara más seguido, tendría mejor condición (If I climbed more often, I’d be in better condition.
- Esperaba que ellas corrieran esa carrera (I was hoping they’d run that race).
- Me gustaría que viviéramos en España (I would like for us to live in Spain).
Future subjunctive (futuro del subjuntivo): This tense is largely obsolete and has mostly been replaced by the present subjunctive, but we may still find it in legal documents. To conjugate it, we follow the same steps as with the imperfect subjunctive, but use these endings:
Pronoun | -ar / -er / -ir |
yo (I) | -re |
tú (you) | -res |
él, ella, eso (he, she, it) | -re |
ustedes (you – plural) | -ren |
nosotros/as (we) | -remos |
ellos, ellas (they) | -ren |
- Escalare o no, yo seguiría yendo a la montaña (I’d still go to the mountain even if I didn’t climb).
Compound Tenses
Present perfect subjunctive (pretérito perfecto de subjuntivo): Relates to past actions or events that started in the past and still impact the present or will affect the future.
Pronoun | -ar / -er / -ir |
yo (I) | haya |
tú (you) | hayas |
él, ella, eso (he, she, it) | haya |
ustedes (you – plural) | hayan |
nosotros/as (we) | hayamos |
ellos, ellas (they) | hayan |
- Te aviso cuando ya haya escalado (I’ll let you know when I’ve already climbed).
- No creo que ellas hayan corrido esa carrera (I don’t think they’ve run that race).
- Es probable que hayamos vivido en España para entonces (It’s likely that we’ll have lived in Spain by then).
Past perfect subjunctive (pluscuamperfecto del subjuntivo): To refer to events in the past that someone could not do. It describes hypothetical events in the past and past actions that came before other actions.
Pronoun | -ar / -er / -ir |
yo (I) | hubiera |
tú (you) | hubieras |
él, ella, eso (he, she, it) | hubiera |
ustedes (you – plural) | hubieran |
nosotros/as (we) | hubiéramos |
ellos, ellas (they) | hubieran |
- Si me hubiera despertado temprano, hubiera escalado (If I had woken up early, I would’ve climbed).
- Ellas hubieran corrido la carrera si hubieran podido (They would’ve run the race if they could have).
- Me encantaría igual la paella aunque no hubiéramos vivido en España (I’d love paella all the same even if we hadn’t lived in Spain).
Future perfect subjunctive (futuro perfecto del subjuntivo): To describe actions that will have happened at some point in the future. This tense is rare and is mostly used in legal contexts, having been largely replaced by the past perfect subjunctive.
Pronoun | -ar / -er / -ir |
yo (I) | hubiere |
tú (you) | hubieres |
él, ella, eso (he, she, it) | hubiere |
ustedes (you – plural) | hubieren |
nosotros/as (we) | hubiéremos |
ellos, ellas (they) | hubieren |
- Aunque ellas hubieren corrido la carrera, hubieran perdido (Even if they had run the race, they would’ve lost).
The Spanish imperative mood (el imperativo)
For commands or orders, we use the imperative, which is only conjugated with tú, ustedes, usted and nosotros/as.
Affirmative imperative (imperativo afirmativo): For telling someone what to do. To form it for regular verbs, we take the verb, remove the -ar, -er, -ir ending and replace it with the following endings:
Pronoun | -ar | -er | -ir |
tú (you) | -a | -e | -e |
ustedes (you – plural) | -en | -an | -an |
usted (you – formal) | -e | -a | -a |
nosotros/as (we) | -emos | -amos | -amos |
- ¡Escala la montaña! (Climb the mountain!).
- ¡Corramos más rápido! (Let’s run faster!).
- Si les gusta la buena comida, ¡vivan en España! (If you guys like good food, live in Spain!).
Negative imperative (imperativo negativo): For telling someone what not to do. We need to add a no or nunca (never) before the verb:
Pronoun | -ar | -er | -ir |
tú (you) | -es | -as | -as |
ustedes (you – plural) | -en | -an | -an |
usted (you – formal) | -e | -a | -a |
nosotros/as (we) | -emos | -amos | -amos |
- ¡Nunca escales en la noche! (Never climb at night!).
- No corra en la tienda (Don’t run in the store).
- No vivamos enojados (Let’s not live our lives angry).
Note: All of the verbs discussed are regular verbs. When it comes to irregular verbs, it’s best we memorize them as we go.
How many tenses are in Spanish?
There are 18 tenses in Spanish, which can be divided into mood and simple or compound tenses.
What Spanish tenses should I learn?
All but future subjunctive, preterite perfect and future perfect subjunctive tenses are key if your aim is to speak Spanish fluently. However, by learning the simple presente, future and past, you’ll already be able to communicate at a basic level, so you may want to learn these first!
A great head start for Spanish tenses
We hope this overview of all Spanish tenses will help you get a great head start on your Spanish learning journey. Now, if you’re looking to give your skills a serious boost, we encourage you to join us at Lingoda. You’ll work with native-level teachers who’ll help you build the confidence to speak from day one, thanks to our immersive approach. Plus, you can choose your class schedule and whether you’d prefer individual or small group lessons. Sounds good, huh?
The most common Spanish adverbs and how to use them
Whether you’re learning Spanish for work or pleasure, knowing some of the most common Spanish adverbs will be a super useful addition to your toolbox. You’ll be able, for example, to tell stories or describe situations in detail and speak Spanish more naturally. So, stick around as we dive into all things adverbs –what they are, how to use them, how to form them and some examples. Let’s go!
- What are Spanish adverbs?
- How to form adverbs in Spanish
- Types of Spanish adverbs
- Spanish verbs that function as adverbs in English
- Where to place Spanish adverbs
- FAQs
What are Spanish adverbs?
First things first: What are Spanish adverbs and what are they good for? Adverbs modify or complement verbs, adjectives, other adverbs or entire clauses. They give us information about the time, place, intensity or manner in which an action is occurring, has occurred or will occur. In short, they provide context and help us describe actions more clearly.
Adverbs often answer questions like how, when, how often or where something happened or is happening. Some examples include: mañana (tomorrow), ahora (now), rápidamente (quickly), and bien (well).
Here are a couple of sentences using adverbs:
- Mañana nos vamos de viaje (we’re traveling tomorrow).
- Cambié el canal rápidamente (I changed the channel quickly).
Adverbs vs. Adjectives
A common mistake when learning Spanish is confusing adverbs and adjectives, since both are used to describe something. However, they have different purposes.
Adjectives describe nouns or pronouns (people, objects, etc.), while adverbs modify verbs, adjectives, adverbs or clauses.
For example:
- Adjective: Ella es rápida (she is fast).
- Adverb: Ella corre rápidamente (she runs fast/quickly).
As you can see, the adjective modifies the subject (ella or ‘she’), while the adverb describes an action (correr or ‘to run’).

Learn Spanish with Lingoda
How it works

How to form adverbs in Spanish
Now we know what Spanish adverbs are. But how do we form them? Here are some ways to do it:
- Transforming adjectives (regular adverbs): One of the most common ways to form an adverb is to take an adjective and transform it. In fact, most adverbs are formed this way. They are what we call ‘regular’. To do this, we:
- Take the female form of the adjective (for example: rápida).
- We add the ending -mente, which is equivalent to ‘-ly’ in English (rápida-mente or ‘quick-ly’).
Note: Some adjectives have irregular forms (not ending in -mente) when turned into adverbs, such as: bueno (good), which becomes bien (well); malo (bad), which becomes mal (something done incorrectly); and grande (big), which turns into mucho (a lot).
- Combining two or more words: These can combine prepositions, nouns or other adverbs. For example: con frecuencia (with + frequence).
Aside from most adverbs ending in -mente, another key characteristic that will help us identify Spanish adverbs is that they are invariable. This means that, unlike adjectives or verbs, they don’t need to be conjugated or match gender or number (they always stay the same).
Types of Spanish adverbs
Spanish adverbs can be classified according to the kind of information they add to a sentence.
Here’s a list of some of the most common Spanish adverbs by type, along with examples of usage:

Adverbs of manner (Adverbios de modo)
These describe the way an action is being performed –they answer the question ‘how?’. Let’s have a look:
Spanish | English |
amablemente | kindly |
así | that way |
bien | well |
bonito | pretty/nicely |
despacio | slow |
difícilmente | hardly |
fácilmente | easily |
lentamente | slowly |
mal | incorrectly |
mejor | better |
normalmente | normally |
peor | worse |
rápidamente | quickly |
rápido | quick |
sinceramente | sincerely |
tranquilamente | in a relaxed way |
Sentence examples:
- Se lo pregunté amablemente (I asked him kindly).
- Cantas bonito (you sing nicely).
- Mi pay está mejor que el tuyo (my pie is better than yours).
Adverbs of time (Adverbios de tiempo)
They provide information regarding the time, duration or frequency of an action –they respond to ‘when?’:
Spanish | English |
a veces | sometimes |
ahora | now |
anoche | last night |
antes | before |
ayer | yesterday |
con frecuencia/ frecuentemente | frequently |
después | after |
hoy | today |
luego | later |
mañana | tomorrow |
mientras | meanwhile |
nunca/jamás | never |
pronto | soon |
raramente | rarely |
seguido | often |
siempre | always |
tarde | later |
temprano | early |
todavía | still/yet |
Examples:
- Siempre me despierto a las 7:00 (I always wake up at 7:00).
- Corro seguido (I run often).
- Todavía te quiero (I still love you).
Adverbs of place (Adverbios de lugar)
These relate to the location where an action occurs, where it originated or where it’s destined:
Spanish | English |
abajo | below |
acá | here |
adentro | inside |
afuera | outside |
al lado | next to |
ahí | there |
allá | there |
allí | there |
alrededor | around |
aquí | here |
arriba | above |
cerca | near |
debajo | below |
delante | in front/before |
detrás | behind |
encima | on (top of) |
en medio | in the middle |
enfrente | in front |
lejos | far |
Examples:
- El vaso está encima de la mesa (the glass is on the table).
- Lo puedes poner ahí (you can put it there).
- Estoy sentada adentro del salón, frente al pizarrón (I’m sitting inside the classroom, in front of the blackboard).
What our students of Spanish say
Adverbs of quantity or degree (Adverbios de cantidad o grado)
These help us describe the intensity, amount or degree at which something happens –they answer the question ‘how much?’:
Spanish | English |
algo | some |
bastante | quite |
casi | almost |
completamente | completely |
demasiado | too much |
extremadamente | extremely |
más | more |
menos | less |
mucho | much |
muy | very |
nada | nothing |
poco | little |
solamente | only |
suficiente | enough |
tan | so |
tanto | so much |
Examples:
- Me serví demasiado vino (I poured myself too much wine).
- Solamente quiero una rebanada (I only want one slice).
- Estaba bastante enojado (he was quite angry).
Note: These adverbs can also ‘intensify’ adjectives. For example: La casa de Lisa es muy grande (Lisa’s house is very big).
Adverbs of affirmation (Adverbios afirmativos)
We use these to reinforce an idea or express certainty:
Spanish | English |
ciertamente | certainly |
claramente | clearly |
efectivamente | indeed |
evidentemente | evidently |
exactamente | exactly |
indudablemente | undoubtedly |
obviamente | obviously |
seguramente | surely |
sí | yes |
también | also |
totalmente | totally |
Examples:
- Efectivamente, no sacó al perro a pasear (indeed, he didn’t walk the dog).
- Sí, voy a ir a la fiesta (yes, I will go to the party).
- Obviamente dije que no (I obviously said no).
Adverbs of negation (Adverbios negativos)
They deny or reject an action or express disagreement:
Spanish | English |
en absoluto | at all |
nada | nothing |
no | no |
nunca/jamás | never |
tampoco | neither |
Examples:
- Yo tampoco quiero pizza (I don’t want pizza either).
- No me gusta ese vestido en absoluto (I don’t like that dress at all).
Adverbs of doubt (Adverbios de duda)
These adverbs express uncertainty or doubt about an action:
Spanish | English |
a lo mejor | maybe |
acaso | maybe |
posiblemente | possibly |
probablemente | probably |
puede que | could/may be |
quizá | maybe |
tal vez | maybe |
Examples:
- Probablemente cocine lasagna (I’ll probably cook lasagna).
- Puede que repruebe el semestre (I may fail the semester).
Adverbs of question and exclamation (Adverbios interrogativos y exclamativos)
We use this to introduce questions or make exclamations. They’re placed at the very beginning, always carry an accent mark and may or may not be accompanied by ¡! or ¿?:
Spanish | English |
a dónde | where |
cómo | how |
cuándo | when |
cuánto | how/how much |
dónde | where |
por qué | why |
qué | how |
Examples:
- Cuánto te extraño (How I miss you).
- ¿Qué harás mañana? (What are you doing tomorrow?).
- ¿Dónde estás? (Where are you?).
Relative adverbs (Adverbios relativos)
These help us introduce subordinate clauses and are similar to question and exclamation adverbs, but they don’t hold the accent mark. They can relate to time, manner or place, and provide circumstantial context to the verb:
Spanish | English |
como | how |
cuando | when |
cuanto | how/how much |
donde | where |
Examples:
- En donde vivo llueve mucho (it rains a lot where I live).
- Me avisas cuando vayas a la tienda (let me know when you go to the store).
Spanish verbs that function as adverbs in English
It’s worth noting that some verbs in Spanish translate as adverbs in English. This happens because, in Spanish, it can sometimes be easier to express the way something is happening by using two verbs instead of an adverb + a verb.
Here are two examples:
- Acabo de llamar (I just called) – Here, acabo comes from the verb acabar (to finish doing something) and it accompanies the verb llamar (to call).
- Sigo escribiendo (I’m still writing) – This comes from seguir (to still be doing something) and escribir (to write).
Where to place Spanish adverbs
Now, let’s talk about where to place adverbs in a Spanish sentence. Generally, Spanish adverbs go:
- After the verb (corro lento – I run slowly), which is similar to English. However, we may also see them before the verb (siempre bailo – I always dance).
- Before the adjective (el gato es muy bonito – the cat is very pretty), which is similar to English.
- Before another adverb (ella corre demasiado rápido – she runs too fast), which is also similar to English.
- At the beginning of the sentence if they’re intended to emphasize a clause (efectivamente, no fui – indeed, I didn’t go). This is similar to English as well.

Learn Spanish with Lingoda
How it works

What are the regular adverbs in Spanish?
Regular adverbs in Spanish typically end in –mente. For example: obviamente, frecuentemente, perfectamente and rápidamente. For their part, irregular adverbs are those that don’t follow this rule, such as: bien, mal, a veces, seguido and tal vez.
How do you turn words into adverbs in Spanish?
The easiest way to do this is to take the female form of an adjective and add the suffix -mente. Example: perfecta (perfect) turns into perfectamente (perfectly).
What is an adverb example in Spanish?
Here are a few example sentences using adverbs in Spanish:
- Yo nunca cocino (I never cook) – adverb of time/negation
- ¡Camina despacio! (Walk slowly!) – adverb of manner
- Posiblemente me mude de país (maybe I’ll move countries) – adverb of doubt
Practicing… seriously
Learning the most common Spanish adverbs will help us express ourselves with more precision. For example, we’ll be able to describe the way in which something happened, how often we do sports or where our favorite restaurant is.
Now, if we’re looking to get some serious practice, there’s nothing like learning from a professional. At Lingoda, you’ll learn all about adverbs with native-level teachers who will have you speaking real-life Spanish from day one. Plus, you can choose your schedule and decide whether you want private or (small!) group classes. ¡Aprenderás rápidamente!
How to talk on the phone in Spanish like a pro
What is it about the phone that can be scary for a language learner? For one, it means talking without body language. Plus, watching someone’s lips, whether we realize it or not, does help us hear the pronunciation of words and letters clearly. Without physical clues, trying to talk on the phone in Spanish can literally be more difficult than a face-to-face conversation. Not to worry. Today we have everything you need to feel like a pro on your next phone call. We’ll cover how to answer the phone in Spanish, common Spanish phone phrases, phone-related verbs and tips for getting past those phone call nerves.
- How to answer the phone in Spanish
- How to introduce yourself on a call
- Key Spanish phrases for phone conversations
- What do Spanish people say when picking up the phone?
- What is the verb to call on the phone in Spanish?
How to answer the phone in Spanish
To talk on the phone in Spanish, you need to start by picking up when someone calls. In English, we answer by asking, “Hello?” Should we just find out how to say hello in Spanish and use that word? No, it’s not that simple. It is not typical in a Spanish-speaking country to answer the phone using the word hola (hello).
Knowing how to answer the phone in Spanish is one of those cases where a direct translation doesn’t work. People answer the phone differently in different countries. Here are three common Spanish phone greetings:
- “¿Diga?” / “Dígame?” (Spain)
- “Bueno?” (Mexico)
- “Aló?” (Latin America)
These three greetings have you covered for informal calls. To talk on the phone in Spanish in a more formal setting, you should become familiar with a few more phrases. Here are more formal sentences you may hear in real-life customer service situations:
- “¿En que le puedo ayudar?” (How may I help you?)
- “¿Con quién tengo el gusto?” (Whom do I have the pleasure of speaking with?)
- “¿Y usted cómo se llama?” (And what is your name sir/ma’am?)
Taking a live class with Lingoda is a smart way to practice vocabulary like this. You can do dialogues with your native-level teacher and get life feedback on your audio comprehension. With Lingoda, you start speaking in Spanish on your first day of class. You’ll be ready for intermediate conversations like phone calls much faster than with writing- or reading-based learning methods.

Learn Spanish with Lingoda
How it works

How to introduce yourself on a call
To talk on the phone in Spanish without getting nervous, we recommend practicing basic phone conversations.
Begin by saying who you are. This is useful for both social introductions and professional phone meetings:
- “Hola, soy [Sara].” (Hi, I’m [Sara].)
- “Me llamo [Montserrat].” (My name is [Montserrat].)
Check out our info on Spanish vocab for the office to keep that conversation rolling. And after you’ve introduced yourself? Let’s say you hear someone answer but aren’t sure who you are speaking with. Here are common ways to identify a caller in polite Spanish:
- “¿Con quién hablo?” (Who am I talking to?)
- “¿De parte de quién?” (Who’s calling/asking?)
Testing sample phone conversations (yes, even one-sided practice chats by yourself) can help introduce yourself with ease.
Key Spanish phrases for phone conversations
When you talk on the phone in Spanish, you’ll need to learn some key Spanish phrases that are specific to phone conversations. These Spanish “phone phrases” are things that we say specifically on voice calls. Some are phrases that aren’t typically used in general conversation.
Asking for someone on the phone
- “¿Puedo hablar con [Nancy]?” (Can I speak with [Nancy]?)
- “¿Está [Blanca] disponible?” (Is [Blanca] available?)
- “Buenas tardes, con [Francisco] por favor.” (Good afternoon, get me [Francisco] please.)
Clarifying and understanding
- “¿Puede repetirlo, por favor?” (Can you repeat that, please?)
- “Lo siento, no entendí bien.” (Sorry, I didn’t understand well.)
- “¿Puede hablar más despacio?” (Can you speak more slowly?)
Making an appointment or reservation
- “Quiero hacer una cita para…” (I want to make an appointment for…)
- “¿Cuándo tienen disponibilidad?” (When do you have availability?)
- “¿Podría confirmarme la fecha y la hora?” (Could you confirm the date and time for me?)
- “Llegaré unos minutos tarde.” (I will arrive a few minutes late.)
- “¿Cómo puedo cancelar o reprogramar la cita?” (How can I cancel or reschedule the appointment?)
Handling a customer service call
- “Tengo un problema con…” (I have an issue with…)
- “Me gustaría hablar con un representante.” (I would like to speak with a representative.)
- “¿Cuál es el procedimiento para…?” (What is the procedure for…?)
- “Tengo un comentario sobre el servicio. ¿Puedo hablar con un/a supervisor/a?” (I have a comment to share about the service. Can I speak with a supervisor?)
- “Gracias por su ayuda. ¿Me podría enviar un correo con la información?” (Thank you for your help. Could you send me an email with the information?)
Emergency calls and asking for help
- “Necesito ayuda urgente.” (I need urgent help.)
- “Por favor, llame a una ambulancia.” (Please call an ambulance.)
- “Hubo un accidente en…” (There was an accident at…)
- “Mi teléfono se está quedando sin batería. ¿Puedo llamarle más tarde?” (My phone is running out of battery. Can I call you later?)
- “Estoy perdido/a. ¿Me puede ayudar?” (I’m lost. Can you help me?)
For this final phrase, and anytime you use an adjective to describe yourself, be sure to follow the rules for gender in Spanish.
Ending the call politely
- “Gracias por su tiempo.” (Thank you for your time.)
- “Nos hablamos pronto.” (We’ll talk soon.)
Overcoming challenges in Spanish phone calls
Even if you know a few Spanish phone phrases and how to answer the phone in Spanish, there is always that moment right after introductions. You have to keep the conversation moving, but how? Here are our tips for getting past awkward silences.
1. Repeat what you heard to confirm understanding
- “En serio, ¿[se mudó a California]?” (Seriously, [she/he moved to California]?
- “No me diga…[ya se graduó].” (You don’t say…she/he already graduated.)
2. Ask for repetition and clarification
- “A ver, ¿qué dijo sobre [subject]?” (Let’s see, what did you say about [subject]?
- “No me diga, pero ¿de [cuál hija] habla?.” (You don’t say, but [which daughter] are you talking about?)
3. What to say when the line is bad
- “¿Sí me escucha?” (Can you hear me?)
- “¿Ahora sí o no?” (Now can you or not?)
4. Practicing with TV shows, podcasts, or Zoom calls
To get ready to talk on the phone in Spanish, start by reviewing our article on small talk in Spanish. Then, listen to native speakers on telenovelas in Spanish or Spanish podcasts. Remember to pay special attention to phone conversations.
What do Spanish people say when picking up the phone?
We’ve mentioned before that some words are different in different Spanish-speaking countries . This is definitely true when it comes to phone greetings in Spanish. Here are a few greetings below that are culturally specific. They may sound normal in one country but impolite in another.
Phone greeting | Country | English meaning | Notes |
¿Bueno?Bueno. | Mexico | All good?Good. | Can be said as a question or as a statement. |
¿Aló? | Chile, much of South America | hiya | An alternate form of hola (hello). |
¿Diga?¿Dígame?Dígame. | Spain | Talk?Talk to me?Talk to me. | All three forms are common. |
¿Sí? | Spain | Yes? | Latin Americans might feel that this sounds impatient. |
Hola. | various | Hello. | Common among friends, but not as a formal greeting. |
What is the verb to call on the phone in Spanish?
Here are the most common verbs used to talk on the phone in Spanish or describe these kinds of activities.
Spanish verb | English meaning | For example |
Llamar | to call | Quiero saber el horario. ¿Podemos llamar?(I want to know the schedule. Can we call?) |
Echarse una llamada | to give someone a call | ¿Quieres invitarle a Veronica? Échale una llamadita.(Want to invite Vero? Give her a call.) |
Hablar | to talk | Hablame de ti.(Talk to me about yourself.) |
Contar | to tell | Cuéntame todo el chisme. (Tell me all the gossip.) |
Ready to talk on the phone in Spanish yet?
With everything you learned today, you are ready to talk on the phone in Spanish the next chance you get. Whether the caller is from Mexico (¿Bueno?) or from Chile (¿Aló?) you’ll have the right greeting to answer. Want to try out different greetings? With Lingoda’s native-level Spanish teachers you can take classes with instructors from all over the world: Spain, Argentina, Mexico and more. Try out your phrases for Spanish phone conversations in your next class. Soon you’ll be an old pro, chatting away on the phone and getting all the chisme (gossip) from your friends.

Learn Spanish with Lingoda
How it works

What our students of Spanish say
38 Italian words commonly used in English
But not all is quite as it seems. Much of the Italian vocabulary used in English has changed in meaning and pronunciation over the course of its linguistic migration — and these changes can leave a native Italian scratching their head.
In this article, we’ll explore some of the Italian words that have become everyday English staples. But we won’t take all of these words at face value. On the contrary, we’ll uncover the truth behind some of the most commonly misunderstood terms so that you can pepper your next Italian-inspired conversation with exactly the right amount of flavor and flair.
- A brief history of Italian words in the English language
- Top 38 Italian words commonly used in English
- Plurals, misinterpretations and mistakes
- Italian phrases adopted into English
- New borrowings and trends
- Tips for using Italian words correctly in English
- FAQs
A brief history of Italian words in the English language
The Renaissance influence
During the Renaissance, a cultural blooming that took place between the 14th and 16th centuries, Italy wasn’t just home to pasta and pizza. It was a beacon of cultural, artistic and intellectual innovation.
As English-speaking artists and intellectuals sought inspiration from the flourishing cities of Florence and Venice, they eagerly adopted Italian terms to describe the newfound wonders they encountered. Words like opera, sonata and fresco made their way into English, often to describe artistic techniques or concepts that had no direct equivalents in the English-speaking world.
The Italian influence was so strong that even English monarchs like Henry VIII couldn’t resist embracing Renaissance culture. In any case, it wasn’t long before Italian words transcended academia and flowed out into everyday speech, making their mark on the English lexicon for centuries to come.
Italy’s global influence through food, art and fashion
Fast forward to today, and Italy’s influence remains as vibrant as ever. Italian food is so ingrained in the English-speaking world that spaghetti is seen as more of a universal comfort food than as a strictly Italian export.
But it’s not just about pasta — Italy is also synonymous with luxury and style. Terms lifted from Italian high fashion, architecture and design pepper English conversations, largely thanks to Italy’s dominance in these fields. Whether you’re savoring a gelato on the veranda or admiring a pair of stiletto heels, Italy’s influence pervades not just the culinary scene, but the way we think about beauty and craftsmanship.
Top 38 Italian words commonly used in English
Food and drink

Word | Notes |
pizza | The plural in Italian is pizze, not pizzas. |
pasta | It means “dough.” |
espresso | Italians just call it caffè. |
tiramisù | This dessert’s name literally translates to “pick me up.” |
gelato | It means “frozen.” |
panini | Plural for panino, it simply means “sandwich.” |
focaccia | This bread is typically eaten on its own in Italy. |
risotto | Originally, Italian risotto was always spiced with saffron. |
cappuccino | Originally, cacao sprinkles were used only to cover the taste of a bad froth. |
antipasti | Anti = before, pasto = meal. |
balsamic | It’s meant to be curative, derived from the Ancient Greek balsamon.. |
mozzarella | Originally, this word described hand-pulled and cut (mozzare) curds. |
prosciutto | Etruscan tribes prepared it as early as 900 BC. |
salami | It derives from the Latin salame (literally, “to salt the meat”). |
pesto | It means “crushed,” as its ingredients are simply ground together. |
ravioli | This pasta was originally served with broth. |
bistecca | This word inspired the English word “steak.” |
limoncello | Apparently this liqueur was first developed by nuns. |
latte | Remember to order a caffè latte, or you’ll get only a glass of milk! |

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Art, music and fashion

Word | Notes |
opera | Opera originated in 16th-century Florence. |
sonata | This noun comes from the Italian verb sonare (to sound). |
fresco | ONo solvents, glues or manmade materials are used in this classical painting method. |
ballerina | This noun comes from the Italian verb ballare (to dance). |
soprano | This name for the highest vocal range comes fromthe verb sopra (above). |
allegro | Literally, “happy” or “lively.” |
adagio | This word means “at ease” and describes a tempo close to that of a heartbeat. |
galleria | Originally meaning “church porch,” galleria only later became the term for a passage with shops and vendors. |
fugue | From the Latin “flight” or “escape.” It may also have French influences. |
crescendo | Literally, “growing” or “increasing.” |
graffiti | This ubiquitous word for street art comes from graffio (scratch). |
stiletto | Originally a stiletto was a needle-pointed weapon, though it’s now a particularly dramatic style of high-heel shoe. |
Everyday words you didn’t know were Italian

Word | Notes |
fiasco | Literally “flask,” this word is often used to describe a complete failure. |
bravo | Meaning “brave,” this word is used in English to praise a good performer. |
ghetto | This is a slang term in Italian for borghetto (small borough). |
confetti | “Confected” sweets were often thrown during carnivals in Italy. |
scenario | This is the “stage” where a play or film is set. |
panorama | English didn’t have a word for “unobstructed view,” so it borrowed from the Italian. |
agenda | From the Italian word for “schedule.” |
casino | Literally “small house,” as this is where the first gambling venues were located. |
What our students of Italian say
Plurals, misinterpretations and mistakes
Italian words in English can often lead to mistakes in pronunciation and confusion in meaning.
One of the most frequent mistakes involves the confusion between singular and plural forms. Take panini, for example. While it’s often used in English to mean a single sandwich, it’s actually the plural of panino in Italian. So, if you’re in Italy and ask for a panini expecting one sandwich, you might be met with a puzzled look. Similarly, zucchini is the plural form of zucchino.
Another classic misinterpretation is the case of pepperoni. In English, we use this word to describe a specific type of spicy sausage, usually on pizza. However, in Italy, peperoni means “bell peppers.” So, if you ask for a peperoni pizza in Italy, you’ll get a very different topping than you may have expected!
Pronunciation is also a tricky area. Words like gnocchi and tiramisù are frequently mispronounced by English speakers. The gn in gnocchi is a soft “ny” sound, similar to the ny in canyon — so it’s nyok-kee, not noh-kee. And for tiramisù, make sure to pronounce each syllable clearly — tee-rah-mee-soo, not tee-rah-miss-oo. These subtleties can make a big difference in how authentic your Italian sounds!
Words you think are Italian but aren’t
Word | Notes |
vignette | French for “small vine” |
mascot | Provençal for “lucky charm” |
caprice | French for “whim” |
couturier | French for “seamstress/ster” |
faux | French for “fake” |
tuxedo | Lenape (Native American) name of a park |
bistro | Russian for “fast” |
tomato | Nahuatl (Aztec), originally “tomatl” |
tortilla | Spanish for “small cake” |
basilica | Greek for “royalty” |
fiesta | Spanish for “party” |
Italian phrases adopted into English
Italian has gifted English not only with individual words, but also with elegant, evocative phrases that we often use without translation.
Greetings like ciao (used for both “hello” and “goodbye”) have become universally recognizable. Film and pop culture have popularized expressions like la dolce vita (“the sweet life”) and bella figura (literally “beautiful figure”). Even addio (a more definitive “goodbye” or “farewell”) occasionally surfaces in literature and dramatic contexts.
New borrowings and trends
In recent years, new Italian loanwords have continued to find their way into English, often driven by cultural trends in food, design and lifestyle. Terms like aperitivo (a pre-dinner drink and snack ritual) and tagliere (a curated charcuterie board) are making their way into English menus and conversations.
The fashion world remains a particularly fertile ground for Italian terminology, with words like sprezzatura (effortless elegance) gaining traction in English discussions. As Italy continues to influence global culture, these fresh additions enrich the English lexicon with a modern Italian touch.
Tips for using Italian words correctly in English
- Master the pronunciation: Italian is a phonetic language, so getting the sounds right makes a big difference. Listen to native speakers or use pronunciation tools to avoid common mistakes.
- Understand plural vs. singular forms: Many Italian words adopted in English are plural, like panini and zucchini. Use them correctly to sound more authentic.
- Respect the original meaning: Don’t mix up meanings — pepperoni in English refers to a spicy sausage, but true Italian peperoni are bell peppers. Practice with phrases: Use common expressions confidently but appropriately. The key is to incorporate them naturally in conversation.
- Be culturally mindful: Italian words often carry cultural nuances. Avoid using phrases out of context to ensure you come across as respectful and informed.
- Join a Lingoda class: With personalized lessons from language experts, Lingoda tutors can help you with pronunciation, grammar and cultural insights.

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

What are some English words used in Italy?
Weekend, shopping, smartphone, stress and meeting are all examples of English loanwords in Italian.
What is the meaning of ‘la dolce vita’?
La dolce vita literally translates to “the sweet life,” and it refers to a carefree, indulgent lifestyle.
What does ‘la vita è bella’ mean?
“Life is beautiful” is a direct translation of this phrase, which is often used to express optimism.
The beauty of Italian words in English
Italian words have effortlessly become part of the English language. However, there are common pitfalls to watch out for, like confusing plurals or misinterpreting terms. Proper pronunciation is also important when adopting Italian words and phrases into English conversations, as modern trends keep bringing in new terms. Mastering all these linguistic elements adds flair to communication and becomes a great door into Italian culture.
At Lingoda, our flexible class scheduling and native-level teachers ensure you can confidently learn to use Italian words correctly and with cultural awareness, enhancing your language skills at your own pace. Join a class today and start learning Italian right away!
How to tell the time in Italian
In Italy, time dictates the flow of daily activities, from business meetings to family dinners. Knowing how to express it correctly can make a huge difference in your interactions. For travelers, being able to read train schedules or know when museums open can save both time and stress. And though Italians aren’t always known for their punctuality, it remains important in the workplace, where understanding the official 24-hour clock system will keep you on track.
- How to ask the time in Italian
- How to tell the time in Italian
- Key vocabulary for time expressions
- How to use prepositions with time in Italian
- Cultural insights: Time-telling in Italy
- How to practice telling time in Italian
- FAQs
How to ask the time in Italian
Common phrases to ask for the time
Phrases commonly used to ask for the time in Italian include:
- Che ora è? (What time is it?)
- Che ore sono? (What time is it?)
- Hai l’ora? (Do you have the time?)
- Sai/sa che ora è? (Do you know what time it is?)
- Mi sai/sa dire che ore sono? (Can you tell me what time it is?)
- Puoi/può dirmi che ora è? (Can you tell me what time it is?)
Asking about specific times for events
- A che ora inizia la lezione? (At what time does the lesson start?)
- Quando parte il treno? (When does the train depart?)
- Sai a che ora è la cena? (Do you know what time dinner is?)
You may have noticed that some of the examples above include two variations (puoi vs. può, for instance). Using the formal conjugation (e.g. può) and more courteous synonyms for certain verbs will help you sound more polite. Here are some additional examples of formal addresses:
- Mi scusi, a che ora inizia la cerimonia? (Excuse me, at what time does the ceremony begin?)
- Può dirmi quando inizia il concerto? (Can you tell me when the concert starts?)
- Quando si svolge la cerimonia? (When does the ceremony take place?)
- A che ora è previsto l’arrivo dell’aereo? (What time is the plane expected to arrive?)

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

How to tell the time in Italian
Telling the time on the hour
When telling the time in Italian on the hour, the structure is quite simple. For one o’clock, we use è, the singular form of the verb essere. For the rest of the hours, we use sono lei, the plural form of essere.
- È l’una. (It’s 1 o’clock.)
- Sono le dieci. (It’s 10 o’clock.)
- Sono le tredici. (It’s 1 p.m. — 13:00 in the 24-hour format)
Minutes after and before the hour
Hours always precede minutes when telling the time in Italian. For minutes after the hour, we use e (and), whereas for minutes before the hour, we use meno (minus). Translated literally, it would sound like, “It’s five and ten” (i.e. 5:10), or, “It’s six minus a quarter” (i.e. 5:45).
- Sono le cinque e dieci. (It’s ten past five.)
- Sono le sette e venti. (It’s twenty past seven.)
- Sono le tre e mezzo. (It’s half past three.)
- Sono le sei meno un quarto. (It’s quarter to six.)
- Sono le otto meno cinque. (It’s five to eight.)
- Sono le nove meno dieci. (It’s ten to nine.)

Key vocabulary for time expressions
Italian | Pronunciation | English |
mezzogiorno | met-soh-JOR-noh | noon |
mezzanotte | met-sah-NOT-teh | midnight |
mattina | mat-TEE-nah | morning |
pomeriggio | poh-meh-REE-joh | afternoon |
sera | SEH-rah | evening |
notte | NOT-teh | night |
ora | OH-rah | hour |
minuto | mee-NOO-toh | minute |
secondo | seh-KON-doh | second |
orologio | oh-RO-loh-djoh | clock, watch |
tempo | TEM-poh | time |
quarto | KWAR-toh | quarter (15 minutes) |
mezzo | MET-soh | half (30 minutes) |
How to use prepositions with time in Italian
Italian employs a few key prepositions to express time-related concepts:
- a (at) is used for specific times of the day or events.
- in (in) is used for Italian months, seasons, years and longer periods.
- da (since/from) is used for starting points in time (from a specific moment onward).
- per (for) is used to express a duration of time.
- tra (in/after) indicates something happened in or after a certain amount of time.
- fra (in/within) indicates something happened between two moments or events.
Common prepositional phrases
Italian | Pronunciation | English |
a mezzogiorno | ah met-soh-JOR-noh | at noon |
a le tre | ah leh TREH | at three o’clock |
in gennaio | in jen-NAH-yoh | in January |
in estate | in es-TAH-teh | in summer |
in 2023 | in doo-eh-mee-lah-ven-tee-TREH | in 2023 |
da ieri | da yeh-ree | since yesterday |
da lunedì | da loo-NEH-dee | from Monday |
per due settimane | per DOO-eh set-tee-MAH-neh | for two weeks |
per un’ora | per un-OH-rah | for an hour |
tra venti minuti | trah VEN-tee mee-NOO-tee | in 20 minutes |
fra due giorni | frah DOO-eh JOR-nee | in two days |
What our students of Italian say
Cultural insights: Time-telling in Italy
The 24-hour clock vs. 12-hour time
In Italy (as in most of Europe), the 24-hour clock is commonly used in formal contexts such as transportation schedules, business hours and official events. For instance, a train might depart at 15:30 instead of at 3:30 p.m.
But in daily conversation, Italians often opt for 12-hour time with expressions like di mattina (in the morning), di pomeriggio (in the afternoon), di sera (in the evening) and di notte (at night). Understanding both systems is essential for smooth communication in Italy.
The singular vs. plural twist: What makes Italian time-telling unique?
Italian time-telling uniquely distinguishes between singular and plural forms based on the number of hours.
For 1 o’clock, noon and midnight, Italians use the singular form è, because these moments are considered individual events. Noon and midnight are distinct moments, while 1 o’clock is, well, only one!
For all other times, the plural form sono is used (Sono le cinque, i.e. “It’s 5 o’clock”), reflecting the view that time consists of multiple hours, each collectively contributing to the day. This structure highlights the Italian perception of time as a flowing series of moments rather than isolated events.
Fun idioms and expressions about time
In Italy, time isn’t just a concept, but a language all its own. Whether rushing through the day or relaxing over a long espresso, Italians have a knack for weaving time-related idioms into their everyday conversations. Here’s a list of some time-related expressions you might hear:
- Il tempo è denaro. (Time is money.)
- Arrivare in orario. (To arrive on time.)
- Tempo al tempo. (Time will tell.)
- In un batter d’occhio. (In the blink of an eye.)
- Chi va piano va sano e va lontano. (Slow and steady wins the race.)
- Ogni cosa a suo tempo. (Everything in its own time.)
- Fare le ore piccole. (To make it to the small hours, i.e. to stay up late.)
- A tempo debito. (At the right time.)
- Prendere il tempo giusto. (To take the right moment.)
- Perdere il tempo. (To waste time.)
How to practice telling time in Italian
Practicing how to say the time in Italian is both fun and practical. Start with the basics of Italian numbers, as they’re the building blocks for telling time. Once you’ve got that down, try listening to Italian train announcements or the news. Both are full of time-related expressions and will help you tune your ear to the rhythm of how time is expressed.
Another great recommendation is, of course, to work with Lingoda tutors. Our professional instructors can guide you through specific time-related phrases and help you build the confidence to talk about time naturally!
What is the Italian term for ‘time’?
Tempo refers generally to the concept of time in Italian. More specifically, ora is used when talking about a schedule or clock time.
How to answer ‘a che ora?’
To answer the question, “A che ora?” (At what time?), you can say:
- Alle + any number except one (Alle tre — At three o’clock)
- All’ + the number one (All’una — At one o’clock)
- A + noon or midnight (A mezzogiorno — At noon)
How do you say 7 p.m. in Italian?
To say 7 p.m. in Italian, you would use the phrase, “Le sette di sera.”
Time to start speaking Italian!
Mastering time in Italian isn’t just about knowing when your train leaves — it’s a gateway to understanding Italian life. Whether it’s reading the 24-hour clock or discussing evening plans with friends, knowing how to tell time in Italian is essential for travel, work and daily living. We’ve shared some tips to help you get confident, but in the end, enrolling in one of the best online Italian courses with Lingoda is the best advice we have for you. Lingoda can help you progress by speaking real-life language in small groups, led by native-level teachers who can guarantee you’ll learn to speak with confidence from day one.

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

German nouns: A practical guide to gender, cases and capitalization
As any student of German will tell you, German nouns have their own set of quirks. Understanding the importance of gender, cases and capitalization is the first step in mastering even simple German sentence structures. While gender doesn’t play a major role in languages like English, the gendering of nouns is among the most-cited reasons for German’s reputation as a “difficult” language.
Though it’s true that German nouns can’t be compared to those in most other languages, there’s no need to despair. In our practical guide, we’ll introduce you to the basics of German nouns and the history behind them. Further, we’ll demonstrate how the rules and patterns governing these words can help you understand it all.
- Understanding the basics of German nouns
- Decoding German noun gender
- The role of German cases in noun usage
- Why are German nouns capitalized?
Understanding the basics of German nouns
Compared to nouns in other languages, such as English or French, German nouns are subject to a unique set of rules. Learning these rules is the key to unlocking a deeper understanding of the language itself.
Why German nouns are unique
The first thing to know about German nouns is that they are always capitalized. Though you may have trouble getting used to this, the good news is that the capitalization rule applies to every noun, so there are no exceptions you need to learn by heart.
The next thing to know is that German nouns have three genders: masculine, feminine and neuter. This means that every person, thing and place is assigned one of the three gender categories in German.
Finally, you may have also heard that German has four cases — one more than English. The four cases are not here to annoy you. In fact, they can be a great help in determining the role one or several nouns play in a sentence.
Figuring this out by yourself can be quite hard. That’s why Lingoda’s online German classes take place in small groups and are led by native-level teachers, who make sure that you use your skills in active conversation.

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

Decoding German noun gender (der, die, das)
Perhaps you’re wondering where to get the information you need to determine a noun’s gender. This is where German articles come into play. There are three definite articles used to specify gender: der (masculine), die (feminine) and das (neuter). All of these translate to the English “the” and directly precede the noun.
But what about plural nouns? Fortunately, there’s only one definite article to remember if you want to speak about German plurals in the nominative case. Plural nouns in German take die as a definite article. Hence, der Mann (the man) becomes die Männer (the men) in the plural.
Rules and patterns for determining gender
While there are no distinct rules or logic that govern the gendering of all German nouns, there are some clues to help guide you. Most of these, though not all, can be found in the nouns’ endings.
Masculine nouns
Der is the masculine form of the definite article. Masculine nouns often relate to general terms or to the default form of professions — for example, der Lehrer (the teacher). Common endings for masculine nouns are -er, -en, -el and -ig.
Feminine nouns
Die is the definite article used for feminine nouns. While many nouns are feminine for seemingly no good reason, others tend to follow certain rules. Feminine nouns often relate to abstract concepts, collectives or professions ending in -in. For example, when talking about a female teacher, you’d use die Lehrerin. Common endings for feminine nouns include -e, -heit, -keit and -schaft.
Neuter nouns
Das is used as a definite article for all neuter nouns. You might assume that the neuter gender is used only for words native to the German language, but it’s in fact often used across a variety of nouns, including diminutives and foreign words.
One example that often trips people up is das Mädchen (the girl). Because this is a diminutive ending in -chen, it takes das as an article — despite the fact that it’s referring to an actual girl. Other common endings for neuter nouns include -lein, -um and –tum.
Exceptions and tricky nouns that defy rules
It wouldn’t be German if there weren’t some exceptions just waiting to confuse language learners. For example, some words change their meaning depending on their gender. While the masculine noun der Leiter means “the supervisor,” changing the gender to feminine will give you a different translation: die Leiter means “the ladder.” Thankfully, there are only a few of these confusing nouns in German.
But the exceptions don’t stop there. In some regions of Germany, people may use different genders for the same noun. Fiery debates have been held about the definite article for the word Butter (butter). While many are convinced that it can only be die Butter, others will tell you that der Butter is the proper way to say it — even though the Duden says otherwise.
The role of German cases in noun usage
Although it might not seem like it, the four German cases are here to help you navigate sentences more easily. These cases — the Nominativ, Genitiv, Dativ and Akkusativ — all provide important information about a noun.
For example, they tell you which noun is the subject and which one is the direct or indirect object of a sentence. They can also provide insight into the state of possession of a noun. According to their declension, article and noun endings can change slightly depending on their case.
Nominative: The subject of the sentence
The first German case, also called the nominative case, is used for the subject in a sentence. To spot it in a sentence, remember to ask the right questions. By asking who or what is doing something, you’ll be able to determine which noun is in the nominative case in a German sentence.
Example: Der Mann trinkt einen Kaffee. (The man is drinking a coffee.)
Question: Who is performing the action?
Answer: Der Mann trinkt. (The man is drinking.)
How cases affect articles and endings
Looking at the example above, note that the article (der) didn’t change. Mann is a masculine noun in German, so its nominative article is der. However, if the case changes, the article and ending of the noun may change as well. Here are some examples:
Genitive case: Das ist der Kaffee des Mannes. (This is the man’s coffee.)
Dativ case: Der Kellner serviert dem Mann einen Kaffee. (The waiter serves a coffee to the man.)
Accusative case: Wir sehen den Mann im Café. (We see the man in the cafe.)
Case | Singular | Plural |
Nominative | der Mann | die Männer |
Genitive | des Mannes | der Männer |
Dative | dem Mann | den Männern |
Accusative | den Mann | die Männer |
Why are German nouns capitalized?
German is one of the few languages, apart from Luxembourgish, that capitalize all versions of nouns. This is so common to German speakers that they probably don’t think twice about it. In the following, we’ll explain a little more about the history behind the capitalization of nouns and why it’s still in place today.
Historical origins of noun capitalization
German noun capitalization dates as far back as the 13th and 14th centuries. Back then, it was reserved for the word Gott (God), as a sign of worship. Seeing themselves as direct representatives of God on earth, it wasn’t long before kings, queens and noblemen adapted the practice for their own names.
While capitalization remained a privilege for those in power until the 16th century, this changed with Martin Luther and his translation of the Bible from Latin into German. He proposed to capitalize not only the titles of the high and powerful, but also the titles of commoners such as craftsmen or merchants.
In the 18th century, Johann Gottsched made the first proposal to capitalize all nouns to show their importance in a sentence. While there were lively debates about the topic, the matter was settled when Conrad Duden established the capitalization of nouns at a language conference in the 20th century.
If you’re not sure where you’ve heard that name before, the Duden is still the most commonly used German dictionary today.
Are all nouns capitalized in German?
Yes, all nouns are capitalized in German. The rule is still used today to make it easier to distinguish nouns from adjectives or verbs in sentences. There are no exceptions, so make sure to always capitalize nouns.
German nouns — practice makes perfect
When learning German nouns, there are three main aspects to keep in mind.
The first one is the fact that all German nouns are gendered. Whereas English only relies on gendered pronouns, every thing, person and place has its gender in German. As there are three genders in German grammar, each of them has its own article (der, die and das) to make it easier to distinguish which gender category a noun belongs to.
Secondly, all nouns are capitalized in German, which makes it easier to spot them in a sentence. The four cases can help you determine the role of the noun in a sentence.
It takes time to master German nouns, and you’ll certainly make some mistakes along the way. But the most important thing is to keep practicing. At Lingoda, our native-level teachers help you develop the confidence to make and learn from mistakes until you get the hang of it.

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

What our students of German say
German food vocabulary: Essential words for German learners
In the following guide, we’ve compiled the most important German food vocabulary. You’ll learn basic phrases about food in German, as well as in-depth vocabulary about German food items. Are you feeling hungry already? Let’s talk food in German!
- Common German words for “food”
- Basic German food vocabulary
- German cuisine essentials
- How to talk about food in German
- Unique linguistic quirks about food in German
- Practical tips for learning German food vocabulary
Common German words for ‘food’
Before we can start talking about bratwurst, pretzels and other yummy dishes, it’s important to know the German words used to describe food in general. You’ll probably hear people use different expressions for food, depending on the context. Common German words for food include das Essen, die Speise, die Mahlzeit and die Lebensmittel.
Here’s how to differentiate between them and how to use them in conversations:
Word | Meaning | How to use it | Examples |
das Essen | Food, meal, dish | You can use das Essen as an umbrella term for every dish, meal and prepared or unprepared item of food. | Hat dir das Essen geschmeckt? (Did you like the food?) Welches Essen magst du am liebsten? (What is your favourite food/dish?) Es gibt jetzt Essen. (The meal is ready now.) |
das Gericht | dish | Das Gericht is commonly used for prepared food. Look out for the context on this one, because the word can also mean “court” in German. | Sie haben viele Gerichte zur Auswahl. (They have many dishes to choose from.) Welches Gericht wirst du bestellen? (Which dish are you going to order?) |
die Speise | dish | Die Speise is used for food that has already been prepared, such as snacks or full meals. Although you’ll hear people use Speise sometimes, it sounds very formal and is a more traditional term for food. | Diese Speise ist zu salzig. (This dish is too salty.) |
die Mahlzeit | meal, dish, mealtime, repast | When someone talks about a Mahlzeit, they’re referring to one of the (typically three) meals of the day: breakfast, lunch or dinner. In southern Germany, people will also use “Mahlzeit!” to wish others a good meal. | Hast du heute eine Mahlzeit ausgelassen? (Did you miss one of the meals today?) Frühstück, Mittagessen und Abendessen sind Mahlzeiten. (Breakfast, lunch, and dinner are mealtimes.) Sie bieten verschiedene Mahlzeiten an. (They offer different meals.) |
die Lebensmittel | groceries | When someone talks about Lebensmittel, they’re usually referring to groceries or food items. The expression is mostly used to refer to more than one item of food. | Wir müssen Lebensmittel einkaufen gehen. (We have to go buy groceries.) Welche Lebensmittel brauchen wir? (What kind of groceries do we need?) |
die Nahrung | Nourishment, nutrition | This word is mostly used in a scientific or nutritional context. | Gras ist Nahrung für Kühe. (Gras is nutrition for cows.) |
der Proviant | Supplies, i.e. food you pack for a hike or on the way | The expression is still used, but mostly in the context of hiking. Sometimes, it’s referred to jokingly — if you’re packing a sandwich for a five-minute walk, for example. | Wir müssen noch Proviant besorgen. (We still have to get supplies.) |
das Mahl | meal | This word sounds a bit antiquated and it’s not really used in everyday life. You’d more commonly see das Essen. | Das war ein gutes Mahl. (That was a good meal.) |
German food vocabulary can differ depending on the region, so it helps to learn German from someone who’s from or lives in the region you want to explore At Lingoda, you can learn German from native-level speakers who know all about these different language varieties and cultural differences.

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

Basic German food vocabulary
Let’s start with the basic words and phrases you need to know to talk about food in German. Think about it as ordering the starter for your language meal.
Basic words and phrases
Let’s go to a restaurant together! Here are the basic words you need to know to order food in German:
das Essen | the food |
die Speisekarte | the menu |
das Getränk | the drink |
das Gericht | the dish |
etwas zu essen | something to eat |
der Snack | the snack |
der Hunger | the hunger |
der Durst | the thirst |
das Restaurant | the restaurant |
der Supermarkt | the supermarket |
das Lebensmittelgeschäft | the grocery |
der Geschmack | the taste |
Guten Appetit! | Enjoy your meal! |
Ich hätte gern… | I’d like to have… |
Foods and ingredients
If you want to go shopping, you’ll need to know how to talk about German food items. In the following, we’ve listed the most common recipe ingredients — from fruits and vegetables to proteins and starches.
Fruits in German
die Früchte | the fruits |
der Apfel | the apple |
die Banane | the banana |
die Birne | the pear |
die Zitrone | the lemon |
die Limone | the lime |
die Trauben | the grapes |
die Aprikose | the apricot |
die Kiwi | the kiwi |
die Ananas | the pineapple |
die Erdbeere | the strawberry |
die Blaubeere | the blueberry |
die Brombeere | the blackberry |
die Himbeere | the raspberry |
die Orange | the orange |
die Zwetschke | the plum |
die Melone | the melon |
der Pfirsich | the peach |
German vegetables
das Gemüse | the vegetables |
die Gurke | the cucumber |
der Salat | the salad |
die Tomate | the tomato |
die Paprika | the bell pepper |
die Zucchini | the zucchini |
die Aubergine | the eggplant |
die Karotte/die Möhre | the carrot |
der Sellerie | the celery |
die Bohne | the bean |
der Blumenkohl | the cauliflower |
der Brokkoli | the broccoli |
der Rosenkohl | the sprout |
der Spinat | the spinach |
der Lauch | the leek |
die Erbse | the pea |
der Kürbis | the pumpkin |
Proteins in German: Meats, fish and vegan/vegetarian alternatives
das Fleisch | the meat |
der Fisch | the fish |
die Pute | the turkey |
das Huhn | the chicken |
das Rindfleisch | the beef |
das Schweinefleisch | the pork |
das Steak | the steak |
die Wurst/das Würstchen | the sausage |
das Hackfleisch | the ground meat |
das Schnitzel | the schnitzel |
das Filet | the filet |
die Garnele | the prawn |
der Tintenfisch | the squid |
die Forelle | the trout |
der Dorsch | the cod |
der Hummer | the lobster |
die Muscheln | the mussel |
das Tofu | the tofu |
das Seitan | the seitan |
das Tempeh | the tempeh |
das Fleischersatzprodukt | the meat substitute |
Grains and starches in German
das Getreide | the grain |
der Reis | the rice |
die Nudeln | the pasta |
das Brot | the bread |
der Mais | the corn |
der Couscous | the couscous |
der Quinoa | the quinoa |
der Roggen | the rye |
der Weizen | the wheat |
die Haferflocken | the oats |
die Linsen | the lentils |
die Kichererbsen | the chickpeas |
die Bohnen | the beans |
die Gerste | the barley |
Beverages in German
The most famous German drink? Beer, of course! However, as you can’t survive on beer alone, we’ve listed a few more to help you stay hydrated. Prost!
das Getränk | the drink |
das Wasser | the water |
der Kaffee | the coffee |
der Tee | the tea |
die heiße Schokolade | the hot chocolate |
der Saft | the juice |
die Saftschorle | Mixture of fruit juice and (usually sparkling) water |
die Limonade | the lemonade |
die Cola | the cola |
der Wein | the wine |
das Bier | the beer |
der Schnaps | the hard liquor |
German cuisine essentials
Now that we’ve learned the different names for foods and ingredients in German, we can move on to German cuisine. From Bratwurst to Kartoffelpuffer and Brezeln, it’s time to go to a German restaurant and try our top German dishes!
What our students of German say
Vocabulary for iconic German dishes
die Bratwurst | the bratwurst (a grilled sausage) |
das Schnitzel | the cutlet (breaded and fried meat) |
die Kartoffelpuffer | the potato pancakes |
die Maultaschen | a kind of pasta stuffed with meat and vegetables |
der Stollen | the fruitcake |
der Kaiserschmarrn | cut-up and sugared pancakes with raisins (often enjoyed with applesauce) |
der Krapfen/Berliner/Kreppel | doughnut with different fillings, like jelly or vanilla pudding |
die Brezel | the (soft) pretzel |
der Senf | the mustard |
der Schweinebraten | the roast pork |
die Schweinshaxe | the knuckle of pork |
die Knödel | the dumplings (made from potatoes or stale bread) |
die Currywurst | the sausage (topped with curry ketchup) |
die Schwarzwälder Kirschtorte | the Black Forest cherry tart |
die Spätzle | spaetzle (traditional German food from the South, made by boiling small lumps of dough) |
die Käsepätzle | spaetzle with melted cheese and onions |
der Leberkäse | a type of meatloaf popular in Germany and Austria, often enjoyed in a roll |
Typical German mealtimes
Typically, three meals are eaten throughout the day in Germany. Even though a lot of Germans have moved away from the traditional mealtimes and not everyone follows a strict routine, for many, a day would be structured as follows:
- Breakfast around 8–9 a.m.
- Lunch at 12 p.m.
- Dinner around 6 p.m.
German breakfast is usually cold and consists of bread, muesli and, if you’re feeling fancy, an egg. Lunch used to be the big meal of the day and was served hot, but this has changed for many people due to their work schedules. These days, many working Germans simply grab something small like a sandwich or a salad at noon and eat something warm in the evening when there’s enough time to cook or go to a restaurant.
das Frühstück | the breakfast |
das Mittagessen | the lunch |
das Abendessen | the dinner |
die Zwischenmahlzeit/der Snack | the snack |
How to talk about food in German
Being able to talk about the taste and texture of food is important. How else are you supposed to express how delicious the cake at the small bakery around the corner really is?
Describing taste and preferences
der Geschmack | the taste |
schmecken | to taste |
süß | sweet |
sauer | sour |
salzig | salty |
bitter | bitter |
umami | umami |
scharf | hot |
herzhaft | hearty |
fruchtig | fruity |
würzig | savoury |
säuerlich | slightly sour |
süßlich | slightly sweet |
Food also makes for great small talk when you’re meeting German speakers. These are the most important phrases about taste that you need to know:
Das schmeckt gut! | That tastes good! |
Was isst du gern? | What do you like to eat? |
Ich mag am liebsten… | I like … the most. |
Was ist dein Lieblingsessen? | What is your favorite meal? |
Das ist lecker! | That’s tasty! |
Das ist köstlich! | That’s delicious! |
Unique linguistic quirks about food in German
If you’ve already spent some time in a German-speaking country, you may have witnessed a dispute between people from different German regions about the correct name of a food item. A famous example: the doughnuts often served at Carnival, which are called Kreppel in Hessen, Krapfen in the South, Pfannkuchen in Berlin and Berliner in the West.
As you might know, German is famous for its compound nouns, i.e. long words consisting of numerous nouns. One food-related compound noun is Lebensmittelgeschäft (grocery shop) which would simply be “grocery” in English. Another common one is Speisekarte (meal card), which translates to “menu.”
Practical tips for learning German food vocabulary
There’s a lot of great German food to choose from, and even more words to describe it.
The best way to learn German food vocabulary is to use flashcards. Try to practice a few minutes each day. Continuity goes a long way when you’re trying to learn a new language, and you don’t always have to invest hours to make progress. A great way to make it easier to remember the words is to incorporate visual images into your flashcards.
Most importantly, you should try to actively use the words you’ve learned. While mustering up the courage to speak can be hard, especially for beginners, it’s necessary if you want to be able to use your knowledge in the real world.
Training in a safe environment can help you on your way to mastering German. That’s why language classes at Lingoda focus on speaking German. In small groups, you’ll get enough time to practice at your own pace and ask questions.
Also, actually trying the food you’re learning about will make a real difference. Who said that learning vocabulary can’t be a great experience for your taste buds as well?
Learning about food in German: Vocabulary practice as your daily bread
If you want to learn about food in German, starting with the basics is the best way to go about it. There’s always something new to discover when it comes to food, but in order to remember all the vocabulary about German food items and phrases around food, repetition is necessary. The good news is that practicing vocabulary for just a few minutes each day can make a huge difference.
When learning a new language, it’s important to use the words you’ve learned, so as not to forget them or freeze in the midst of a real-life conversation. Practicing in a small group in a German course at Lingoda can help you get comfortable speaking German. As the classes are available 24/7, you can easily find time to learn German online when it fits your schedule.

Learn German with Lingoda
How it works

9 best French podcasts for all levels
Whether you’re a complete beginner or nearly fluent, the right podcast can boost your listening comprehension, expand your vocabulary, and help you hear French as it’s actually spoken. In this guide, we’ll highlight the best French podcasts for every level, from beginner-friendly storytelling to advanced discussions on philosophy and global news.
- Why listening to French podcasts helps language learners
- Top French podcasts by skill level
- How to maximize your learning with podcasts
- What is the best podcast to learn French?
- Does listening to French podcasts help you learn French?
Why listening to French podcasts helps language learners
Podcasts are a powerful way to improve your French. They expose you to natural speech patterns, idioms, and real-world topics, boosting your listening comprehension skills but also allowing you to encounter tons of new vocabulary and hear grammatical structures used in context.
One of the biggest advantages of podcasts is their flexibility — busy learners can listen anytime, anywhere. Whether you have five minutes on your commute or a longer stretch while the rest of your house is sleeping, you can pop in your headphones and immediately be transported to the French-speaking world. This is immersion without travel, as the sounds of la francophonie come to you (and hopefully help prepare you for a future trip!).
To make real progress in French, you need to actively use the language. Lingoda’s small-group classes are led by native-level teachers, who will help you to speak with confidence from day one. Podcasts are a great addition to more structured courses like ours.

Learn French with Lingoda
How it works

Top French podcasts by skill level
Beginner-friendly podcasts
1. Coffee Break French
This podcast offers bite-sized lessons for five different levels, starting with absolute beginners. Coffee Break French is perfect for those starting from scratch, and the beginner’s series is designed to help you use French confidently while traveling, like when ordering food and navigating public transport. It’s available on Spotify and Apple Podcasts.
2. Duolingo French Podcast
With Duolingo’s French podcast, you can listen to stories with dialogue from the main character or characters in French. The great thing for beginners is that the storyline is narrated in English, so listeners have lots of context to aid understanding. These podcasts are a great introduction to real-life French and follow diverse subjects, from the person who reads French train announcements to an undercover clown.
3. French Today’s Easy French Poetry Podcast
If you’re looking for short but very sweet episodes, check out French Today’s Easy French Poetry Podcast. In each episode, you’ll hear a classic French poem, giving you a chance to learn poetic expressions and simple language structures. Some episodes feature an analysis of the text and information about the author for those of you who want to go deeper.
Intermediate podcasts
4. InnerFrench
This is one of the best French language podcasts for B1 and B2-level learners. InnerFrench covers French culture and current affairs in clear French, with topics ranging from ecology to literature to sport. The podcast has a vibrant community that often comments on episodes, allowing you to interact and use the language you’re learning.
LanguaTalk Slow French with Gaelle
LanguaTalk’s Slow French podcast allows you to learn about the culture of the Francophone world in an accessible way. It’s perfect for learners who are ready to transition into native-level content but still feel they need some guidance. Each Slow French episode comes with an interactive transcript, meaning you can click on any word in the transcript to hear it again. The episodes also come with a list of key vocabulary.
Culture G
Culture G (culture générale) is a great podcast for learning on the go. Most of the episodes are short — seven minutes or less — and allow you to learn quick facts and trivia in French. With titles like “What is Peter Pan syndrome” and “Who chooses the names of storms?” there’s something for everyone.

Advanced podcasts
Grand Reportage (RFI)
For those ready to listen to extended speech in native-level French, the podcast Grand Reportage from RFI presents global news in journalistic French. The episodes are generally around 19 minutes long and go deep into world events, covering topics such as Argentina’s last jaguars and women’s rights in Afghanistan.
Transfert
Transfert is one of the best French-language podcasts out there. It gives you a fascinating glimpse into the hidden corners of people’s lives. Gripping stories are published every week, giving you a chance to learn complex vocabulary in context. Start with Transfert’s ten best episodes, in which you can follow the story of Hugo, whose friendship with neighbors turned into an obsession, or Victoria, who gets over a breakup in Italy.
Les Chemins de la Philosophie
If you think all the podcasts mentioned so far are too easy for you, let us introduce Les Chemins de la philosophie. With philosophical discussions that challenge even native speakers, this podcast is only for truly advanced French speakers.
How to maximize your learning with podcasts
For learners, one of the greatest tools that comes with a podcast is the transcript. You might want to read along while you listen or go back to the transcript later to check something you missed or highlight key vocabulary and new structures. You can even…
Remember that you can adjust the playback speed of podcasts based on your comfort level. If you find an episode on a really interesting topic but can’t keep up with the flow of rapid speech, slow it down.
As useful as they are, podcasts alone won’t make you fluent in French. You’ll need to use a range of resources, like grammar books and vocabulary learning apps. You can also consider taking a French course with Lingoda for structured learning and a chance to actively practice speaking the language with native-level teachers.

Learn French with Lingoda
How it works

What is the best podcast to learn French?
The best podcast to learn French depends on your level. Coffee Break French is excellent for beginners, InnerFrench is great for intermediate learners with an interest in French culture, and Grand Reportage is perfect for advanced speakers who want to discover world news through a French lens.
What is the most listened-to French podcast?
Transfert was the most downloaded podcast in France in 2024.
Does listening to French podcasts help you learn French?
Yes, listening to podcasts is one of the best ways to learn French, as they can improve your listening skills and introduce you to new vocabulary and structures.
Find the perfect podcast for you
No matter your level, podcasts are one of the best resources to learn French. Beginners can ease in with guided storytelling, intermediate learners can explore current events, and advanced speakers can challenge themselves with native-level philosophical discussions. Combining listening to podcasts with a French course from Lingoda can give you the best of both worlds: a huge boost to your listening skills and a chance to really use the language you’ve learned.

Learn French with Lingoda
How it works

What our students of French say
Mastering the English present tense: Types, use and examples
Many learners struggle with the differences between present simple, present continuous, present perfect, and present perfect continuous, but mastering them can instantly improve your fluency in English. In this article, we’ll break down each type, explain when to use it, and provide clear examples to make learning easier. Get ready to master the tenses that shape everyday communication!
- What is the English present tense?
- Types of present tense in English
- Common challenges in using the present tense
- Historical evolution of the present tense in English
- What are the 4 types of present tense?
- How to identify the present tense
What is the English present tense?
The present tense is used to talk about general truths, habits, things happening now and things that are relevant in the present moment. We also use the present tense to talk about the future. So, how many tenses are there in English? There are 12 major tenses: four present, four past, and four future.
Being able to use the present tenses comfortably is key to becoming a fluent English speaker. If you’re unsure how to learn English grammar, let Lingoda help you. In small group classes, you can learn grammar in a way that is applicable to your daily life. With native-level teachers and a focus on real-life language, you’ll learn to speak with confidence from day one.

Learn English with Lingoda
How it works

Now, let’s take a closer look at the different present tenses and how they shape the way we express ourselves.
Types of present tense in English
Present simple tense
The present simple is the most commonly used tense in English. To form the present simple, we use the root form of the verb (often called the base or bare infinitive). This is the form of the verb that is listed in the dictionary. We add -s or -es to third-person singular verbs.
- I love dogs.
- He goes to college in Boston.
Here are the main ways we use the present simple:
- Habits and routines:
I take Spanish classes twice a week.
- Facts and general truths:
The sun rises in the East.
- Situations we see as permanent:
We live in London.
- Fixed or timetabled events in the future:
The plane leaves at 7:40.
Present continuous tense
The second tense we’re looking at is the present continuous. We form this tense with a form of the verb be + -ing verb.
- I am cooking.
- She’s coming later.
We don’t usually use state verbs in continuous tenses. These are verbs such as love, agree and understand. Here are the main ways we use the present continuous in English:
- Things happening at or around the moment of speaking:
What are you doing now?
I’m eating lunch at the moment.
- Situations we see as temporary:
They’re renting a flat in New York for a few months.
- Future arrangements:
I’m having dinner with Sally tomorrow at 8.
- Change:
My tomato plants are growing.
Look at the table to see two uses of the present simple and continuous compared.
Present Simple | Present Continuous |
Habits/routines: We watch TV most evenings. | Things happening around the moment of speaking: We’re watching a great program on TV at the moment. |
Situations we see as permanent: Do you teach geography? | Situations we see as temporary: I usually teach geography, but I’m teaching history this term. |
Present perfect tense
We use the present perfect tenses to discuss actions that happened or began in the past but are relevant in the present. To form the present perfect simple tense, we use have/has + past participle.
- She has lived here for seven years.
- Have you ever been to Canada?
Let’s take a look at some of the main ways we use the present simple tense:
- Life experiences without mentioning a specific time:
They have tried sushi before.
- Past events with a present result:
Oh no, I’ve forgotten my wallet! Do you have any cash?
- Unfinished states or actions that began in the past:
He’s been a teacher for over 20 years.
- States or actions in an unfinished time period
Have you seen Alexa this week? (It is still the same week.)
In British English in particular, people often use the present perfect simple to talk about recently completed actions. You’ll see adverbs such as just, already and yet in these types of sentences.
- I’ve just finished my homework.
- Have you eaten yet?
In North American English, people are more likely to use the past tense in these examples. Knowing when to use the present perfect vs. past simple is a challenge for learners.
Present perfect continuous tense
The present perfect continuous is used to talk about actions that began in the past and are relevant in the present. There is often a focus on the duration of the action. We form the present perfect continuous with have/has been + -ing verb.
- She has been trying to fix the computer for hours.
- Have you been running?
Here are 2 of the main ways we use this tense:
- Unfinished actions that began in the past
It’s been snowing all day. (It’s still snowing)
- Recently completed past actions with present results
I’ve been sitting in the sun, and now I’m burned. (I’m not sitting in the sun anymore but the result is that I’m burned now)
Sometimes, there is no difference in meaning when we use the present perfect simple and continuous tenses. Using the continuous tense puts more focus on the duration of the action.
- I have lived/been living in the same flat for years.
- She’s worked/been working for a German company for a while.
Here is a table showing some of the main differences between the present perfect simple and continuous.

Common challenges in using the present tense
English verbs in the present tense don’t always follow the rules and there are many irregular verbs! In the simple present tense in English, be presents the most problems, as it has three forms: am, are and is. However, a bigger issue arises when you use the present perfect simple. Many verbs have irregular past participles, including very common verbs like be → been, go → gone and do → done. Getting to grips with irregular past participles is key to becoming comfortable using the present tenses.
Another mistake students make often is using stative verbs in continuous tenses. Look at the examples:
- You’re not understanding. ╳ → You don’t understand. ✓
- I’ve been knowing him for a long time. ╳ → I’ve known him for a long time. ✓
One final common mistake is using the present simple or continuous when talking about a time up to now, especially with for and since. Instead, we should use a perfect tense. Here is an example:
- I work here since last year. ╳ → I’ve worked here since last year. ✓
Historical evolution of the present tense in English
English is constantly evolving, gaining new words and seeing older ones take on different meanings. The tenses haven’t stood still, either! If you’ve read works by the famous playwright William Shakespeare, you’ll have seen forms like thou goest (you go) and she hath (she has). Luckily for learners, archaic forms like thou goest have been dropped in favor of simpler structures. Another change is in the the -ing form of verbs, which at one time was spelled –yng, as in castyng, not casting.
What are the 4 types of present tense?
The four forms of the present tense are the present simple, present continuous, present perfect, and present perfect continuous.
How to identify the present tense
If you can’t identify the present tense from the form used or the context of the sentence, signal words may help. In the present simple, you’ll see terms like every day, often, sometimes and rarely. In the present continuous, you might see now or at the moment. Sentences in the present perfect simple and continuous often contain such words as since and for, and the present perfect simple often has already, yet, and just. This method isn’t foolproof, so don’t just rely on signal words!
Mastering the English Present Tenses
The English present tense has four forms — simple, continuous, perfect, and perfect continuous — each with its own role in expressing habits, ongoing actions, past influences, and future events. Mastering these tenses is key to speaking fluently. If you want to deepen your understanding and gain confidence in using them, learn English with Lingoda. Our expert teachers will help you practice in authentic conversations, ensuring you’re ready to use your new knowledge in the real world.

Learn English with Lingoda
How it works

What our students of English say
Learn Spanish phrasal verbs: Usage and common examples
Phrasal verbs in Spanish are an important part of your journey to fluency.Knowing and using phrasal verbs in Spanish will make you sound more fluent with the language in a way that native speakers are. Why? Because the meanings of these verbs are impossible to directly translate from another language. For beginner to intermediate learners, tackling the challenge of los verbos compuestos en español (phrasal verbs in Spanish) will be worthwhile once you can speak Spanish more comfortably and without direct translations. Ready to learn more? Today we cover both the general usage and 30 common examples of phrasal verbs in Spanish.
- What are Spanish phrasal verbs?
- How do Spanish phrasal verbs work?
- 30+ Most common Spanish phrasal verbs and their meanings
What are Spanish phrasal verbs?
Phrasal verbs are multi-word verbs that require the entire phrase to understand the meaning. We mentioned that phrasal verbs in Spanish are not possible to translate directly from another language. Why is this?
Look at any number of examples of phrasal verbs in Spanish, and you’ll see that they are always made up of more than one word. In its most basic form, a phrasal verb combines a verb and a preposition or adverb (verb + preposition, verb + adverb).
With that second word added, the verb changes from its original standalone meaning.
English vs. Spanish phrasal verbs
To clearly understand phrasal verbs, examples in Spanish and English will make the concept clearer. Let’s start with the English verb ‘get’.
- Get – to receive; to come to have or hold something – I want to get bread rolls from the bakery.
Phrasal verbs with ‘get’ as the root verb:
- Get out – to exit a place or vehicle’ to remove
- Get in – to enter a place or vehicle; to insert
- Get over – to recover from an ailment; to overcome an emotional experience
- Get at – to reach or gain access to something; to imply
- Get around – to deal successfully with a problem; to be actively mobile
- Get off – to escape a punishment; to have audacity
We can probably list phrasal verbs using the root ‘get’ for hours. See how just a small sampling of phrasal verbs from one root verb can change the meaning entirely?
‘Get’ means to receive. ‘Over’ means to be at a higher level from something. But ‘get over’ does not mean to receive something while being high up. When used together, the two words create a new phrasal verb completely different from their individual–or combined meanings.
Next, look at these two sentences:
- I should get over this flu by Friday. I’ll definitely join you for Sunday brunch.
- I can’t get over my ex-girlfriend. She dumped me, but I will love her forever.
In the first sentence, ‘get over’ means to recover from a disease. In the second sentence, ‘get over’ means to overcome an emotional experience. See how just one phrasal verb ‘get over’ can have multiple meanings depending on the context? The same thing exists in Spanish.
Actually, you probably know a few phrasal verbs in Spanish already. Let’s look at one.
- Dejar (to leave) – Quiero dejar un libro para ti. (I want to leave a book for you.)
Phrasal verbs in Spanish using ‘dejar’ as the root:
- Dejar de (to quit) – Dejar de fumar es difícil pero vale la pena. (To quit smoking is difficult but worth it.)
Dejar means ‘to leave’. De is a preposition meaning ‘of’ or ‘by’. When combined, ‘dejar de’ does not mean ‘to leave by’. Instead, it takes on the new meaning ‘to quit’ something. You can use this phrase for everything from dejar de llorar (quit crying) to dejar de hacer ruido (quit making noise). See how useful phrasal verbs in Spanish are?
The power of phrasal verbs in Spanish
Phrasal verbs in Spanish, like the example above, are essential for fluency. Because they go beyond direct translation, understanding phrasal verbs deepens your comprehension of idioms. They open your mind to new Spanish vocabulary.
Using phrasal verbs in Spanish also helps you sound more like a native speaker. A major focus of language learning systems like Lingoda is to speak with confidence using the same natural language as native speakers. Phrasal verbs are a huge part of this real-life language usage.
Finally, having examples of phrasal verbs in Spanish to reference significantly enhances your performance in Spanish language levels testing. Higher marks on Spanish language exams make you a better job candidate in the future.
How do Spanish phrasal verbs work?
Now that you understand what phrasal verbs in Spanish are let’s look at how they work.
Common prepositions used in phrasal verbs
As mentioned, a phrasal verb in Spanish is made by combining a root verb with a preposition or adverb to create new and dynamic meanings. Which are the most common prepositions?
Prepositions commonly used for phrasal verbs
- de (of, from)
- en (in, on)
- con (with)
- por (by)
- para (for)
- a (to)
For a longer list of preposiciones (prepositions), review our full Spanish prepositions list. If you still second-guess yourself, refresh your knowledge of common mistakes with Spanish prepositions to avoid making mistakes.
Structure and grammar rules
To conjugate phrasal verbs in Spanish, use the grammar rules for the root verb as you normally would. The location of the preposition or adverb may move depending on the conjugation. Struggling with the rules for basic Spanish verb conjugation? Take 60 seconds to watch this short video of verb conjugation in Spanish as a review.
One tip to remember about Spanish verbs is how meaning can change with the tense. For example, when using the preterite vs. imperfect tense, words change meaning. This same change also applies to phrasal verbs:
- Carlos me cayó bien. (I liked Carlos the moment I met him./He made a good first impression.)
- Carlos me caía bien. (I have always liked Carlos. or I used to like Carlos–but not anymore.)
- Carlos me cae bien. (I like Carlos now.)
30+ Most common Spanish phrasal verbs and their meanings
It’s helpful to know a lot of phrasal verbs in Spanish. If you learn quite a few, you can intuitively use the most appropriate language for your real-life conversations. Without further ado, here are 30 examples of the most common phrasal verbs in Spanish.
Everyday use of phrasal verbs
Ready for some phrasal verbs in Spanish that you can use in daily conversation?
- Acabar de (to have just done something)
Acabo de leer este libro y no me gustó. (I just read this book and I didn’t like it.)
- Darse cuenta de (to realize)
Me di cuenta de lo difícil que es el examen de leyes. (I realized how difficult the law exam is.)
- Echar de menos (to miss someone or something)
¿Me echaste de menos, Bobi? Que tierno. (Did you miss me, Bobby? How sweet.)
- Caer en (to fall for, to end up in a situation)
No te caigas en las estafas de los taxis de Tailandia. Son obligados a prender el taxímetro. (Don’t fall for the taxi scams in Thailand. They must turn on the taxi meter.)
- Llegar a ser (to become)
Silvia quiere llegar a ser una barista de café. (Silvia wants to become a coffee barista.)
- Volver a (to restart an action again)
Volvieron a comer esquites después de pelearse con el vendedor. (They returned to eat corn after fighting with the vendor.)
Phrasal verbs for expressing emotions
Phrasal verbs in Spanish are often useful for expressing emotions about both people and situations.
- Alegrarse de (to be happy about)
Me alegra recibir la invitación al matrimonio de Carla.” (I am happy to receive an invitation to Carla’s wedding.)
- Enamorarse de (to fall in love with)
Me enamoré de Berlín en mi viaje a Alemania el verano pasado. (I fell in love with Berlin on my trip to Germany last summer.)
- Estar para (to be in the mood for)
Estoy para dejarlo todo e irme al Bosque de Chapultepec para un picnic. (I’m in the mood to stop everything and go to Chapultepec park for a picnic.)
- Estar por (to be about to, to be in favor of)
No te puedo acompañar. Estoy por irme a la casa de mi tía. (I can’t go with you. I’m about to go to my aunt’s house.)
- Pensar en (to think about)
Nunca pensamos en esta posibilidad. (We never thought about this possibility.)
- Soñar con (to dream about)
Anoche soñé contigo. ¿Qué puede significar? (Last night I dreamed about you. What could it mean?)
- Echarse a (to start suddenly)
Me eché a cantar cuando escuché mi canción favorita. (I broke out singing when I heard my favorite song.)
- Depender de (to depend on)
Ir a la fiesta depende del permiso de mi mamá. (Going to the party depends on getting my mom’s permission.)
Phrasal verbs for social situations
When it comes to social situations, there are plenty of phrasal verbs in Spanish that you can use to express yourself. Be careful: some of these phrases are more diplomatic than others.
- Caer bien/mal (to get along well/poorly with)
El novio de Laura siempre me ha caído mal. (I always got along poorly with Laura’s boyfriend/Laura’s boyfriend always rubbed me the wrong way.)
- Contar con (to count on)
El sábado a las 9 para karaoke? ¡Puedes contar conmigo! (Saturday at 9 for karaoke? You can count on me!)
- Reírse de (to make fun of)
Me gusta reírme de los pandas en el zoológico. (I like to make fun of the pandas at the zoo.)
- Casarse con (to marry someone)
Nancy se casó con su novio en enero. (Nancy got married to her fiancé in January!)
- Fijarse en (to realize or to notice)
¿Te fijaste en la prenda que lleva esa chica? Quiero comprar algo parecido. (Did you notice the outfit that girl is wearing? I want to buy something like that.)
- Hacer constar (to set the record straight)
Ana hace constar que no ha visitado este museo antes. (Ana sets the record straight that she has not visited this museum before.)
- Meterse en (to interfere with, to meddle in)
No te metas en problemas ajenos. (Don’t meddle in other people’s problems.)
- Meterse con (to get involved with someone)
No me gusta que mi prima se meta con ese chico. (I don’t like that my cousin is involved with that boy.)
- Responder por (to vouch for something or someone)
La jefa responde por todo el equipo. (The boss voucher for the whole team.)
Phrasal verbs for actions and movement
There are also plenty of phrasal verbs that convey action and movement.
- Quedarse sin (to run out of something)
Me quedé sin ganas de estudiar más. (I ran out of motivation to study anymore.)
- Darse prisa (to hurry up)
Date prisa, la película empieza en cinco minutos. (Hurry up, the movie starts in five minutes.)
- Dejar de (to stop doing something)
Al cumplir los 40 años voy a dejar de salir a los antros. Te lo prometo. (When I turn 40 years old, I will stop going out to the clubs. I promise you.)
- Llevar a cabo (to carry out or accomplish)
Mi papá llevó a cabo una fiesta sorpresa para mi mamá. (My dad held a surprise party for my mom.)
- Pasar por (to pick someone up, to collect something)
¿Puedes pasar por mí a las 6 en la peluquería? (Can you pick me up at 6 at the hair salon?)
- Tener que (to have to do something)
¿Tienen que pagar la membresía antes de ir al gimnasio? (Do they have to pay membership before going to the gym?)
- Tratar de (to try on, to attempt)
¿Ella quiere tratar de bailar salsa? (Does she want to try learning to dance salsa?)
Putting phrasal verbs in Spanish to work for you
Now that you know over 30 phrasal verbs in Spanish, can you see how important they are for fluency? Not only do phrasal verbs improve your Spanish vocabulary, but they help you to sound natural to native speakers. Plus, knowing a lot of phrasal verbs will give you the confidence to express yourself in real life. Lingoda can help you memorize what you learned today by practicing out loud in small group classes. If you enroll in an intensive Spanish course, be sure and bookmark this page. You’ll be glad to come back for a future study session.
What our students of Spanish say
The heart of Lingoda’s office: How Maxine Thendele shapes the employee experience
At Lingoda, creating a thriving and supportive workplace is a foundation of success. Today, we’re diving into the role of Maxine, who makes this all happen! From welcoming visitors to meticulously planned events, her tasks span a variety of functions, cultivating a great employee experience. In this interview, we learn more about Maxine’s contributions, from collaborating on occupational health initiatives to organizing memorable events like the Lingoda Winter Party 2024. Discover how teamwork, communication, and a passion for employee well-being shape her dynamic role!
Interested in joining us? Check out our open positions on our career page!
Tell us a little bit about your tasks and projects.
My tasks revolve around creating and improving the employee experience at Lingoda. This includes welcoming everyone who enters the office and acting as the central point of contact for information on whom to approach for various topics and questions at Lingoda.
I occasionally assist the Management Team with tasks such as booking external venues for Board meetings and arranging travel for the team when needed. Furthermore, I keep the workplace safe and healthy so everyone can do their best work without worries. I make sure the office layout and resources are on point. I aim to create a space where Lingodies have everything they need to work comfortably and efficiently.
Helping new team members settle in smoothly and ensuring seamless transitions for those leaving is also a key part of the role.
Last but not least, I organize get-togethers, from celebrations like Halloween and Easter and the annual Berlin company run to big events like our summer and winter parties.
Can you share a project or task that you particularly enjoyed or learned a lot from?
The Lingoda Winter Party 2024 was such a project for me. Organizing this event was a rewarding experience because I got to work closely with amazing teammates. Their feedback and ideas gave me fresh perspectives, and their support—especially during those hectic moments when I was juggling other tasks—made all the difference. I gained a great deal from working alongside them and thoroughly enjoyed the teamwork.
Additionally, the project involved cross-department collaboration with the Office IT and Marketing teams. Their input contributed significantly to creating a magical event, with subtle yet highly appreciated elements that made the party memorable. While the project was challenging at times, the end result was incredibly rewarding.
If you had to name three things that contribute to a positive and productive work environment, what would they be?
1. Collaboration and teamwork: Working closely with colleagues in projects like the Lingoda Winter Party creates a supportive environment where team members can exchange ideas, provide feedback, and motivate each other during challenging times. I believe collaboration allows us to grow, and my team exemplifies this exceptionally well.
2. Effective communication: Serving as the go-to person in the office ensures that everyone knows whom to approach for various topics, promoting clarity, reducing confusion, and streamlining workflows.
3. A welcoming and professional atmosphere: “Creating and maintaining a safe, presentable office space fosters employees’ sense of belonging and comfort. This environment makes everyone feel welcome and ensures overall productivity and satisfaction.
What’s the most rewarding part of your job at Lingoda?
The most rewarding part of my job at Lingoda is witnessing all the puzzle pieces come together. Although each department, whether it’s Engineering, Marketing, Finance or the Student Success Teams, works separately and diligently on their specific goals. In the end, it’s incredibly fulfilling to see how all these efforts align to achieve the overarching business goals. Every team brings its own unique piece to the puzzle, and seeing it all come together into a cohesive whole is so rewarding and exciting to be part of.
Which skills or knowledge would you like to develop this year?
This year, I would like to develop my project management skills further, particularly since I enjoyed organizing and coordinating cross-departmental initiatives like the Lingoda Winter Party. Additionally, I would like to deepen my expertise in the HR field, building on my experience with employee experience, onboarding, offboarding, and benefits coordination. Over the past year, I’ve gained valuable team collaboration, event management, and communication skills. I’ve discovered a strong passion for creating a positive employee experience, and this year, I’m eager to focus even more on this area. I look forward to tackling new challenges to help create a supportive and dynamic workplace where employees thrive and feel valued.
Breaking barriers in healthcare: An interview with Shanti van der Shoot, Interim Teacher Team Lead – Health Education
Language plays a critical role in the healthcare sector, especially for international professionals navigating new systems and cultures. Lingoda Health is at the forefront of this challenge, offering specialized language training to empower healthcare workers, including nurses, midwives, and doctors, to communicate effectively and integrate seamlessly into workplaces like those in Germany.
Today, we sit down with Shanti, who recently stepped into the role of Teacher Team Lead – Health Education at Lingoda. Shanti brings a wealth of experience and passion to her role, leading medical educators, doctors, and language teachers who deliver life-changing language lessons to international nurses and healthcare professionals. In our conversation, she shares insights about her new role, her vision for the future, and what excites her most about this rewarding work.
Interested in joining our team? Check out our open positions on our career page!
Shanti, you recently started a new position as Teacher Team Lead – Health Education. Tell us about your new role and what you are excited for!
My role is to bring our diverse group of teachers and educators together, each bringing unique perspectives. Over 1,200 medical educators, doctors, and language teachers deliver our health lessons to our students. They are the heart of the Lingoda product, and I am proud to lead them into a constantly improving learning and teaching experience. We offer our international nurses and other healthcare professionals a seamless, life-changing language-learning experience.
When I first joined Lingoda, the healthcare courses were just beginning to grow. I’ve been passionate about providing our teachers with the resources and tools to help our international nurses change their careers and lives. It’s been incredibly rewarding to see how much the project has expanded, and I’m excited to continue supporting our educators and teachers to allow them to focus on what they do best: Educating our students and creating cutting-edge course material.
In 2025, I am eager to continue engaging with our teachers and collaborating with the entire Lingoda team to implement further innovations that will empower teachers and educators.
Which skills and abilities would you like to develop further or learn in this new leadership role?
In my new leadership role, I’d like to develop my skills in change management. As we continue to innovate and implement new strategies, it’s essential to effectively lead the team through transitions. I’m particularly interested in learning how to facilitate smoother adaptations to change and ensure that all team members feel confident and engaged throughout the process.
I’m also looking forward to refining my ability to delegate and prioritize, ensuring that I focus on the most impactful initiatives while empowering my team to take ownership of their work. By continuing to grow in these areas, I aim to foster an efficient, motivated, and resilient team that thrives in an ever-changing educational landscape.
Finally, I’m eager to enhance my team-building skills. As a leader, it’s essential to cultivate a positive and cohesive environment where everyone feels valued and supported, especially as our team continues to grow. I want to focus on improving my ability to navigate challenges in a way that strengthens relationships and maintains the team’s motivation.
What do you find particularly interesting or fulfilling about working with our teachers?
What I find most fulfilling about working with our educators and teachers is the opportunity to have a direct and tangible impact on our students’ learning experiences. They are incredibly passionate about education and dedicated to changing their students’ lives, which is something I genuinely admire. Through supporting our educators, I have the opportunity to contribute to the success and growth of our students, particularly those in healthcare courses, who are working towards a life-changing recognition process.
Looking at your tasks and areas of work, what’s the most rewarding part of your job at Lingoda?
The most rewarding part of my job at Lingoda is the variety of tasks and the collaborative nature of my work. I have the opportunity to work closely with different teams, including the product team, strategy team, business development team, and HR team. Through these cross-functional collaborations, we can have a real, tangible impact on the overall direction of our healthcare courses and the teaching and learning experience.
Additionally, it’s fulfilling being part of the process that helps bring talented individuals into the team, watching them grow and supporting them as they integrate into our culture and contribute to our shared goals.
Which languages do you speak and which would you like to learn?
I speak German, English, Spanish, and a bit Catalan. I would love to learn French as well.
Italian grammar made simple: 12 essential rules
If vocabulary words are the bricks that form the basis of the Italian language, Italian grammar is the all-important cement that holds these bricks together. So, even if you possess a commanding knowledge of vocabulary, your understanding of the language would feel wobbly at best without a firm understanding of its grammatical concepts.
In this guide, we’ll explore everything from sentence structure and verb conjugations to the essentials for mastering nouns, articles and adjectives. We’ll have a look at the intricacies of gender and number and how to navigate Italian’s flexible word order, which can confuse English speakers in the early going. And we’ll even touch on a couple of advanced concepts, in case you’re feeling ambitious.

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Why learn Italian grammar?
Simply put, learning Italian grammar will help you feel more confident with the language. It will clarify the rules that underpin certain linguistic structures and allow you to flexibly deploy them in different contexts.
This doesn’t mean learning all of Italian’s (many) rules and exceptions by heart. But it does entail understanding how a given particle or verb behaves, so that you can better apply it when the need arises. As a bonus, if you’re a lover of Italy’s rich culture and art, understanding the structure of the language will give you a deeper and broader understanding of Italian poetry, cinema, opera and even pop music.
This language has unique features that make it fascinating to learn. Unlike English, Italian uses gendered nouns and has highly expressive verbs, with conjugations that reflect not just tense but also mood and subject. By learning these nuances, you’ll gain a deeper appreciation of how Italians express themselves.
Key components of Italian grammar
Italian grammar revolves around a few key components that bring the language to life.
Verbs are dynamic and heavily conjugated, changing forms based on tense, mood and subject. With both regular and irregular patterns, they are arguably the most complex feature of the Italian language.
Nouns are gendered (masculine or feminine) and numbered (singular or plural), which influences the form of the adjectives and articles that must agree with them. Sentence structure, on the other hand, is generally flexible, although it does follow a default subject-verb-object order.
There’s a lot to grasp. But mastering all these elements will help you form cohesive and grammatically correct sentences, which are essential for clear communication.
Italian sentence structure basics
Subject-verb-object (SVO) pattern
Italian primarily follows a subject-verb-object (SVO) sentence structure, similar to English. This means that sentences typically begin with the subject, followed by the verb, followed by the object. For example, io mangio la pizza (I eat the pizza) breaks down into the components io (subject), mangio (verb) and la pizza (object).
But Italian is more flexible than English, and the subject can be omitted entirely when the verb ending gives enough information about who or what the subject is. Mangio la pizza, for example, translates to “I eat the pizza,” even though there is no “I” (io) present in the sentence. In this case, the conjugated verb mangio indicates the first-person subject.
This pattern serves as the foundation for most simple sentences, making it a good starting point for beginners.
Flexibility in word order
Italian’s flexibility in word order allows speakers to rearrange sentences to emphasize certain parts or to fit a certain context. While the default is subject-verb-object, elements can shift to highlight specific parts of the sentence. For example, La pizza mangio io (I eat the pizza) emphasizes the thing that’s being eaten, i.e. la pizza.
Similarly, in questions or poetic expressions, verbs might come first: Mangio io la pizza? (Am I eating the pizza?). This flexibility works because verb conjugations provide the necessary information about which noun in the sentence operates as the subject.
Understanding Italian verbs
Verb conjugations
Italian verbs in their infinitive forms end in –are, –ere or –ire, which determine their conjugation patterns.
Regular verbs follow predictable rules, with endings that change based on the subject and tense. However, irregular verbs like essere (to be) and avere (to have) don’t follow these standard patterns and their conjugations must be learned separately. Understanding these basic verb groupings is essential, as a verb’s conjugation expresses who is performing an action and when it’s happening.
Common tenses
Italian has a range of verb tenses, but beginners should focus on the most commonly used ones: the present tense (parlo – I speak), the past tense (ho parlato – I spoke/have spoken) and the future tense (parlerò – I will speak).
As you advance, you’ll encounter other tenses and moods, like the imperfect (imperfetto) for descriptions or habitual actions in the past and the subjunctive (congiuntivo) for expressing doubt or emotions. Rarely used tenses like the future perfect and past anterior are mostly seen in formal writing or literature, so those can wait to be learned. It’s important to start with the essentials so you can build confidence before working your way up.
Italian nouns and articles
Gender and number
Italian nouns have gender (masculine or feminine) and number (singular or plural). Masculine nouns often end in -o and feminine nouns in -a.
Pluralizing a noun typically changes its ending, turning the masculine -o to -i, and the feminine -a to -e. Some nouns, like those ending in -e, can be either gender; their endings change to -i in the plural.
Understanding these patterns is key to matching articles and adjectives with nouns correctly. Here are some examples:
- il libro (the book) → I libri (the books)
- la casa (the house) → le case (the houses)
- il fiore (the flower) → i fiori (the flowers)
Definite and indefinite articles
Italian articles match the gender and number of the nouns they accompany.
Definite articles (various forms of “the”):
- il libro (the book) → masculine singular
- lo zaino (the backpack) → masculine starting with z or s + consonant
- la casa (the house) → feminine singular
- l’arancia (the orange) → feminine starting with a vowel
- i libri (the books) → masculine plural
- gli zaini (the backpacks) → masculine plural before vowels or specific consonants
- le case (the houses) → feminine plural
Indefinite articles (“a/an”):
- un libro (a book) → masculine
- uno zaino (a backpack) → masculine starting with z or s+consonant
- una casa (a house) → feminine
- un’arancia (an orange) → feminine starting with vowel

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Mastering Italian adjectives
Agreement with nouns
Italian adjectives must agree with the nouns they describe in both gender (masculine or feminine) and number (singular or plural):
- Un libro interessante (An interesting book)
- Due libri interessanti (Two interesting books)
- Una casa bella (A beautiful house)
- Un giardino bello (A beautiful garden)
Adjectives usually follow the noun, but some, like bello or grande, can precede it, often altering the emphasis or tone.
Common adjective endings
The most common endings for adjectives are –o, –a, –e and –i, depending on the gender and number of the noun they describe.
As we’ve seen above, singular masculines end in -o and change to -i in the plural. Singular feminine adjectives end in -a and change to -e in the plural, while adjectives ending in -e apply to both masculine and feminine singular nouns and change to -i in the plural.
Italian pronouns
Subject pronouns
Subject pronouns in Italian, including io (I), tu (you) and lui/lei (he/she), indicate who is performing an action. Unlike in English, they are often dropped because the verb conjugation already makes clear the subject (parlo means “I speak” without needing io). However, pronouns can be used for emphasis, e.g. Io parlo! (I am the one speaking!).
Italian also has different forms of “you”: tu for informal settings, Lei (always capitalized) for formal situations and voi for addressing a group. Understanding when to use or drop pronouns helps make your Italian more natural and balanced.
Reflexive pronouns
Reflexive pronouns, including mi (myself), ti (yourself) and si (himself/herself/itself), are used when the subject and object of a verb are the same. They pair with reflexive verbs, with the pronoun reflecting the verb’s action back onto the subject. Such pronouns are commonly used when talking about daily routines and expressing personal actions. For example:
- Mi alzo alle 7. (I get up at 7.)
- Si lava le mani. (He/She washes their hands.)
- Ti diverti? (Are you having fun?)
Italian grammar advanced concepts
The subjunctive mood
The subjunctive (congiuntivo) is used to express doubt, uncertainty or hypothetical situations. It’s often triggered by phrases like spero che… (I hope that…) or è importante che… (it’s important that…). Unlike the indicative mood, which is used to state facts, the subjunctive conveys possibilities or subjective perspectives.
- Spero che tu venga. (I hope that you come.)
Conditional sentences
Conditional sentences express hypothetical situations and their outcomes. They typically use verbs in the conditional mood (condizionale), e.g. vorrei (I would like). Conditional sentences are useful when making polite requests, expressing wishes or imagining unreal scenarios.
- Se avessi tempo, andrei al mare. (If I had time, I would go to the beach.)
FAQs
Is Italian grammar difficult?
Italian grammar can be challenging at first. But with practice, its patterns and rules become manageable, especially for speakers of other Romance languages.
How many tenses are there in Italian grammar?
Italian has 21 tenses, but only a handful (like the present, past and future) are widely used in daily conversation.
What is the Italian grammar pattern?
Italian typically follows a subject-verb-object (SVO) pattern, but it allows flexibility for emphasis or context.
Italian grammar: Your bridge to confident communication
We’ve covered a number of essential topics, such as the subject-verb-object structure, flexible word order and various verb conjugations. We’ve glimpsed the basics of articles, noun agreement and adjective agreement, all of which are crucial for building correct sentences.
If you feel inspired to take the next step, join an online Italian class today and start putting these lessons into practice! With Lingoda, you can learn real-life Italian from native-level teachers who encourage you to start using Italian from Day One. Dive into the language and make your learning journey effective and enjoyable!

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

78 essential Italian phrases for everyday conversations
Planning a trip to Italy, working with Italian colleagues or just wanting to connect with locals? Learning Italian phrases is your shortcut to building meaningful connections and navigating everyday situations. If you’re struggling to get by with single vocabulary words, memorizing a few choice phrases can give you more confidence and a better sense of how Italians actually communicate.
In this guide, we’ll explore phrases associated with greetings, dining, shopping and travel, along with pronunciation tips and a few quirky idioms. If you’re interested in practicing any of these phrases with a native-level teacher, you can continue your education in one of Lingoda’s Italian courses.

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Basic Italian phrases for everyday use
Greetings and introductions
Italian | English |
Buongiorno, come stai? | Good morning, how are you? |
Buona giornata! | Have a good day! |
Ciao ragazzi! Come va? | Hi guys! How’s it going? |
Buonasera, come stai? | Good evening, how are you? |
Buona serata! | Have a good evening! |
Buonanotte a tutti! | Good night everyone! |
Piacere di conoscerti. | Pleased to meet you. |
Ciao, mi chiamo Marco. Piacere! | Hi, I’m Marco. Pleased to meet you! |
Italian | English | Pronunciation |
buongiorno | good morning/day | bwohn-jyohr-noh |
ragazzi | guys | rah-gah-tsee |
piacere | pleased | pyah-cheh-reh |
conoscerti | to meet you | koh-noh-shehr-tee |
Common courtesies
Italian | English |
Prego, entra/vieni. | Please, come in/come. |
Grazie, sei molto gentile. | Thanks, that’s kind of you. |
Mi scusi, devo passare. | Excuse me, I need to pass. (polite) |
Ricordami il tuo nome, per favore. | Remind me your name, please. |
Grazie mille | Thank you very much |
Prego | You’re welcome |
Italian | English | Pronunciation |
gentile | kind | jen-tee-leh |
scusi | excuse me | skoo-see |
Italian phrases for travel and navigation
Asking for directions
Italian | English |
Dov’è la stazione? | Where is the station? |
Dov’è il bagno? | Where is the bathroom? |
Come si arriva al museo? | How do I get to the museum? |
A sinistra o a destra? | Left or right? |
È lontano? | Is it far? |
Quanto ci vuole per arrivare? | How long does it take to get there? |
Può mostrarmelo sulla mappa? | Can you show me on the map? |
C’è un parcheggio qui vicino? | Is there parking nearby? |
Come si chiama questa strada? | What is the name of this street? |
Italian | English | Pronunciation |
stazione | station | sta-tsioh-neh |
mostrarmelo | to show me | mos-trahr-meh-loh |
parcheggio | parking space | par-keh-jyoh |
Phrases for public transport
Italian | English |
Quanto costa un biglietto? | How much is a ticket? |
Vorrei andare a… | I would like to go to… |
Dove si prende il treno per…? | Where do I take the train to…? |
Qual è la prossima fermata? | What is the next stop? |
Questo treno va a…? | Does this train go to…? |
A che ora parte il treno? | What time does the train leave? |
C’è un biglietto giornaliero? | Is there a daily ticket? |
Dove posso comprare i biglietti? | Where can I buy tickets? |
Può aiutarmi con l’orario? | Can you help me with the schedule? |
Italian | English | Pronunciation |
biglietto | ticket | bee-lyeh-toh |
giornaliero | daily | jyohr-nah-lee-eh-roh |
orario | schedule | oh-rah-ryoh |
Essential Italian phrases for dining out
Ordering at a restaurant
Italian | English |
Vorrei un tavolo per due, per favore. | I’d like a table for two, please. |
Avete un menù in inglese? | Do you have a menu in English? |
Posso vedere il menù, per favore? | May I see the menu, please? |
Qual è il piatto del giorno? | What is the dish of the day? |
Vorrei (ordinare)… | I’d like (to order)… |
Potrei avere un bicchiere d’acqua? | Could I have a glass of water? |
C’è qualcosa per i vegetariani/vegani? | Is there something for vegetarians/vegans? |
C’è qualcosa vegetariano/vegano? | Is there anything vegetarian/vegan? |
Questo è piccante? | Is this spicy? |
Italian | English | Pronunciation |
vorrei… | I’d like… | vohr-ray |
bicchiere d’acqua | glass of water | bee-kyeh-reh dah-kwah |
qualcosa | something | kwahl-koh-sah |
Understanding the menu
Italian | English |
Cosa c’è nell’antipasto? | What’s in the appetizer? |
Quali sono i primi piatti? | What are the first courses? |
Qual è il secondo piatto? | What’s the main course? |
Posso cambiare il contorno? | Can I change the side dish? |
Posso avere un dolce? | Can I have a dessert? |
È incluso un digestivo nel menù? | Is a digestif included in the menu? |
È possibile avere una porzione piccola? | Is it possible to have a small portion? |
Questo è senza glutine? | Is this gluten-free? |
Italian | English | Pronunciation |
contorno | side dish | kohn-tohr-noh |
digestivo | digestif | dee-jes-tee-voh |
porzione | portion | pohr-tsio-neh |
senza glutine | gluten-free | sen-tsah gloo-tee-neh |
Paying the bill
Italian | English |
Mi porta il conto, per favore? | Could you bring me the check, please? |
Il servizio è incluso? | Is the service charge included? |
Posso pagare con carta di credito? | Can I pay with a credit card? |
Accettate contanti? | Do you accept cash? |
Posso avere la ricevuta/lo scontrino, per favore? | Can I have the receipt, please? |
Tenga il resto. | Keep the change. |
Italian | English | Pronunciation |
servizio | service | sehr-vee-tsyo |
accettate..? | do you accept…? | ah-cheh-tah-teh |
ricevuta | receipt | ree-cheh-voo-tah |
Italian phrases for shopping
Asking about prices and sizes
Italian | English |
Quanto costa questo? | How much does this cost? |
Quanto costa al chilo? | How much does it cost per kilo? |
È in saldo? | Is it on sale? |
Avete una taglia più grande/piccola? | Do you have a larger/smaller size? |
Posso vedere altri colori? | Can I see other colors? |
Italian | English | Pronunciation |
quanto | how much | kwan-toh |
taglia | size | tah-lya |
disponibile | available | dees-poh-nee-bee-leh |
Negotiating and expressing preferences
Italian | English |
Posso provare questo? | Can I try this? |
Mi piace, ma è troppo caro. | I like it, but it’s too expensive. |
Cerco qualcosa di meno costoso. | I’m looking for something less expensive. |
Mi farebbe un prezzo migliore? | Can you give me a better price? |
Questo è troppo grande/piccolo. | This is too big/small. |
Vorrei qualcosa in seta/lana/cotone. | I’d like something in silk/wool/cotton. |
Italian | English | Pronunciation |
prezzo | price | preh-tsoh |
migliore | better | mee-lyoh-reh |
piccolo | small | peek-koh-loh |

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Phrases for Emergencies and asking for help
Emergency phrases
Italian | English |
Chiamate un’ambulanza! | Call an ambulance! |
Ho bisogno di un dottore. | I need a doctor. |
C’è stato un incidente. | There’s been an accident. |
Dov’è l’ospedale più vicino? | Where is the nearest hospital? |
Mi hanno rubato il portafoglio. | My wallet has been stolen. |
Chiamate la polizia! | Call the police! |
Italian | English | Pronunciation |
chiamate | call (imperative) | kyah-mah-teh |
bisogno | need | bee-soh-nyoh |
ospedale | hospital | oh-speh-dah-leh |
portafoglio | wallet | por-tah-foh-lyoh |
Getting help in daily situations
Italian | English |
Può aiutarmi, per favore? | Can you help me, please? |
Mi sono perso/a. | I am lost. |
Non capisco. | I don’t understand. |
Può ripetere, per favore? | Could you repeat that, please? |
C’è qualcuno che parla inglese? | Is there someone who speaks English? |
Potrebbe scriverlo, per favore? | Could you write it down, please? |
Italian | English | Pronunciation |
aiutarmi | to help me | ah-yoo-tar-mee |
ripetere | repeat | ree-peh-teh-reh |
qualcuno | someone | kwal-koo-noh |
scriverlo | to write it down | skree-vehr-loh |
Fun and quirky Italian phrases to impress locals
Want to charm Italians and spark a smile? Try using some of their colorful idiomatic expressions!
- Instead of saying “good luck,” you can say, “In bocca al lupo!” (literally, “In the wolf’s mouth!”), to which the proper reply is, “Crepi il lupo!” (“May the wolf die!”).
- If someone is all talk and no action, you might hear them described as tutto fumo e niente arrosto (all smoke and no roast), a playful jab at empty promises.
- When someone is in a tough spot, they might exclaim, “Sono nei guai fino al collo!” (“I’m in trouble up to my neck!”).
These phrases showcase Italy’s flair for blending humor with wisdom, and using them will surely make locals appreciate your effort to connect with their culture.
FAQs
What is a very Italian thing to say?
Mamma mia! (Oh my goodness!)
What is a beautiful short quote in Italian?
La vita è bella. (Life is beautiful.)
What is the most common Italian phrase?
Ciao! (hello/goodbye) is by far the most common word or phrase heard in Italian. It’s used universally in casual settings. Another popular one is allora, which is usually used to introduce an explanation. It roughly translates to “so” or “then” in English.
‘In bocca al lupo’ with these Italian phrases!
Learning Italian phrases is about more than just mastering words. It’s about diving into the culture, connecting with the people and learning to navigate everyday situations with ease. From simple greetings to essential travel phrases, you’re now equipped to engage with locals and enjoy all that Italy has to offer.
Remember that language is best learned through practice, and that’s where Lingoda can help. Our lessons are focused on real-life conversational skills, and they’re taught by native-level teachers who encourage you to speak confidently and naturally from day one. Ready to start your journey?

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Passato prossimo: A complete guide to the Italian past tense
The passato prossimo is one of the most essential verb tenses in Italian. It describes actions and events that happened and were completed in the past. The passato prossimo is a compound tense, which means it’s built by combining an auxiliary verb (essere or avere) with the past participle of the main verb.
In this article, you’ll learn how and when to use the passato prossimo, how it differs from the imperfetto, and how to avoid common mistakes.

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

What is the ‘passato prossimo’?
The passato prossimo is the most commonly used past tense in Italian, and it’s essential for talking about actions that happened and were completed in the past. In everyday Italian, this is the go-to tense for sharing stories, talking about what you did yesterday or describing life experiences.
This compound verb tense consists of two parts: an auxiliary verb (avere or essere) and the past participle of the main verb.
In terms of how it’s constructed, the passato prossimo corresponds to the English present perfect (e.g. I have eaten). But in terms of its use and meaning, it’s closer to the simple past (e.g. I ate).
Note: the Italian simple past is usually reserved for historical and literary writing, whereas everyday Italian uses the passato prossimo in most situations.
How to form the ‘passato prossimo’
Auxiliary verbs: ‘essere’ vs. ‘avere’
To form the passato prossimo, you need an auxiliary verb — either essere (to be) or avere (to have) — followed by the past participle of the main verb. Choosing the correct auxiliary verb is crucial, as it affects the meaning of the sentence and, in the case of essere, even the form of the past participle.
Avere is the auxiliary verb used for most verbs in the passato prossimo, whereas essere is reserved for three specific verb groups:
- Verbs indicating movement, such as andare (to go), venire (to come), partire (to leave) and arrivare (to arrive)
- Verbs indicating change of being, such as nascere (to be born), cambiare (to change), diventare (to become) and morire (to die)
- Reflexive verbs that describe actions done to oneself, such as svegliarsi (to wake up) and lavarsi (to wash oneself)
When using any form of essere as your auxiliary verb, the past participle must agree in gender and number with the subject. For example:
- La ragazza è andata. (The girl went.) → Le ragazze sono andate. (The girls went.)
With avere, the past participle stays the same:
- La ragazza ha mangiato. (The girl ate.) → Le ragazze hanno mangiato. (The girls ate.)
Here’s a table of some common verbs that take essere in the passato prossimo:
Italian | English | Example |
andare | to go | lui/lei è andato/a |
venire | to come | lui/lei è venuto/a |
arrivare | to arrive | lui/lei è arrivato/a |
partire | to leave | lui/lei è partito/a |
nascere | to be born | lui/lei è nato/a |
morire | to die | lui/lei è morto/a |
rimanere | to remain/to stay | lui/lei è rimasto/a |
tornare | to return | lui/lei è tornato/a |
diventare | to become | lui/lei è diventato/a |
salire | to go out/to go up | lui/lei è salito/a |
scendere | to go down | lui/lei è sceso/a |
Conjugating the past participle
For regular verbs, forming the past participle is straightforward:
- Replace verbs ending in -are with -ato. Parlare (to speak) → parlato (spoken).
- Replace verbs ending in -ere with -uto. Credere (to believe) → creduto (believed).
- Replace verbs ending in -ire with -ito. Dormire (to sleep) → dormito (slept).
Irregular verbs must be memorized because their forms vary. Here are some examples:
Italian | English | Participle |
fare | to do/to make | fatto |
essere | to be | stato |
avere | to have | avuto |
dire | to say/to tell | detto |
scrivere | to write | scritto |
leggere | to read | letto |
vedere | to see | visto |
prendere | to take | preso |
mettere | to put | messo |
venire | to come | venuto |
When to use the ‘passato prossimo’
The passato prossimo is used to describe actions completed in the past. Typically, these actions are confined to a specific moment or time frame. This verb tense is ideal for recounting events, actions or facts that have a clear beginning and end.
- Ho mangiato una pizza. (I ate a pizza.)
- Ieri ho studiato per tre ore. (Yesterday, I studied for three hours.)
- Sono uscito, ho incontrato un amico, e siamo andati al cinema. (I went out, met a friend, and we went to the cinema.)
Although the uses of the passato prossimo and the imperfetto might seem similar, these tenses serve different purposes. Unlike the passato prossimo, the imperfetto is used to describe ongoing or habitual actions that happened in an undefined duration of time. The following sentence uses both tenses, and it’s a good example to help clarify the distinction:
- Mangiavo la pizza quando è arrivato il mio amico. (I was eating pizza when my friend arrived.)
In the example, mangiavo is the imperfetto verb and è arrivato is the passato prossimo verb. Notice how one verb represents continuous action, while the other represents a specific event with a defined beginning and end.
Common mistakes and how to avoid them
When using the passato prossimo, a few common errors can trip learners up.
- One frequent mistake is mixing up essere and avere as auxiliary verbs. Remember, essere is used with verbs of movement, state and reflexive actions, while avere applies to most other verbs.
- Another common issue is forgetting that, with essere, the past participle must agree in gender and number with the subject (lei è andata → loro sono arrivati). This agreement doesn’t apply when a form of avere is the auxiliary verb.
- Finally, be sure to use the correct past participle endings. Regular verbs follow clear patterns (parlato, creduto, dormito), but irregular verbs, like fatto (from fare) or scritto (from scrivere), require memorization.
Tips for practicing the ‘passato prossimo’
To master the passato prossimo, consistency and practice are key! You can start by forming sentences about your daily activities in the past, so you can get comfortable with using auxiliary verbs and past participles.
Engaging with Italian conversation is simpler with Lingoda Italian courses or language exchange apps. And why not keep a daily journal in Italian? You can describe what you did during the day, or practice storytelling by writing about past events. Flashcards with irregular past participles and exercises focusing on essere vs. avere can also reinforce your understanding.
The more you incorporate the tense into your routine, the more fluent you’ll become!
FAQs
Does the ‘passato prossimo’ change with gender?
Yes, sometimes. When using essere as the auxiliary verb, the past participle agrees in gender and number with the subject.
What is the Italian ‘passato prossimo’ in English?
The Italian passato prossimo corresponds to both the present perfect (I have eaten) and the simple past (I ate) in English, depending on the context.
What are the endings of the ‘passato prossimo’?
Regular verbs end in -ato (for -are), -uto (for -ere) and -ito (for -ire). Irregular verbs have unique endings.
‘Hai visto’ how easy the ‘passato prossimo’ can be?
The passato prossimo is a fundamental tense in Italian, essential for describing completed actions and events in the past. If you manage to use auxiliary verbs correctly, remember to match gender and number where necessary, and learn both regular and irregular past participles, you can be sure you’re on the right path!
Remember to practice regularly, whether that means forming sentences about daily activities, journaling or engaging in conversations. And consider joining Lingoda to expand your knowledge. We offer small group classes that enable you to speak confidently from Day One, with flexible scheduling to fit your routine. With consistent effort, you’ll be using the passato prossimo like a native speaker in no time!

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Italian reflexive verbs made easy
If you’ve ever tried describing your morning routine in Italian, you’ve most likely resorted to reflexive verbs. These verbs follow a specific structure that consists of a reflexive pronoun preceding the verb itself, with the latter conjugated in the appropriate tense. In their infinite form, reflexive verbs in Italian end with the suffix -si, rather than with one of the three regular verb endings (-are, -ere or -ire).
So, why do we use reflexive verbs in Italian? In short, these verbs help to communicate actions done to oneself. You’ll find they are useful when talking about everyday actions like waking up (svegliarsi), getting dressed (vestirsi) or even having fun (divertirsi). Notice that not all of these actions are “done to oneself” in the same sense we understand in English, so don’t get tied up trying to literally translate every reflexive verb you come across.
The following guide will walk you through the ins and outs of Italian reflexive verbs, from their structure to their quirks in different tenses. Pronti? (Are you ready?)

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

What are reflexive verbs in Italian?
Reflexive verbs in Italian describe an action the subject performs on themselves, thus rendering the subject and object of the verb the same. You can recognize these verbs by the reflexive pronouns (mi, ti, si, ci, vi, si) that introduce them.,
- Mi alzo presto ogni mattina. (I get up early every morning.)
- Ti lavi le mani prima di mangiare? (Do you wash your hands before eating?)
- Ci divertiamo molto alla festa. (We have a lot of fun at the party.)
- Si veste in modo elegante per il lavoro. (She dresses elegantly for work.)
- Come ti chiami? (What’s your name?)
Reflexive verbs vs. regular verbs
The key difference between reflexive and regular verbs lies in the role the subject assumes in the sentence. While non-reflexive verbs typically describe actions performed on someone or something else, reflexive verbs indicate actions performed on oneself. The presence of the reflexive pronoun is a giveaway that the verb itself is reflexive.
Regular verb | English | Reflexive verb | English |
lavo i piatti | I wash the dishes | mi lavo le mani | I wash my hands |
chiama un amico | she calls a friend | si chiama Marco | he is called Marco |
sveglio mio fratello alle otto | I wake my brother up at eight | mi sveglio alle otto | I wake up at eight |

Reflexive pronouns in Italian
Reflexive pronouns (mi, ti, si, ci, vi, si) are essential components of Italian reflexive verbs because they indicate that the action of the verb reflects back onto the subject. These pronouns must agree with the subject of the sentence in person and number. Let’s take the verb alzarsi (to get up) as an example:
Subject pronoun | Reflexive pronoun | Example | English |
io | mi | mi alzo presto | I get up early |
tu | ti | ti alzi presto | you get up early |
lui/lei | si | si alza presto | he/she gets up early |
noi | ci | ci alziamo presto | we get up early |
voi | vi | vi alzate presto | you get up early |
loro | si | si alzano presto | they get up early |
Reflexive pronouns usually precede the verb when it is conjugated. However, when used with modal verbs like potere (to be able to), volere (to want) or dovere (to have to), the reflexive pronoun can either:
- attach to the end of the infinitive (e.g. Devo alzarmi presto.), or.
- be placed before the conjugated verb (e.g. Mi devo alzare presto.)
Both ways are acceptable and interchangeable. This flexibility allows for different sentence structures while maintaining the same meaning.
Reflexive pronouns in different tenses
Reflexive pronouns are used consistently across all tenses, with their placement and usage adapting to the structure of the verb.
In the present tense, they appear before the conjugated verb:
- Mi sveglio presto. (I wake up early.)
In the passato prossimo, they appear as follows: subject + reflexive pronoun + auxiliary essere + past participle. Note that the past participle must agree in gender and number with the subject (lavato, lavata, lavati, lavate, etc.).
- Mi sono lavato le mani. (I washed my hands.)
- Si è lavata le mani. (She washed her hands.)
- Ci siamo lavati le mani. (We washed our hands.)
We’ll dive a bit deeper into this tense later on.
In the future tense, the reflexive pronoun can either be placed before the verb or attached to the infinitive:
- Domani mi sveglierò presto. (Tomorrow I will wake up early.)
- Domani dovrò svegliarmi presto. (Tomorrow I will have to wake up early.)
Reflexive pronouns in negative and interrogative sentences
In negative sentences, reflexive pronouns maintain their usual position, but the negation non is placed before the pronoun and verb:
- Non mi alzo presto. (I don’t get up early.)
In interrogative sentences, the position of reflexive pronouns remains as if you conjugated the verb in an affirmative sentence. Intonation and the interrogation mark determine whether the sentence is a question:
- Ti sei divertito ieri? (Did you have fun yesterday?)
When paired with modal verbs in a negative or question format, the reflexive pronoun can either attach to the infinitive or precede the conjugated verb:
- Non vuoi svegliarti presto? (Don’t you want to get up early?)
- Non ti vuoi svegliare presto? (Don’t you want to get up early?)
How to conjugate reflexive verbs in Italian
Conjugating reflexive verbs in Italian involves three simple steps:
- Change the reflexive ending -si for the infinitive ending -e.
alzarsi → alzare (to raise/to get up)
mettersi → mettere (to put) - Conjugate the verb as you would normally do.
- Add the reflexive pronoun that matches the subject (mi, ti, si, ci, vi, si).
Subject Pronoun | alzarsi | mettersi |
io | mi alzo | mi metto |
tu | ti alzi | ti metti |
lui/lei | si alza | si mette |
noi | ci alziamo | ci mettiamo |
voi | vi alzate | vi mettete |
loro | si alzano | si mettono |
Reflexive verbs in the ‘passato prossimo’
In the passato prossimo, reflexive verbs always use the auxiliary verb essere. The reflexive pronoun comes before the conjugated form of essere, and the past participle comes after.
Remember that the past participle must agree in gender and number with the subject. When the subject is masculine, use -o for singular and -i for plural. When the subject is feminine, use -a for singular and -e for plural.
- Masculine singular agreement: Mi sono svegliato presto. (I woke up early.)
- Feminine plural agreement: Ci siamo divertite molto. (We had a lot of fun.)
Common reflexive verbs in Italian
- Alzarsi – to get up
Mi alzo presto ogni giorno. (I get up early every day.) - Lavarsi – to wash oneself
Ti lavi le mani prima di mangiare? (Do you wash your hands before eating?) - Divertirsi – to have fun
Ci divertiamo al parco ogni domenica. (We have fun at the park every Sunday.) - Svegliarsi – to wake up
Mi sveglio alle sette di mattina. (I wake up at seven in the morning.) - Vestirsi – to dress oneself
Si veste in modo elegante per la festa. (She dresses elegantly for the party.) - Mettersi – to put on (clothing, accessories)
Mi metto la giacca perché fa freddo. (I put on my jacket because it’s cold.) - Riporsarsi – to rest
Dopo il lavoro, ci riposiamo sul divano. (After work, we rest on the couch.) - Sentirsi – to feel (emotionally or physically)
Come ti senti oggi? (How do you feel today?) - Farsi – to make/do something for oneself
Mi faccio una doccia prima di uscire. (I take a shower before going out.) - Chiamarsi – to call oneself (used to state one’s name)
Mi chiamo Luca. (My name is Luca.)
Practice your reflexive verbs in Italian
To practice reflexive verbs in Italian, start by conjugating the verb in the appropriate tense (present, passato prossimo or future) and add the correct reflexive pronoun. If you’re struggling to come up with sentences that feature reflexive verbs, try describing your daily routine in Italian, using reflexive verbs to talk about actions of self-care.
For speaking and listening practice, consider taking Lingoda’s conversation-oriented Italian courses. Native-level teachers will help you navigate the subject and introduce you to uses of Italian reflexive verbs in real-world contexts.
FAQs
What are the six reflexive pronouns in Italian?
The six reflexive pronouns in Italian are mi, ti, si, ci, vi and si.
How do I know if a verb is reflexive in Italian?
Reflexive verbs end in -si in the infinitive, e.g., alzarsi, lavarsi.
Do reflexive verbs always use essere in the past tense?
Yes, reflexive verbs always use essere as the auxiliary in the passato prossimo.
‘Mettiti alla prova’ (challenge yourself) with Italian reflexive verbs
From describing your morning routine to sharing how you feel, reflexive verbs are woven into everyday communication. While their rules may seem tricky at first, reflexive verbs follow a predictable pattern and shouldn’t be difficult to master with time and practice. If you’re ready to take your Italian to the next level, Lingoda offers flexible classes led by native-level teachers. With expert guidance and a schedule that fits your life, you’ll be conjugating like a pro in no time. Buona fortuna, and enjoy your Italian journey!

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Italian verbs demystified: Essential grammar for fluent conversations
Italian verbs are the heartbeat of the language, essential for expressing thoughts clearly. Whether you’re ordering a delicious gelato, chatting with locals or sharing your travel adventures, verbs give your sentences meaning and structure.
But with Italian’s unique charm comes a bit of complexity. Not only do Italian verbs change based on tense, mood and subject, but verbs can also be irregular and reflexive. To help you navigate all of this, we’ll explain everything you need to know about Italian verbs, from the three core conjugation types (-are, -ere and -ire) to different moods like the indicative, subjunctive, conditional and imperative.

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Understanding the Italian verb conjugation
Understanding Italian verb conjugation is an essential part of learning the language. By first focusing on the rules for regular verbs and then gradually introducing irregular and reflexive variations, you’ll start to see how the puzzle pieces fit together.
Regular vs. irregular verbs
Regular verbs follow clear patterns based on their endings (-are, -ere or -ire). This makes it easier to predict which form they will take, depending on who’s doing the action and when it’s happening.
Conjugating a regular verb involves replacing the infinitive ending with a specific suffix that aligns with the pronoun. In the present tense, for example, verbs ending in -are change into -o, -i, –a, -iamo, -ate and -ano depending on the subject. Verbs ending in –ere take -o, -i, -e, -iamo, -ete and -ono, while verbs ending in –ire take -o, -i, -e, -iamo, –ite and -ono.
parlare | to speak | credere | to believe | dormire | to sleep | |
io | parlo | I speak | credo | I believe | dormo | I sleep |
tu | parli | you speak | credi | you believe | dormi | you sleep |
lui/lei | parla | he/she speaks | crede | he/she believes | dorme | he/she sleeps |
noi | parliamo | we speak | crediamo | we believe | dormiamo | we sleep |
voi | parlate | you speak | credete | you believe | dormite | you sleep |
loro | parlano | they speak | credono | they believe | dormono | they sleep |
Every tense and mood uses its own endings to replace the suffix -are, -ere or -ire. This means that a properly conjugated verb contains enough information to communicate not only who performed an action, but also when and under what circumstances.
Irregular verbs don’t stick to these rules, which means their forms can be unpredictable and must be memorized individually. While these verbs might seem tricky at first, focusing on the regular verbs and their patterns can give you a strong foundation to build on.
Reflexive verbs in Italian
Reflexive verbs in Italian are used when the subject performs an action on themselves. You can recognize reflexive verbs because the reflexive pronoun si comes at the end of the verb in its infinitive form. For example, lavarsi means “to wash oneself.”
The rule for the conjugation of reflexive verbs is as follows:
(subject pronoun) + reflexive pronoun (in agreement with the subject) + verb conjugated (according to mood/tense)
For example, in the present tense you might say io mi lavo (I wash myself), tu ti lavi (you wash yourself) and so on. Reflexive verbs follow the same patterns as regular verbs, so once you’re familiar with conjugation rules, they’re straightforward to use.
Common Italian verb tenses
Indicative mood
The indicativo is used to express facts, actions and events that are certain or real. Its tenses are:
- Presente, or Italian present tense, which describes current actions or general truths.
- Imperfetto, which refers to past actions that were ongoing or habitual.
- Passato prossimo, which talks about completed actions in the past.
- Futuro semplice, which refers to actions that will happen in the future.
- Trapassato prossimo, which indicates an action completed before another past action.
- Futuro anteriore, which describes actions that will be completed before a future moment.
Subjunctive mood
The congiuntivo expresses doubt, uncertainty, wishes and emotions. Its use often depends on specific expressions or verbs.
- Presente is used for current or future uncertain actions or states.
- Imperfetto refers to uncertain actions in the past.
- Passato (perfect) describes past actions relevant to expressions of doubt or emotion.
- Trapassato (pluperfect) is used for actions that were uncertain and occurred before another past action.
Conditional mood
The condizionale is used to express hypothetical situations, polite requests and wishes. It has two tenses:
- Presente, which describes what would happen under certain conditions.
- Passato, which refers to what would have happened in the past if conditions had been met.
Imperative mood
The imperativo is used for giving commands, making requests and offering suggestions. It exists only in the present tense and is directed at the second-person singular (i.e. “you”) or the first-person plural (i.e. “we”). Negative commands use non with the infinitive for informal singular forms.

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Most useful Italian verbs for beginners
Here’s our starter pack of 37 essential Italian verbs you’ll want to memorize as you begin your journey through the Italian language.
English | Italian | Verb type |
to be | essere | irregular |
to have | avere | irregular |
to do/to make | fare | irregular |
to go | andare | irregular |
to say | dire | irregular |
to know (information) | sapere | irregular |
to know (someone) | conoscere | regular |
to want | volere | irregular |
to be able to | potere | irregular |
to must | dovere | irregular |
to see | vedere | regular |
to give | dare | irregular |
to take | prendere | regular |
to eat | mangiare | regular |
to drink | bere | irregular |
to speak | parlare | regular |
to sleep | dormire | regular |
to live | vivere | regular |
to understand | capire | regular |
to finish | finire | regular |
to read | leggere | regular |
to write | scrivere | regular |
to arrive | arrivare | regular |
to leave (somewhere) | partire | regular |
to open | aprire | regular |
to close | chiudere | regular |
to wash oneself | lavarsi | reflexive |
to get up | alzarsi | reflexive |
to enjoy oneself | divertirsi | reflexive |
to remember | ricordarsi | reflexive |
to sit | sedersi | reflexive |
to get dressed | vestirsi | reflexive |
to wake up | svegliarsi | reflexive |
to stay/to remain | rimanere | irregular |
to come | venire | irregular |
to return | tornare | regular |
to like | piacere | irregular |
How to practice Italian verbs effectively
- Start with regular verbs. Focus on mastering the patterns of -are, -ere and -ire verbs first. These provide a solid foundation for recognizing conjugation structures.
- Learn frequent verbs first. Prioritize verbs like essere, avere, fare and andare, as these appear more often in conversation.
- Practice: Dedicate time to conjugating verbs in different tenses. Use flashcards or apps like Quizlet to drill verb forms.
- Immerse yourself. Incorporate Italian into your daily life by watching Italian shows, listening to songs or reading simple texts. Pay attention to how verbs are used in context. You can also consider taking an Italian course at Lingoda, where native-level teachers encourage you to use the language from Day One.
- Use mnemonics and associations. Create memory aids or connect verbs to actions in your daily routine. For instance, associate mangiare with eating your meals.
- Practice reflexive verbs with routines. Tie reflexive verbs like svegliarsi or lavarsi to your morning and evening activities for natural practice.
FAQs
Which verbs should I learn first in Italian?
Start with high-frequency verbs like essere (to be), avere (to have), fare (to do/to make) and andare (to go).
What are the three types of Italian verbs?
When classified according to behavior, verbs can be regular, irregular or reflexive. But if classified by structure, verbs can be grouped according to their infinitive endings -are, -ere and -ire.
What are some common irregular Italian verbs?
Some common irregular verbs include essere (to be), avere (to have), fare (to do/to make), andare (to go), dire (to say) and venire (to come). Note that many irregular verbs are also among the most frequently used in Italian.
Italian verbs: Practice makes better
Italian verbs are essential for effective communication, and learning them involves understanding their types, conjugation patterns and usage. We’ve seen how regular verbs follow predictable patterns, while irregular verbs require memorization and reflexive verbs add another wrinkle, indicating actions performed on oneself. We’ve also had a glimpse at the conjugations and moods that enrich the linguistic palette of the Italian language, making it expressive, precise and elegant!
If you feel ready for more, Lingoda can help you learn Italian with ease. We offer flexible Italian classes with native-level teachers. Join a class today and master la bella lingua!

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Definite and indefinite articles in Italian: What they are and how to use them
Definite and indefinite articles in Italian are essential speech particles. While the former indicates that a noun is known or identifiable, the latter introduces non-specific nouns.
Italian definite articles (articoli determinativi) correspond with the English “the” and must agree in gender and number with the noun they modify. Indefinite articles (articoli indeterminativi), on the other hand, are only used in their singular form. Their English counterparts are “a” and “an”; like definite articles, indefinite articles must agree with the gender of the noun they modify.
- Introduction to Italian articles
- Definite articles (‘Articoli determinativi’)
- Indefinite articles (‘Articoli indeterminativi’)
- When should I use the article ‘gli’ in Italian?
- What is the difference between definite and indefinite articles in Italian?
- When should I omit articles in Italian?
- Italian articles explained

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Introduction to Italian articles
When you learn Italian, it’s best to start with the foundational grammatical rules and their components. Italian articles, both definite and indefinite, are among these.
What are articles in Italian?
Articles are variable particles of the Italian language. They precede nouns and help to clarify their number, gender and level of specificity. Depending on which article you use (or not), you can describe whether a noun is identifiable, unknown or even part of a broader category.
Why are Italian articles important?
Don’t be fooled by their size! These tiny parts of the speech hold more importance than you might think. Learning how to use them correctly won’t only help you speak and write in Italian; it will also open the door to more complicated grammatical structures involving their use (think Italian possessive pronouns, for instance). Finally, you’ll also learn how to fit them into some regional variations, expanding your understanding of Italian culture across its regions.

Definite articles (‘Articoli determinativi’)
Overview of definite articles in Italian
The Italian definite articles are il, lo, la, i, gli and le in their basic forms. These forms can, however, change in certain cases — such as when they merge with a preposition.
Masculine | Feminine | |
Singular | il, lo, l’ | la, l’ |
Plural | i, gli | le |
Feminine definite articles: ‘La’ and ‘le’
La and le are the feminine definite articles in the singular and plural form, respectively. They’re used with the majority of feminine names.
Examples:
- la perla (the pearl)
- le perle (the pearls)
- la ricetta (the recipe)
- le ricette (the recipes)
Masculine definite articles: ‘Il,’ ‘i,’ ‘lo’ and ‘gli’
Il and i are the masculine definite articles in the singular and plural form, respectively. They’re used with the majority of masculine names. For example:
- il peperone (the pepper)
- i peperoni (the peppers)
- il fratello (the brother)
- i fratelli (the brothers)
Lo is another masculine, singular definite article, though it appears more sparingly than il. It accompanies nouns that start with “z,” “s + consonant,” “gn,” “ps,” “x” and “pn.” For example:
- lo straniero (the foreigner)
- lo zaino (the backpack)
- lo psicologo (the psychologist)
- lo sbadiglio (the yawn)
- lo xilofono (the xylophone)
The plural form of lo is gli. It follows the same rules as lo and precedes plural masculine names that start with a vowel. For example:
- gli stranieri (the foreigners)
- gli zaini (the backpacks)
- gli orsi (the bears)
- gli artisti (the [male] artists)
- gli xilofoni (the xylophones)
A contracted definite article: “L’”
L’ is a contracted definite article used with singular masculine and feminine nouns. It precedes nouns that start with a vowel. For example:
- l’arpa (the harp)
- l’orso (the bear)
- l’intelligenza artificiale (the artificial intelligence)
- l’artista (the artist)
Usage rules
Definite articles in Italian are commonly used:
- To identify specific nouns, or nouns that have already been mentioned previously.
- To talk about general concepts/categories.
- La felicità è importante. (Happiness is important.)
- Le piante rilasciano ossigeno. (Plants release oxygen.)
- Before proper nouns (countries, rivers, regions, languages, etc.).
- La Germania (Germany)
- l’Emilia-Romagna
- il Nilo (the Nile river)
- Before the days of the week in Italian, to talk about habitual activities.
- Il sabato andiamo in palestra. (On Saturdays, we go to the gym.)
- In possessive adjectives and pronouns.
- La mia maglietta è verde. (My t-shirt is green.)
- La mia è verde. (Mine is green.)
- Before titles and professions when speaking about a person.
- La Dottoressa Ligarotti non riceve pazienti oggi. (Doctor Ligarotti won’t receive patients today.)
- Il signor Bonetti non era a casa. (Mr. Bonetti wasn’t at home.)
Exceptions and nuances
You might notice some exceptions in the use of definite articles in Italian:
- In headlines, definite articles are usually omitted for brevity.
- When speaking of a family member in Italian, definite articles are used for relations such as il nonno, la nonna, lo zio and la zia.
- In some regional variations, especially in the northern part of the country, definite articles may modify names. This is usually the case with feminine nouns, e.g. La Sara viene a cena (Sara comes to dinner)
- Definite articles can merge with prepositions: di + il = del (of the, masc.), di + la = della (of the, fem.) and a + lo = allo (to the, masc.) among others.

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Indefinite articles (‘Articoli indeterminativi’)
Overview of indefinite articles in Italian
The Italian indefinite articles are un, uno, un’ and una. These translate to the English “a” or “an” and are only ever used in their singular form. For plural, unspecified nouns, you can use articoli partitivi (partitive articles) instead.
Masculine | Feminine | |
Singular | un, uno | un’, una |
Plural | n/a* | n/a* |
Note: Generally speaking, there’s no plural form for indefinite articles. However, to express an unspecified quantity you can use partitive articles (the equivalent of “some” or “any” in English).
Masculine indefinite article: ‘Uno’
“Uno” is used before masculine nouns starting with z, gn, ps or s + consonant.
- uno straniero (a foreigner)
- uno zaino (a backpack)
- uno psicologo (a psychologist)
- uno sbadiglio (a yawn)
- uno xilofono (a xylophone)
Feminine indefinite article: ‘Una’
Una is used before feminine nouns starting with a consonant.
- una perla (a pearl)
- una tavola (a table)
- una ricetta (a recipe)
- una mosca (a fly)
‘Un’ vs. ‘un’’
At first glance, you might not notice the difference between the indeterminate articles un and un’. However, the apostrophe that accompanies the second variation (un’) is what determines whether a noun is masculine or feminine.
Un (no apostrophe) is used before masculine nouns that start with a consonant or a vowel.
- un peperone (a pepper)
- un fratello (a brother)
- un albero (a tree)
- un uomo (a man)
Un’ (with an apostrophe) is used before feminine nouns that start with a vowel.
- un’amica (a friend)
- un’idea (an idea)
- un’isola (an island)
- un’oliva (an olive)
Usage rules
Indefinite articles precede unspecified nouns. Since indefinite articles are only used in their singular forms, Italian relies on articoli partitivi to modify plural, uncountable nouns. These are created with a combination of the preposition di (of) and a definite article (il, lo, la, l’, i, gli, le) and they mean “some.”
They follow the same rules as the definite articles.
Singular | Plural | ||
di + il, lo, l’ | del, dello, dell’ | di + i, gli | dei, degli |
di + la, l’ | della, dell’ | di + le | delle |
- del pane (some bread)
- dello zucchero (some sugar)
- dell’amido (some starch)
- dei suoni (some sounds)
- degli amici (some friends)
- della polvere (some dust)
- dell’acqua (some water)
- delle radici (some roots)
Indefinite articles vs. zero articles
The choice of using an indefinite article or no article at all depends on the noun you’re modifying, its specificity as well as the context.
Indefinite articles are preferred when:
- You are introducing a new object or concept.
- C’è una festa stasera. (There’s a party tonight.)
- They precede nonspecific singular nouns.
- Una signora va al mercato. (A lady goes to the market.)
- You describe someone in an unspecified way, speaking of their profession, nationality or role.
- Sono una content manager. (I am a content manager.)
- Tu sei uno spagnolo. (You are a Spanish person.)
Omitting the article altogether, on the other hand, is best:
- With singular family members, preceded by a possessive adjective.
- mio fratello (my brother) ✅
- il mio fratello (
themy brother) ❌ - You can, however, use the definite article for plural nouns, preceded by a possessive adjective, e.g. i miei fratelli (my brothers) ✅
- Before proper names of people and cities.
- When speaking broadly about a profession or a role.
- È scrittrice. (She’s a writer.)
- Sono avvocato. (I am a lawyer.)
When should I use the article ‘gli’ in Italian?
Gli is the plural form of the masculine determinate article lo. It accompanies nouns that start with z, s + consonant, gn, ps, x and pn. It also precedes plural masculine names that start with a vowel, e.g. gli occhi (the eyes) or gli zaini (the backpacks).
What is the difference between definite and indefinite articles in Italian?
The main difference between Italian definite and indefinite articles revolves around the degree of specificity they give the noun they precede. Definite articles indicate specific and known nouns, and they must agree with the noun in both gender and number. Indefinite articles, on the other hand, are used with non-specific nouns and aren’t declined in their plural.
When should I omit articles in Italian?
You should omit articles in Italian with singular family members whose relations are preceded by a possessive adjective, e.g. mia madre. You should also omit them before proper names of people and cities and when speaking broadly about a profession or a role.
Italian articles explained
The Italian language can be hard to learn. But definite and indefinite articles are building blocks of Italian that simply can’t be avoided, and you should start familiarizing yourself with them from your very first Italian class. Once you understand how they work and in which contexts to use them, it’ll be much easier for you to grasp more complex structures that involve their use.
Want to dive deeper? With Lingoda, you can. Our small group classes and native-level teachers give you all the support you need to practice using articles in Italian.

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

What our students of Italian say
How to say hello in Italian
To strike up a conversation in Italy with a warm exchange, you’ll need to learn the various ways to say hello in Italian. Whether you’re saying ciao to a friend, buongiorno to a colleague, or celebrating Christmas with a cheerful buon natale, greetings reflect respect, warmth and connection.
But mastering Italian greetings means understanding when and how to use them, from casual conversations to formal meetings or festive occasions. In this guide, we’ll explore some essentials, including the right phrases for different times and social settings. Along the way, you’ll learn cultural tips and how to avoid common pitfalls, setting you up for confident, authentic conversations in Italian!
- The basics of saying hello in Italian
- Cultural tips for Italian greetings
- Greetings for specific times and occasions
- Mistakes to avoid when saying hello in Italian
- FAQs
The basics of saying hello in Italian
Informal greetings
Informal greetings in Italian are used among friends, family or in casual settings. Ciao is the go-to greeting for both “hi” and “bye” in informal contexts. In playful or very casual situations, some may add local dialect variations or slang.
Italian | Pronunciation | English |
ciao | chow | hi/bye |
ehi | ay-ee | hey |
ci vediamo | chee veh-dee-ah-moh | see you later |
ciao raga! | chow rah-gah | hi guys! |
toh! | toh | hi there! |
ohilà | oh hee-la | hi! |
ciao bella/bello! | chow beh-lah/loh | hi pretty/handsome! |
Formal greetings
Formal greetings are used in business, when addressing strangers, or in respectful contexts, conveying politeness and professionalism.
Italian | Pronunciation | English |
buongiorno | bwohn-johr-noh | good morning/day |
buonasera | bwoh-nah-seh-rah | good evening |
salve | sahl-veh | hello |
arrivederci | ahr-ree-veh-dehr-chee | goodbye |
piacere | pee-ah-cheh-reh | pleased to meet you |
Regional variations
Italy is divided into 20 regions and some variation of ciao is present in the local Italian dialect of each, from ciau in Sicily to cerea in Piedmont. There are also a few informal ways to greet friends, like uè! in Milan, aò! in Naples or aho! in Rome. Regional forms for come stai? (how are you?) can be heard in different areas, such as cumm’ va? In Naples or comu stai? in Sicily.
Did you know that Spain ruled over southern Italy for about 400 years? Strong local dialects developed as a result of the contact between Spanish and the local languages, and many of these are still heard today across Sicily, Campania and especially Sardinia, where some phrases resemble Spanish even more than Italian.
Spanish | Sardinian | Italian | English |
buen día | bona die | buongiorno | good morning/day |
buenas noches | bona noxi | buona notte | good night |
comadre/compadre | comare/compare | amica/o | buddy |
Cultural tips for Italian greetings
Italian greetings often involve strong nonverbal communication, like maintaining eye contact, giving a warm smile or nodding to convey sincerity and friendliness. In formal situations, a firm handshake is expected, especially in business or when meeting someone for the first time.
Among friends, family and close acquaintances, cheek kisses (typically two, one on each cheek) are common, though the practice can vary regionally. For example, in southern Italy, kisses are more common and warm, while in northern Italy, they might be replaced with a handshake in casual settings.
Keep in mind that, even in a two-kiss greeting situation, some regions of Italy kiss on the left side first while others start on the right! Make sure you know the local custom wherever you are, and when in doubt, verify it with a person you trust. It will help you avoid an awkward moment (almost every non-Italian has been there!). The safest way is to respect the context and mirror the other person’s approach. There’s nothing to fear, as Italians are some of the warmest people you’ll encounter.
What our students of Italian say
Greetings for specific times and occasions
Italian greetings change depending on the time of day and whether you’re arriving or leaving. Buongiorno is used from the early morning until early afternoon, buonasera from late afternoon on, and buonanotte (goodnight) when parting or heading to bed. Phrases like sogni d’oro (sweet dreams) are also commonly shared among family or close friends before sleep.
Time | Italian | Use |
until around 2 p.m. | buongiorno | arriving |
buona giornata | leaving | |
between 2 and 5 p.m. | buon pomeriggio | used mainly when leaving, and not very often |
from 5 p.m. | buona sera | arriving |
buona serata | leaving | |
before bed | buona notte | when parting for the night |
Seasonal greetings
For Christmas, buon natale is most commonly used, while buon anno and felice anno nuovo are the phrases you’d use to wish someone a happy New Year.
On birthdays, people say buon compleanno or simply auguri! (best wishes), and the latter greeting is also used for other celebrations like weddings or anniversaries. During Easter, buona pasqua is customary. Italians often accompany these greetings with heartfelt wishes for joy, prosperity or love, as well as embraces and kisses.
Mistakes to avoid when saying hello in Italian
Avoid using informal greetings like ciao in formal contexts, such as addressing elders, professionals or strangers, as it can come across as disrespectful. Buongiorno or salve are more polite and appropriate alternatives.
Failing to adjust your tone and body language to match the social hierarchy is another common mistake. You’ll also want to avoid overusing cheek kisses with acquaintances or in professional settings, where a handshake is usually more appropriate. Observing cues from the person you’re greeting can help you avoid these pitfalls!
What’s the difference between ‘ciao’ and ‘buongiorno’?
Ciao is informal, used for “hi” or “bye” in casual settings. Buongiorno is formal, meaning “good morning” or “good day” depending on the time.
Is it ‘salve’ or ‘ciao’?
Salve is semi-formal, while ciao is informal.
Do Italians say ‘hola’?
Rarely, unless joking or referencing Spanish. The most common informal greeting in Italian is ciao.
Time to say ‘Arrivederci!’ to Italian greetings
Italian greetings vary by context, time and occasion, reflecting the culture’s broad palette for expressing warmth. Note that these greetings may be associated with different levels of formality and respect, depending on the person you’re interacting with and the occasion for the meeting.
If you want to show your Italian friends, acquaintances, in-laws or coworkers that you understand and truly care for their customs, make an effort to familiarize yourself with how to say hello and other greetings in Italian.
To master these nuances and gain confidence in your interactions from day one, you can rely on us. At Lingoda, we offer real-life language practice with native-level teachers who can ensure you will not only speak the language, but ace every aspect of communication.

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

All you need to know about Italian possessive pronouns
What’s mine is yours! Possessive pronouns in Italian express ownership, replacing the noun or noun phrase to which they refer. Italian possessive pronouns follow the same grammatical logic as those in English, but they differ in one important way: they have masculine, feminine, plural and singular forms, and which you use depends on the gender and number of the noun that’s being possessed.
To help you avoid awkward mistakes and sound natural and precise when communicating in Italian, the following guide will simplify the rules that govern these all-important possessive particles.

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

What are the possessive pronouns in Italian?
Italian possessive pronouns are words that replace nouns or noun phrases and convey ownership or possession. They eliminate the need to repeat the noun associated with the possessed object or the personal relation, thus making sentences more concise and elegant.
Italian possessive pronouns chart
English | Masculine singular | Feminine singular | Masculine plural | Feminine plural |
mine | il mio | la mia | i miei | le mie |
yours | il tuo | la tua | i tuoi | le tue |
his/hers | il suo | la sua | i suoi | le sue |
ours | il nostro | la nostra | i nostri | le nostre |
yours | il vostro | la vostra | i vostri | le vostre |
theirs | il loro | la loro | i loro | le loro |
- Questo libro è mio. (This book is mine.)
- Quella casa è mia. (That house is mine.)
- Gli occhiali sono miei. (The glasses are mine.)
- Le scarpe sono mie. (These shoes are mine.)
- Quel cane è loro. (This dog is theirs.)
- Quella matita è sua. (That pencil is hers.)
How to use Italian possessive pronouns
Agreement in gender and number
In Italian, possessive pronouns must agree in gender and number with the object possessed, rather than with the possessor. This means that the form of the pronoun changes to match the noun it replaces, regardless of whether the owner is masculine or feminine.
- La macchina è sua. (The car is his/hers.)
In the above example, macchina is feminine singular, so the possessive pronoun sua agrees with it, even though the owner may be masculine.
- I libri sono suoi. (The books are his/hers.)
In the above example, the noun libri is masculine and plural, so the correct possessive pronoun is suoi.
Differences between possessive adjectives and pronouns
Possessive adjectives modify a noun and are used alongside it, whereas possessive pronouns replace the noun entirely. You can determine which is being used by examining whether the noun is explicitly stated (adjective) or implied (pronoun).
- Possessive adjective: Questa è la mia macchina. (This is my car.)
- Possessive pronoun: Questa è mia. (This is mine.)
- Possessive adjective: Questi sono i suoi libri. (These are his/her books.)
- Possessive pronoun: Questi sono suoi. (These are his/hers.)
Common pitfalls and how to avoid them
Misalignment between pronoun and possessed item
A common mistake in Italian is mismatching the possessive pronoun with the gender and number of the possessed object. To avoid it, remember to always focus on the noun the possessive pronoun is replacing, rather than the person who owns or possesses it. It helps to double-check the gender and number of the noun you replace, to ensure the agreement.
Three shades of ‘yours’
In Italian, there are three ways to express possession in the second person. Which you use depends on the level of formality and the number of people you’re addressing:
- Tuo is informal and singular: Questo è il tuo libro. (This is your book.)
- Vostro is plural: Ragazzi, questa è la vostra casa. (Guys, this is your house.)
- Suo is formal: È il suo biglietto, signore? (Is this your ticket, sir?)
How to use ‘his’ and ‘hers’ correctly
In Italian, the possessive pronouns suo/sua/suoi/sue do not clarify the gender of the possessor. To clarify whether these pronouns refer to a man or woman, context or additional information is often necessary.
La sua macchina could mean “his car” or “her car” depending on the context. If you need to clarify, you might instead specify la macchina di lui (his car) or la macchina di lei (her car).
Tips on how to practice possessive pronouns
Listening to Italian music is a fun way to practice. Italo disco, pop and swing music are genres where you can find Italian artists singing in relatively simple language. “La mia città” by Emma uses a few possessive pronouns in context. Pay attention to lyrics for repeated uses of pronouns!
You can also use printable worksheets to practice with targeted exercises on possessive pronouns. This is a great way to familiarize yourself with the rule of agreement in gender and number.
One of the latest additions to Lingoda’s offerings are Lingobites. These are your post-class companions, perfect for bridging the gap between theory and practice when learning Italian. They’re excellent for reinforcing pronoun usage in real-world contexts through fill-in-the-gap quizzes or dialogue-based questions.
You can also use tools like Quizlet to create custom flashcards focusing on possessive pronouns and their variations. These can make memorization interactive and engaging.
FAQs
What are the seven possessive pronouns in Italian?
The seven possessive pronouns are: il mio, il tuo, il suo, il nostro, il vostro and il loro. Remember: these are the masculine singular forms, and they may change depending on the gender and number of the noun.
When should I use ‘il mio’ or ‘mio’ in Italian?
Use il mio when it replaces the noun entirely (Il mio è qui – Mine is here). Use mio as an adjective before a noun (Questo è mio fratello – This is my brother).
What’s the difference between ‘il loro’ and ‘i loro’?
Il loro (singular) refers to one possessed item (il loro libro – their book), while i loro (plural) refers to multiple items (i loro libri – their books).
Learning language your own way.
In conclusion, Italian possessive pronouns are vital for efficient communication. We’ve seen how to make these pronouns agree in gender and number with the possessed noun or noun phrase, and we’ve shared tips to help you avoid the usual mistakes.Handy resources like songs, apps and practice tools can help you master Italian possessive pronouns. But if you’re serious about your language-learning journey, Lingoda is the solution for you. With our interactive classes and native-level teachers, you can start speaking confidently from Day One and build fluency at your own pace!

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Italian numbers: A complete guide to counting in Italian
Did you miss your class on Italian numbers? Time to catch up! Whether you’re ordering coffee, catching a train, or negotiating prices at a local market, knowing how to count and use numbers in Italian is essential.
In this article, we’ll dive into Italian numbers, from basic digits to the dates, prices and idiomatic expressions in which numbers appear on a daily basis. We’ll also point out some patterns, pronunciation tips and practical examples that will help you develop a more intuitive understanding of Italian numbers.

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Counting in Italian: The basics
Numbers 1 to 10
Italian and Spanish numbers share Latin roots, so if you’ve already learned the basic numbers (1–10) in Spanish, you’ll be glad to know they’re nearly identical in Italian. Some English numbers also derive from Latin, so you shouldn’t have trouble remembering the Italian numbers tre (three), sei (six) and nove (nine), among others.
English | Italian | Pronunciation |
one | uno | oo-noh |
two | due | doo-eh |
three | tre | treh |
four | quattro | kwah-troh |
five | cinque | cheen-kweh |
six | sei | say-ee |
seven | sette | set-teh |
eight | otto | oht-toh |
nine | nove | noh-veh |
ten | dieci | dyay-chee |
- Ho una mela. (I have one apple.)
- Ci sono cinque libri sul tavolo. (There are five books on the table.)
- La lezione dura dieci minuti. (The lesson lasts ten minutes.)
Numbers 11 to 20
Numbers 11–16 combine a unique prefix with the suffix –dici, derived from dieci (ten). For numbers 17–19, the order flips; these numbers combine the prefix dici– with a unique suffix.
English | Italian | Pronunciation |
eleven | undici | oon-dee-chee |
twelve | dodici | doh-dee-chee |
thirteen | tredici | treh-dee-chee |
fourteen | quattordici | kwa-tor-dee-chee |
fifteen | quindici | kween-dee-chee |
sixteen | sedici | seh-dee-chee |
seventeen | diciassette | dee-chah-set-teh |
eighteen | diciotto | dee-chot-toh |
nineteen | dicianove | dee-chah-noh-veh |
twenty | venti | ven-tee |
- Ho undici mele. (I have eleven apples.)
- Ci sono quindici studenti. (There are fifteen students.)
- Venti persone sono qui. (Twenty people are here.)
Counting beyond the basics
Numbers 21 to 100
Numbers 21–99 are formed by combining the appropriate tenth decimal prefix (venti, trenta, etc.) with the appropriate unit (uno, due, etc.). Notice that the final vowel of the prefix is dropped before uno and otto for smoother pronunciation, so instead of saying ventiuno or ventiotto, we would say ventuno and ventotto.
English | Italian | Pronunciation |
twenty-one | ventuno | ven-too-noh |
thirty | trenta | tren-tah |
thirty-two | trentadue | tren-tah-doo-eh |
forty | quaranta | kwa-rahn-tah |
forty-three | quarantatré | kwa-rahn-tah-treh |
fifty | cinquanta | cheen-kwan-tah |
fifty-four | cinquantaquattro | cheen-kwan-tah-kwah-troh |
sixty | sessanta | ses-sahn-tah |
sixty-five | sessantacinque | ses-sahn-tah-cheen-kweh |
seventy | settanta | set-tahn-tah |
seventy-six | settantasei | set-tahn-tah-say-ee |
eighty | ottanta | oht-tahn-tah |
eighty-seven | ottantasette | oht-tahn-tah-set-teh |
ninety | novanta | noh-vahn-tah |
ninety-eight | novantotto | noh-vahn-toht-toh |
one hundred | cento | chen-toh |
- Ho ventiquattro anni. (I am twenty-four years old.)
- Abbiamo ventinove mele. (We have twenty-nine apples.)
- Ci sono trentacinque persone in fila. (There are thirty-five people in line.)
- Ci sono sessantadue posti disponibili. (There are sixty-two seats available.)
- Ho letto sessantotto pagine oggi. (I read sixty-eight pages today.)
- Abbiamo settantadue biscotti per la festa. (We have seventy-two cookies for the party.)
- Il libro ha settantanove capitoli. (The book has seventy-nine chapters.)
- Ci sono ottantuno studenti nella scuola. (There are eighty-one students in the school.)
Hundreds, thousands, and beyond
English | Italian | Pronunciation |
one hundred eighty-three | centottantatré | chen-toh-tan-tah-treh |
two hundred | duecento | dweh-chen-toh |
two hundred fifty-eight | duecentocinquantotto | dweh-chen-toh-cheen-kwan-toht-toh |
three hundred | trecento | treh-chen-toh |
three hundred twenty-six | trecentoventisei | treh-chen-toh-ven-tee-say |
four hundred | quattrocento | kwah-troh-chen-toh |
four hundred twelve | quattrocentododici | kwah-troh-chen-toh-doh-dee-chee |
five hundred | cinquecento | cheen-kwe-chen-toh |
five hundred two | cinquecentodue | cheen-kwe-chen-toh-doo-eh |
six hundred | seicento | say-chen-toh |
six hundred ninety-one | seicentonovantuno | say-chen-toh-noh-van-too-noh |
seven hundred | settecento | set-teh-chen-toh |
seven hundred twenty-eight | settecentoventotto | set-teh-chen-toh-noh-ven-toht-toh |
eight hundred | ottocento | oht-toh-chen-toh |
eight hundred ten | ottocentodieci | oht-toh-chen-toh-dee-eh-chee |
nine hundred | novecento | noh-veh-chen-toh |
nine hundred forty | novecentoquaranta | noh-veh-chen-toh-kwah-rahn-tah |
one thousand | mille | mee-leh |
two thousand | duemila | doo-eh-mee-lah |
ten thousand | diecimila | dyeh-chee-mee-lah |
one hundred thousand | centomila | chen-to-mee-lah |
one million | un milione | oon mee-lyoh-neh |
two million | due milioni | doo-eh mee-lyoh-nee |
one billion | un miliardo | oon mee-lyar-doh |

Ordinal numbers in the Italian language
Ordinal numbers indicate positions in a sequence (first, second, third, etc.). You can use them to clarify rankings, dates, floors in buildings, and chapters or lessons. Keep in mind that ordinal numbers must agree in gender and number with the noun they modify.
English | Italian | Pronunciation |
first | primo/a | pree-moh/mah |
second | secondo/a | seh-kon-doh/dah |
third | terzo/a | ter-tsoh/tsah |
fourth | quarto/a | kwar-toh/tah |
fifth | quinto/a | keen-toh/tah |
sixth | sesto/a | ses-toh/tah |
seventh | settimo/a | set-tee-moh/mah |
eighth | ottavo/a | ot-tah-voh/vah |
ninth | nono/a | noh-noh/nah |
tenth | decimo/a | deh-chee-moh/mah |
- Oggi è il primo giorno di scuola. (Today is the first day of school.)
- Sono arrivato al secondo piano. (I arrived on the second floor.)
- Il terzo capitolo è il mio preferito. (The third chapter is my favorite.)
- Questa è la quarta volta che lo faccio. (This is the fourth time I’ve done it.)
- Hanno festeggiato il loro decimo anniversario. (They celebrated their tenth anniversary.)
Using Italian numbers in daily life
Time and dates
English | Italian |
one o’clock | l’una |
two o’clock | le due |
noon | mezzogiorno |
midnight | mezzanotte |
quarter past three | le tre e un quarto |
half past four | le quattro e mezza |
today | oggi |
tomorrow | domani |
yesterday | ieri |
first week of the month | la prima settimana del mese |
May the 1st | il primo di maggio |
- Che ore sono? È l’una. (What time is it? It’s one o’clock.)
- Incontriamoci a mezzogiorno. (Let’s meet at noon.)
- Il primo di maggio è la Festa dei lavoratori. (The First of May is Workers’ Day.)
- Ieri era una giornata speciale. (Yesterday was a special day.)
- Il treno parte a mezzanotte. (The train leaves at midnight.)
Shopping and prices
English | Italian |
price | il prezzo |
one euro | un euro |
ten euros | dieci euro |
50 cents | cinquanta centesimi |
300 grams | tre etti (un etto = 100g) |
150 grams | un etto e mezzo |
discount | lo sconto |
sale | i saldi |
receipt | lo scontrino |
a kilo | un chilo |
a dozen | una dozzina |
- Qual è il prezzo? (What’s the price?)
- Vorrei un chilo di mele. (I’d like a kilo of apples.)
- Il totale è dieci euro. (The total is ten euros.)
- Avete saldi su questi prodotti? (Do you have sales on these products?)
- Può darmi lo scontrino, per favore? (Can you give me the receipt, please?)
Telephone numbers and addresses
English | Italian |
phone number | il numero di telefono |
area code | il prefisso |
address | l’indirizzo |
floor | il piano |
house number | il numero civico |
zip code | il codice postale |
- Qual è il tuo numero di telefono? (What’s your phone number?)
- Il prefisso per Roma è 06. (The area code for Rome is 06.)
- Abito al numero civico 10. (I live at house number 10.)
- Qual è il tuo indirizzo? (What’s your address?)
- L’ufficio è al quinto piano. (The office is on the fifth floor.)
Italian expressions with numbers
Numbers frequently appear in Italian idiomatic expressions, proverbs and sayings, often carrying symbolic or cultural significance.
- Essere al settimo cielo. (To be in seventh heaven.)
- Meaning: o be extremely happy or ecstatic
- Fare quattro chiacchiere. (To do four chit-chats.)
Meaning: to have a little chat - Essere in quattro gatti. (To be four cats.)
- Meaning: to be just a few people
- Non c’è due senza tre. (There’s no two without three.)
- Meaning: If something has happened twice, it’s likely to happen a third time.
- Su due piedi. (On two feet.)
- Meaning: Off the top of my head. To explain something without too much preparation.
- Chi fa da sé fa per tre. (One who does it for oneself, does it as if they were three.)
- Meaning: You’re better off doing it by yourself rather than waiting for someone else.
FAQs
What are the numbers 1 to 20 in Italian?
Uno, due, tre, quattro, cinque, sei, sette, otto, nove, dieci, undici, dodici, tredici, quattordici, quindici, sedici, diciassette, diciotto, diciannove, venti.
For 21, 31 and further numbers, combine the tenth decimal prefix with the unit (venti + uno = ventuno). Drop the final vowel of the prefix (venti, trenta) before uno and otto (ventotto).
What are some tips for learning Italian numbers quickly?
Our top three tips are: practice counting aloud, notice the patterns (dici for 11–19 or -anta for 30+) and use real-life examples like prices or dates to reinforce learning.
Learn your numbers in Italian in ‘quattro e quattr’otto!’
From telling time to shopping, from sharing addresses to making plans, numbers in Italian are present constantly.
Want to learn Italian in a supportive environment? Lingoda’s small group classes, flexible scheduling and native-level teachers provide the perfect space to refine your Italian skills. Whether you’re counting to ten or learning idiomatic phrases, you can count on us for an effective learning journey!

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

How to use possessive adjectives in Italian
Possessive adjectives play a vital role in Italian. These helpful words modify nouns by indicating possession or ownership — in other words, what’s ours, yours or someone else’s. You can use them to clarify which items belong to whom, but you can also use them to modify abstract concepts, such as important bonds with other people.
In English, possessive nouns remain the same regardless of the noun they’re modifying. But in Italian, possessive adjectives must match the gender and number of the noun they modify.
- What are Italian possessive adjectives?
- The complete list of possessive adjectives in Italian
- Key rules for using Italian possessive adjectives
- What’s the difference between possessive adjectives and possessive pronouns?
- Common mistakes and how to avoid them
- FAQs
- The knowledge is all yours. Now it’s time to practice!

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

What are Italian possessive adjectives?
Possessive adjectives are words used to indicate ownership or association. This is a group that includes “my,” “your” and “their” in English. Italian possessive adjectives are not quite so fixed; in fact, they change form depending on whether the noun is masculine or feminine and singular or plural.
This behavior adheres to a consistent rule in Italian grammar, in which agreement between parts of speech is crucial.
The complete list of possessive adjectives in Italian
English | Masculine singular | Masculine plural | Feminine singular | Feminine plural |
my | il mio | i miei | la mia | le mie |
your | il tuo | i tuoi | la tua | le tue |
his/her/its | il suo | i suoi | la sua | le sue |
your | il nostro | i nostri | la nostra | le nostre |
our | il vostro | i vostri | la vostra | le vostre |
their | il loro | i loro | la loro | le loro |

Key rules for using Italian possessive adjectives
Gender and number agreement
In Italian, a possessive adjective must agree with the noun it describes, not the possessor. For example:
- Questo è il mio libro. (This is my book.) Here, mio is masculine because it agrees with libro (book), not with the speaker’s gender.
- Questi sono i miei libri. (These are my books.) Here, the adjective and article once again agree with the noun, which is masculine and plural.
The role of articles
Possessive adjectives require a preceding article (il, la, i, le) that matches the noun and adjective in gender and number. This is a specific feature of Italian that sets it apart from English and even other Romance languages.
- Zio, qual’è la tua casa? (Uncle, which one is your house?)
- Quelli sono i nostri amici. (Those are our friends.)
- Amo il mio libro. (I love my book.)
Special case with ‘loro’
As you might have noticed, loro doesn’t change regardless of the gender and the number of the noun it refers to. Keep in mind, though, that it still requires the presence of an article that agrees with the noun in gender and number.
- I loro mariti (Their husbands)
- La loro casa (Their house)
- Le loro regine (Their queens)

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

What’s the difference between possessive adjectives and possessive pronouns?
What are Italian possessive adjectives?
Possessive adjectives are words that indicate ownership or association and precede the noun they modify. They must agree in gender and number with the noun, not with the person who is the owner or possessor. Generally speaking, possessive adjectives are always preceded by a definite article.
What are Italian possessive pronouns?
Possessive pronouns replace nouns to indicate possession. Examples in English include “mine”, “yours” and “theirs.” These pronouns can be used alone, as replacements for nouns, and they often help to avoid tedious repetition in speech. In Italian, they are always preceded by a definite article.
- Questa è la mia, quella è la tua. (This one is mine, that one is yours.)
- I tuoi libri sono qui; i miei sono sul tavolo. (Your books are here; mine are on the table.)
Common mistakes and how to avoid them
Forgetting gender and number agreement
Learners often match the possessive adjective with the owner instead of the noun. Remember to always check the noun’s gender and number before deciding on the correct possessive adjective.
Omitting the definite article
It’s easy to forget the article since English doesn’t require it (e.g. saying “mio cane” instead of “il mio cane”). But remember that possessive adjectives almost always require a definite article, so try to mentally pair the possessives with their articles as you practice.
The family exception
When referring to singular family members in Italian (madre, fratello, figlia) the definite article is omitted.
- Questa è mia madre. (This is my mother.)
- È tuo fratello? (Is he your brother?)
- Quella è sua figlia. (That’s his daughter.)
Only when qualifiers or adjectives are added does the article come back in. For example:
- Questa è la mia cara madre. (This is my dear mother.)
- ll tuo bel fratello. (Your handsome brother.)
- Quella è la sua talentuosa figlia. (That’s his talented daughter.)
FAQs
When should I use ‘mio’ and ‘il mio’?
Use mio with family members in the singular form when no other adjectives are involved. For example, you would say mio padre to refer to “my father.” Use il mio in every other case, such as il mio libro (my book), il mio amico (my friend) and il mio meraviglioso padre (my amazing father).
When should I use ‘vostro’ vs ‘tuo’?
Use tuo when speaking to one person. For example, when speaking to a friend you would use the form il tuo libro to refer to “your book.” Use vostro when speaking to multiple people. For example: il vostro libro signifies that “your book” belongs to a group of people.
What’s the difference between ‘tuo’ and ‘suo’?
Tuo means “yours” in singular form, whereas suo means “his” or “her.” Suo can also mean “yours” in singular form when speaking in a formal context.
The knowledge is all yours. Now it’s time to practice!
We’ve covered all you need to know about possessive adjectives in Italian. We’ve seen why they’re useful, why it’s important to remember that nouns and adjectives agree in gender and number, and why they require a definite article in most cases.
Ready to practice? With Lingoda’s personalized learning options, you can dive deeper into Italian grammar and build a solid base that will give you more confidence in speaking. Book your class today and start learning Italian now!

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

The ultimate guide to the Italian alphabet
The Italian alphabet is simpler than the English alphabet in the sense that it contains fewer letters. But there’s still plenty to learn and master here, from the alphabet’s rich history to the melodic pronunciation of its letters.
This guide will explore what makes the Italian alphabet distinct: the role of “foreign” letters, how vowels and their combinations create distinct sounds, how certain consonants have soft and hard pronunciations, and how doubling a consonant can change the entire meaning of a word. We’ll go through some handy pronunciation tips and some practical learning strategies, too.
Get ready to master the building blocks of this beautiful language!

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

What makes the Italian alphabet unique?
The Italian alphabet consists of only 21 letters, compared to the 26 letters found in English.
Italian letters | Pronunciation |
A | ah |
B | bee |
C | chee |
D | dee |
E | eh |
F | ef-eh |
G | jee |
H | ah-kah |
I | ee |
L | eh-leh |
M | em-meh |
N | en-ne |
O | oh |
P | pee |
Q | coo |
R | eh-rreh |
S | es-seh |
T | tee |
U | oo |
V | voo |
Z | tseh-tah |
Like many languages, Italian borrows some of its words from other languages. In some of these words, you’ll find so-called “foreign letters,” or letters that aren’t native to the Italian alphabet. These tend to pop up in modern nouns like “jeans,” “ketchup,” “weekend,” “taxi” and “yoga.”
Foreign letters | Pronunciation |
J | ee loon-ga (lit. long i) |
K | kap-pa |
W | voo dohp-pee-ah |
X | eex |
Y | ee-gre-ka (lit. Greek i) |

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Mastering pronunciation of Italian letters
Fortunately, the pronunciation of Italian letters is generally straightforward, so you should be able to sound most words out after learning the basics.
Vowels and their sounds in Italian
Italian vowels have a clear pronunciation. There are seven distinct sounds produced by the five vowels:
‘A’ is always pronounced as in “father”:
- amico (friend)
‘E’ can be either closed (as in “they”) or open (as in “bet”):
- perché (why) – closed /e/
- bello (beautiful) – open /ɛ/
‘I’ is pronounced like the ‘ee’ in “see”:
- vino (wine) /i/
‘O’ also has two sounds. It can be closed (as in “go”) or open (as in “or”):
- sole (sun) – closed /o/
- corto (short) – open /ɔ/
‘U’ is pronounced like the ‘oo’ in “food”:
- luce (light) /u/
Italian diphthongs are combinations of two vowels in the same syllable. They create a smooth glide between sounds.
‘AI’ sounds like the English “eye”:
- mai (never)
Tip: Keep the glide smooth — don’t separate the vowels.
‘AU’ sounds like the ‘ow’ in “cow”:
- auto (car)
Tip: Avoid rounding the ‘i’; it stays sharp.
EI sounds like the ‘ay’ in “say”:
- sei (six)
Tip: Keep it crisp without stretching the ‘i’.
EU is a sound blending from ‘eh’ to ‘oo’:
- Europa (Europe)
Tip: Emphasize the transition between ‘e’ and ‘u’.
OI sounds like the ‘oy’ in “toy”:
- poi (then)
Tip: Don’t let the ‘o’ dominate; balance it with the ‘i’.
IU sounds like the ‘ew’ in “few”:
- più (more)
Tip: Keep the glide smooth and delicate.
The soft and hard sounds of ‘C’ and ‘G’
The pronunciation of ‘C’ and ‘G’ in Italian can be soft or hard depending on the vowel that follows them:
Soft pronunciation
- ‘C’ sounds like the ‘ch’ in “church”.
- ‘G’ sounds like the ‘j’ in “juice.”
- This happens when they are followed by ‘E’ or ‘I’.
Italian | Pronunciation | English |
centro | chen-troh | center |
ciao | chow | hello/goodbye |
gente | jen-teh | people |
gioco | jee-oh-koh | toy |
Hard pronunciation
- ‘C’ sounds like the ‘k’ in “cat.”.
- ‘G’ sounds like the ‘g’ in “go.”
- This happens when they are followed by ‘A’, ‘O’, ‘U’ or a consonant.
Italian | Pronunciation | English |
casa | kah-sah | house |
colore | koh-loh-reh | color |
gatto | gah-toh | cat |
gomma | goh-mah | rubber |
Pronunciation tips for hard and soft consonants
If you want to get the soft sound but the following vowel is ‘A’, ‘O’ or ‘U’, you just need to add an ‘I’ before the vowel:
- ciao (soft ‘C’) vs. casa (hard ‘C’)
- gioco (soft ‘G’) vs. gatto (hard ‘G’)
On the contrary, if you keep the hard sound with ‘E’ or ‘I’, you add an ‘H’:
- cherubino (hard ‘C’) vs. cena (soft ‘C’)
- ghepardo (hard ‘G’) vs. gelo (soft ‘G’)
The curious case of the silent ‘H’
In Italian, the letter ‘H’ is silent when pronounced, but it plays an important role in distinguishing the meaning of words. This is especially noticeable in verb forms and some homonyms.
‘O’ vs. ‘HO’
- O means “or”: Vuoi tè o caffè? (Do you want tea or coffee?).
- Ho is the first-person form of avere (to have): Ho fame. (I am hungry.)
‘A’ vs. ‘HA’
- A means “to”: Vado a casa. (I’m going home.)
- Ha is the third-person singular of avere: Lei ha un cane. (She has a dog.)

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

‘S’ and ‘Z’: soft and hard sound
The distinction between soft and hard ‘S’ or ‘Z’ often depends on regional accents (in some areas, the rules may blur slightly). Nevertheless, what follows are the generally accepted pronunciations:
Soft ‘S’ is voiceless, much like the ‘s’ in “snake.” You’ll find it:
- At the start of a word before a vowel: sera (evening)
- Before voiceless consonants (p, t, c, f): Spagna (Spain)
- After a consonant: falso (false)
Hard ‘S’ is voiced like the ‘z’ sound in “rose.” It occurs:
- Usually between vowels: cosa (thing)
- Before voiced consonants (b, d, g, l, m, n, r, v): sbaglio (mistake)
Soft ‘Z’ is voiceless when it’s not the first letter of the word. It sounds like ‘ts’ in “bits”:
- pizza (pizza), stanza (room)
Hard ‘Z’ is voiced when it’s the first letter of the word. It sounds like ‘dz’ in “adze”:
- zero (zero), zaino (backpack)
‘Le doppie’ (Double sounds)
In Italian, double consonants (called le doppie) are pronounced with a longer, more emphatic sound compared to single consonants. They can change the meaning of a word, so it’s important to get the pronunciation right!
Italian | Pronunciation | English |
pala | pah-lah | shovel |
palla | pahl-lah | ball |
casa | kah-sah | house |
cassa | kahs-sah | box |
sete | seh-teh | thirst |
sette | set-teh | seven |
Why does Italian only have 21 letters?
Italian evolved directly from Latin, which does not use the following letters in its classical form:
- J
- K
- W
- X
- Y
The Italian alphabet reflects this heritage, focusing on the letters essential for representing sounds in Latin and early Italian. Since Italian is a highly phonetic language, the sounds associated with the “foreign” letters were already represented by other letters or combinations, so the adoption of the graphemes was unnecessary:
The ‘J’ sound (as in “jeans”) was covered by the combination of ‘G’ with ‘I’ or ‘E’:
- gioia (joy)
- gelato (ice cream)
The ‘K’ sound was handled by ‘C’ (or ‘CH’ when followed by ‘I’ or ‘E’):
- chiaro (clear)
- casa (house)
How to practice the Italian alphabet
Incorporating listening and repetition through audio resources like podcasts or pronunciation apps can be helpful. Listen carefully, repeat aloud and memorize the sounds.
You can also boost your rhythm and recognition with Italian alphabet songs, which can be a fun way to internalize pronunciation patterns, or by engaging in spelling games like word scrambles or flashcards. Practice daily by writing out Italian words and saying them aloud to reinforce the connection between letters and sounds.
If you feel inspired and committed to learning Italian with professional help, we also recommend starting with Lingoda’s online Italian classes, where expert teachers can guide you through pronunciation and practical exercises!
FAQs
What five letters aren’t in the Italian alphabet?
J, K, W, X and Y are considered “foreign” letters and are not found in the Italian alphabet.
Why does ‘Juventus’ start with ‘J’?
‘The Italian word Juventus starts with ‘J’ because it reflects the archaic Latin spelling, where ‘J’ was used as a variant of ‘I’ for a consonant sound. Modern Italian now uses ‘GI’ for this sound, but older spellings like Juventus remain in proper names.
Why is there no ‘W’ in the Italian alphabet?
There’s no W in the Italian alphabet because it isn’t native to Latin, which Italian descends from. W appears only in loanwords or foreign names.
The ABCs of the Italian language
Learning the Italian alphabet is about more than just memorizing letters — it’s about understanding the sounds, rules and quirks that make the language so beautiful. We’ve explored the 21-letter alphabet, the role of “foreign” letters, and how Italian vowels are musical and stable sounds you can always rely on. We’ve also learned the nuances of certain consonants that can sound hard, soft, doubled or simply vary depending on their position in the word. Ready to take your Italian to the next level? With Lingoda, you can start speaking from Day One, guided by native-level teachers in flexible, online classes. Gain confidence with interactive lessons designed to fit your schedule and help you speak like a pro!

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

How to conjugate ‘fare’ in Italian: All tenses and moods explained
If you’re learning Italian, you’ve likely come across the verb fare — and quickly realized it’s no ordinary verb. You can use fare to communicate that you’re having breakfast, running late, baking a cake or playing the fool, along with a host of other actions. Yes, it’s that versatile.
At the same time, fare poses a challenge for learners thanks to its irregular conjugations, which don’t follow the same rules as other Italian verbs. To help you master this all-important verb, let’s explore the Italian conjugation of fare in all tenses and moods, with practical examples and idiomatic expressions.
- What does ‘fare’ mean in Italian?
- ‘Presente indicativo’ of ‘fare’ (Present simple)
- ‘Passato prossimo’ of ‘fare’ (Present perfect)
- ‘Imperfetto’ of ‘fare’ (Past simple/past continuous)
- ‘Passato remoto’ of ‘fare’ (Past simple)
- ‘Futuro semplice’ of ‘fare’ (Future simple)
- ‘Condizionale’ of ‘fare’ (Conditional mood)
- ‘Congiuntivo’ of ‘fare’ (Subjunctive mood)
- ‘Imperativo’ of ‘fare’ (Imperative mood)
- ‘Gerundio’ of ‘fare’ (Gerund)
- ‘Participio’ of ‘fare’ (Participles)
- Common expressions and idioms with ‘fare’
- FAQs
- ‘Ben fatto!’ (Well done!)

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

What does ‘fare’ mean in Italian?
Fare is one of the most important verbs in Italian, as it means both “to do” and “to make.” It’s used in a variety of contexts, ranging from everyday actions to idiomatic expressions.
‘Presente indicativo’ of ‘fare’ (Present simple)
Conjugated in the Italian present tense, fare is used to describe current states and simple facts.
Subject pronoun | Italian | English |
io | faccio | I do |
tu | fai | you do |
lui/lei | fa | he/she does |
noi | facciamo | we do |
voi | fate | you do |
loro | fano | they do |
- Faccio una torta. (I make a cake.)
- Facciamo una passeggiata. (We take a walk.)
‘Passato prossimo’ of ‘fare’ (Present perfect)
The passato prossimo of fare describes recent past actions that still hold relevance in the present. It’s formed by combining the auxiliary verb fare in the present tense with the past participle fatto.
Subject pronoun | Italian | English |
io | ho fatto | I did |
tu | hai fatto | you did |
lui/lei | ha fatto | he/she did |
noi | abbiamo fatto | we did |
voi | avete fatto | you did |
loro | hanno fatto | they did |
- Ho fatto i compiti. (I did my homework.)
- Abbiamo fatto una festa. (We had a party.)
‘Trapassato prossimo’ of ‘fare’ (Past perfect)
The trapassato prossimo indicates what happened before another past event. It can add helpful clarity to the timeline of a story.
Subject pronoun | Italian | English |
io | avevo fatto | I had done |
tu | avevi fatto | you had done |
lui/lei | aveva fatto | he/she had done |
noi | avevamo fatto | we had done |
voi | avevate fatto | you had done |
loro | avevano fatto | they had done |
- Avevi fatto una promessa. (You had made a promise.)
- Avevamo fatto le valigie. (We had packed our bags.)
‘Trapassato remoto’ of ‘fare’ (Past perfect)
The trapassato remoto describes actions completed before another past action. It is rarely used in spoken Italian, but it appears in historical writing and formal documents.
Subject pronoun | Italian | English |
io | ebbi fatto | I had done |
tu | avesti fatto | you had done |
lui/lei | ebbe fatto | he/she had done |
noi | avemmo fatto | we had done |
voi | aveste fatto | you had done |
loro | ebbero fatto | they had done |
- Ebbi fatto il possibile per aiutarlo. (I had done everything possible to help him.)
- Ebbe fatto tardi a causa del traffico. (She had been late because of traffic.)
‘Imperfetto’ of ‘fare’ (Past simple/past continuous)
The imperfetto describes repeated or habitual actions and states in the past. It helps set the background in stories and describe recurring situations.
Subject pronoun | Italian | English |
io | facevo | I did |
tu | facevi | you did |
lui/lei | faceva | he/she did |
noi | facevamo | we did |
voi | facevate | you did |
loro | facevano | they did |
- Facevo sport ogni giorno. (I used to do sport every day.)
- Facevamo progetti per il futuro. (We were making plans for the future.)

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

‘Passato remoto’ of ‘fare’ (Past simple)
The passato remoto is rarely used in everyday conversation, but it often appears in literature, describing actions or events completed in the distant past.
Subject pronoun | Italian | English |
io | feci | I did |
tu | facesti | you did |
lui/lei | fece | he/she did |
noi | facemmo | we did |
voi | faceste | you did |
loro | fecero | they did |
- Facesti un buon lavoro. (You did a good job.)
- Fecero un viaggio memorabile. (They took a memorable trip.)
‘Futuro semplice’ of ‘fare’ (Future simple)
The futuro semplice describes future states or events. It’s the basic form you need for making plans or predictions.
Subject pronoun | Italian | English |
io | farò | I will do |
tu | farai | you will do |
lui/lei | fara | he/she will do |
noi | faremo | we will do |
voi | farete | you will do |
loro | faranno | they will do |
- Farò il possibile per aiutarti. (I will do my best to help you.)
- Farai una sorpresa a tua madre? (Will you surprise your mother?)
‘Futuro anteriore’ of ‘fare’ (Future perfect)
The futuro anteriore describes an action that will be completed before another future event.
Subject pronoun | Italian | English |
io | avrò fatto | I will have done |
tu | avrai fatto | you will have done |
lui/lei | avrà fatto | he/she will have done |
noi | avremo fatto | we will have done |
voi | avrete | you will have done |
loro | avranno fatto | they will have done |
- Avrai fatto i compiti entro sera? (Will you have done your homework by tonight?)
- Avranno fatto pace. (They will have made peace.)
‘Condizionale’ of ‘fare’ (Conditional mood)
The condizionale expresses polite requests or desires. It allows you to talk about what would happen under certain conditions, and it’s often used to make expressions more courteous.
‘Condizionale presente’ of ‘fare’ (Present conditional)
Italian | English |
io farei | I would do |
tu faresti | you would do |
lui/lei farebbe | he/she would do |
noi faremmo | we would do |
voi fareste | you would do |
loro farebbero | they would do |
- Farei una passeggiata, ma piove. (I would take a walk, but it’s raining.)
‘Condizionale passato’ of ‘fare’ (Past conditional)
Italian | English |
io avrei fatto | I would have done |
tu avresti fatto | you would have done |
lui/lei avrebbe fatto | he/she would have done |
noi avremmo fatto | we would have done |
voi avreste fatto | you would have done |
loro avrebbero fatto | they would have done |
- Avresti fatto meglio a tacere. (You would have done better to stay silent.)
‘Congiuntivo’ of ‘fare’ (Subjunctive mood)
The congiuntivo expresses doubts, wishes, emotions or hypothetical scenarios, and it’s usually introduced by che (that) or si (if).
‘Congiuntivo presente’ (Present subjunctive)
Subject pronoun | Italian | English |
(che) io | faccia | (that) I do |
(che) tu | faccia | (that) you do |
(che) lui/lei | faccia | (that) he/she does |
(che) noi | facciamo | (that) we do |
(che) voi | facciate | (that) you do |
(che) loro | facciano | (that) they do |
- Spero che faccia bel tempo domani. (I hope the weather is good tomorrow.)
- È importante che facciamo attenzione. (It’s important that we pay attention.)
‘Congiuntivo passato’ (Present perfect subjunctive)
Subject pronoun | Italian | English |
(che) io | abbia fatto | (that) I did |
(che) tu | abbia fatto | (that) you did |
(che) lui/lei | abbia fatto | (that) he/she did |
(che) noi | abbiamo fatto | (that) we did |
(che) voi | abbiate fatto | (that) you did |
(che) loro | abbiano fatto | (that) they did |
- Non credo che abbiano fatto abbastanza. (I don’t think they did enough.)
- Spero che abbiate fatto i compiti. (I hope you all did your homework.)

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

‘Congiuntivo imperfetto’ (Past subjunctive)
Subject pronoun | Italian | English |
(che) io | facessi | (that) I did |
(che) tu | facessi | (that) you did |
(che) lui/lei | facesse | (that) he/she did |
(che) noi | facessimo | (that) we did |
(che) voi | faceste | (that) you did |
(che) loro | facessero | (that) they did |
- Se facessi attenzione, capiresti meglio. (If you paid attention, you would understand better.)
- Volevamo che facessero più sforzi. (We wanted them to make more of an effort.)
‘Congiuntivo trapassato’ (Past perfect subjunctive)
Subject pronoun | Italian | English |
(che) io | avessi fatto | (that) I had done |
(che) tu | avessi fatto | (that) you had done |
(che) lui/lei | avesse fatto | (that) he/she had done |
(che) noi | avessimo fatto | (that) we had done |
(che) voi | aveste fatto | (that) you had done |
(che) loro | avessero fatto | (that) they had done |
- Se avessi fatto più esercizio, saresti in forma. (If you had exercised more, you would be in shape.)
- Speravo che avessero fatto in tempo. (I hoped they had arrived on time.)
‘Imperativo’ of ‘fare’ (Imperative mood)
The imperativo is used to give commands, requests or advice. It can express encouragement, instructions or expectations, depending on the context.
Subject pronoun | Italian | English |
tu | fai | you do |
noi | facciamo | let’s do |
voi | fate | you do |
- Fai attenzione! (Pay attention!)
- Facciamo una pausa. (Let’s take a break.)
‘Gerundio’ of ‘fare’ (Gerund)
The gerundio describes actions that happen simultaneously with or as a result of another action.
The present gerund of volere is facendo (doing). It’s used for current or ongoing states.
The past gerund of volere is avendo fatto (having done). It’s used to indicate completed actions that influenced a subsequent action.
- Sto facendo una torta. (I am making a cake.)
- Avendo fatto una pausa, ci siamo sentiti meglio. (Having taken a break, we felt better.)
‘Participio’ of ‘fare’ (Participles)
The participio presente, facente (doing), is found in very technical or poetic contexts, and rarely seen in everyday language.
The participio passato, fatto (done), is used in tenses like the passato prossimo and trapassato prossimo.
Note that the participle fatto agrees with the gender and number of the noun it refers to when used as an adjective. For example:
- Un lavoro ben fatto è apprezzato. (A well-done job is appreciated.)
- Una torta fatta in casa è sempre migliore. (A homemade cake is always better.)
Common expressions and idioms with ‘fare’
Here are some uses of fare in idioms and everyday language:
Italian | English |
fare una domanda | to ask a question |
fare colazione | to have breakfast |
fare finta | to pretend |
fare tardi/presto | to be late/early |
fare attenzione | to pay attention |
fare la spesa | to go grocery shopping |
fare la coda | to queue |
fare le pulizie | to clean |
fare storie | to complain |
fare una bella/brutta figura | to make a good/bad impression |
fare le ore piccole | to stay up late |
FAQs
What is the translation of ‘fare’?
Fare translates to “to do” or “to make.”
Is ‘fare’ an irregular verb?
Yes! Fare is an irregular verb in Italian.
How is ‘fare’ different from ‘creare’ (to create)?
Fare is a verb that describes general actions, while creare (to create) implies making or crafting something original from scratch.
‘Ben fatto!’ (Well done!)
From its irregular conjugations to its role in countless expressions, fare is a verb every Italian learner needs to master. We’ve covered all its tenses, moods and everyday uses, giving you the tools to start using this verb confidently. Remember that practicing daily while it’s fresh can go a long way. Try to use fare in common expressions and don’t shy away from speaking — it’s the fastest way to learn!
To solidify your skills, why not join Lingoda? With small group classes, flexible scheduling and native-level teachers, you can practice fare in real conversations and see your Italian soar!

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

How to practice your conversational skills in Italian
Being able to navigate an Italian conversation early in your learning journey can be deeply rewarding and inspire you to keep progressing. But how do you jump from learning grammar and vocabulary to connecting with real Italian speakers? It starts with having the confidence to make mistakes and the patience to learn as you go.
In this guide, we’ll explore how to handle practical, real-life scenarios in Italian. Some of your first conversations may be short and to the point, whether you’re checking into a hotel, shopping at a farmer’s market or ordering at a coffee shop. We’ll get you ready for those scenarios and also share some key phrases for emergencies, hobbies and meeting new people. Even a little conversational Italian can open the doors to meaningful interactions and memorable adventures.

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Why learn basic conversational Italian?
Developing basic conversational skills early on can make learning Italian less intimidating. Additionally, it’ll give you the tools necessary to interact with native speakers. Italians are generally very welcoming and friendly, and many of them will warmly value your efforts to communicate in their own language.
Socializing and daily interactions
Introductions and small talk
English | Italian |
Hello | Ciao |
Nice to meet you | Piacere |
What’s your name? | Come ti chiami? |
My name is… | Mi chiamo… |
How are you? | Come stai? |
Good, thanks | Bene, grazie |
Where are you from? | Di dove sei? |
I’m from… | Vengo da… |
Do you speak Italian? | Parli italiano? |
- Ciao, piacere! Come ti chiami? (Hi, nice to meet you! What’s your name?)
- Mi chiamo Luca. Di dove sei? (My name is Luca. Where are you from?)
- Vengo da Roma, e tu? (I’m from Rome, and you?)
- Da quanto tempo sei qui? (How long have you been here?)
- Che lavoro fai? (What do you do for a living?)
Invitations, social gatherings and visiting friends or family
English | Italian |
Welcome | Benvenuto/a |
Come in | Entra |
How are you? | Come stai? |
Cheers! | Salute! |
Thanks for coming | Grazie per essere venuto/a |
Please, have a seat | Prego, siediti |
Goodbye | Arrivederci |
- Benvenuto! Entra, come stai? (Welcome! Come in, how are you?)
- Prego, siediti. Cosa desideri? (Please, have a seat. What would you like?)
- Grazie per essere venuto. Arrivederci! (Thanks for coming. Goodbye!)
- Grazie per avermi invitato. (Thanks for inviting me.)
- Vuoi una mano? (Would you like some help?)
Making appointments and talking on the phone
English | Italian |
Hello | Pronto |
Can I speak with…? | Posso parlare con…? |
Who’s calling? | Chi parla? |
Hold on | Aspetta un attimo |
I’d like to book… | Vorrei prenotare… |
Is it possible…? | È possibile…? |
What time? | A che ora? |
- Posso parlare con Andrea? (Hello, can I speak with Andrea?)
- Aspetta un attimo, per favore. (Hold on a moment, please.)
- A che ora siete aperti? (What time are you open?)
- Posso annullare o riprogrammare? (Can I cancel or reschedule?)
Talking about your hobbies and interests
English | Italian |
hobby | il passatempo |
I like… | mi piace… |
music | la musica |
reading | leggere |
sports | lo sport |
cooking | cucinare |
traveling | viaggiare |
watching movies | guardare film |
photography | la fotografia |
art | l’arte |
- Qual è il tuo passatempo preferito? (What’s your favorite hobby?)
- Adoro viaggiare e guardare film. (I love traveling and watching movies.)
- Ti piace la fotografia o l’arte? (Do you like photography or art?)
- Che tipo di musica ti piace? (What kind of music do you like?)

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Eating and dining in Italian
Ordering coffee and pastries
English | Italian |
coffee | il caffè |
pastry | il pasticcino |
croissant | il cornetto |
sugar | lo zucchero |
milk | il latte |
cup/mug | la tazza |
table | il tavolo |
- Vorrei un cappuccino senza zucchero. (I’d like a cappuccino without sugar.)
- Avete cornetti freschi? (Do you have fresh croissants?)
- Posso averlo da portare via? (Can I have it to go?)
- Avete opzioni vegane? (Do you have any vegan options?)
Ordering and paying at a restaurant
English | Italian |
dish/meal | il piatto |
waiter | il cameriere |
recommendation | il consiglio |
starter/appetizer | l’antipasto |
dessert | il dolce |
bill | il conto |
cash | i contanti |
card | la carta |
- Vorrei il menù, per favore. (I’d like the menu, please.)
- Cosa consiglia come antipasto? (What do you recommend as an appetizer?)
- Abbiamo una prenotazione per due. (We have a reservation for two.)
- Vorrei un secondo di pesce, per favore. (I’d like a fish main course, please.)
- Posso pagare con carta di credito? (Can I pay with a credit card?)
Shopping at the market
English | Italian |
market | il mercato |
fruits | la frutta |
vegetables | le verdure |
price | il prezzo |
basket | il cestino |
fresh | fresco |
organic produce | i prodotti biologici (pl.) |
- Quanto costa un chilo di mele? (How much does a kilo of apples cost?)
- Vorrei un cestino di pomodori freschi. (I’d like a basket of fresh tomatoes.)
- Dove si trova il mercato? (Where is the market located?)
- Posso pagare in contanti? (Can I pay in cash?)
- Queste verdure sono biologiche? (Are these vegetables organic?)
Transportation and directions
Using public transport
English | Italian |
ticket | il biglietto |
station | la stazione |
train | il treno |
bus | l’autobus |
metro/subway | la metropolitana |
stop | la fermata |
platform | il binario |
schedule/timetable | l’orario |
ticket machine | la macchinetta |
- Vorrei un biglietto per Milano. (I’d like a ticket to Milan.)
- Il binario è il numero 5. (The platform is number 5.)
- Dov’è la fermata dell’autobus? (Where is the bus stop?)
- Questo treno va a Roma? (Does this train go to Rome?)
At the airport
English | Italian |
passport | il passaporto |
boarding pass | la carta d’imbarco |
flight | il volo |
seat | il posto |
bag/luggage | il bagaglio |
security | la sicurezza |
customs | la dogana |
arrival | l’arrivo |
- Dov’è il check-in per questo volo? (Where is the check-in for this flight?)
- Ho bisogno della carta d’imbarco. (I need the boarding pass.)
- Quanto pesa il bagaglio? (How much does the luggage weigh?)
- L’arrivo è alle 8:00. (The arrival is at 8:00.)
- Dov’è il check-in per questo volo? (Where is the check-in for this flight?)
Taking a taxi or rideshare
English | Italian |
driver | l’autista |
address | l’indirizzo |
fare | la tariffa |
reservation | la prenotazione |
destination | la destinazione |
nearby | il vicino |
pick-up point | il punto di ritiro |
- Vorrei prenotare un taxi. (I’d like to book a taxi.)
- Dov’è il punto di ritiro? (Where is the pick-up point?)
- Quanto costa la tariffa? (How much does the fare cost?)
- Portami a questo indirizzo, per favore. (Take me to this address, please.)
- Accettate i contanti? (Do you accept cash?)

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Handling practical situations
At the pharmacy
English | Italian |
medicine | la medicina, il medicinale |
pain | il dolore |
fever | la febbre |
headache | il mal di testa |
cough | la tosse |
allergic reaction | la reazione allergica |
prescription | la ricetta |
pharmacy | la farmacia |
bandage | il bendaggio |
stomachache | il mal di stomaco |
- Avete qualcosa per la febbre? (Do you have something for a fever?)
- Penso di avere una reazione allergica. (I think I’m having an allergic reaction.)
- Dov’è la farmacia? (Where is the pharmacy?)
- Posso avere una ricetta per questo? (Can I have a prescription for this?)
Reserving and checking into a hotel
English | Italian |
room | la camera, la stanza |
key | la chiave |
check-in | la registrazione |
bed | il letto |
bathroom | il bagno |
elevator | l’ascensore |
breakfast | la colazione |
- Posso avere la chiave della mia camera, per favore? (Can I have the key to my room, please?)
- A che ora è servita la colazione? (What time is breakfast served?)
- C’è un ascensore? (Is there an elevator?)
- Vorrei prenotare una camera per due notti. (I’d like to book a room for two nights.)
Emergencies and seeking help
English | Italian |
help | aiuto |
police | la polizia |
doctor | il medico, il dottore |
hospital | l’ospedale |
emergency | l’emergenza |
ambulance | l’ambulanza |
fire | l’incendio |
danger | il pericolo |
accident | l’incidente |
to call | chiamare |
- Ho bisogno di aiuto! (I need help!)
- Chiamate un’ambulanza, per favore! (Call an ambulance, please!)
- Dov’è l’ospedale? (Where is the hospital?)
- C’è stato un incidente. (There’s been an accident.)
- Ho bisogno di parlare con la polizia. (I need to talk to the police.)
FAQs
What does ‘prego’ mean?
Prego can mean “you’re welcome,” “please” or “go ahead,” depending on the context.
How do you respond to ‘Ciao’?
You can respond with ciao (hello or goodbye) or salve (hello; formal).
What is the meaning of ‘mamma mia’?
Possibly the most recognizable Italian expression, it conveys surprise or emotion, not unlike the phrase “Oh my goodness!”
Time to make some Italian conversation
You can conquer Italian conversations in less time than you’d imagine, especially if you focus your efforts on learning vocabulary that applies in many practical situations. Building confidence with these words and conversational phrases can make a big difference in your daily interactions, propelling your learning progress forward with minimal stress.
At Lingoda, we make learning Italian convenient with small group classes that ensure plenty of speaking practice, flexible scheduling to fit your busy life, and native-level teachers. Whether you’re a beginner or just brushing up, we’re here to help you feel confident and connected in Italian!

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

How to talk about the seasons of the year in Italian
La primavera (spring), l’estate (summer), l’autunno (autumn/fall) and l’inverno (winter) are what you’d call the four seasons in Italian. Whether you’re engaging in small talk, discussing travel plans or inquiring about Italian cultural traditions, these terms will surely prove handy. In Italy, the seasons are inextricably linked to the traditions and activities that occur at different times throughout the year. So, how do the people living in the various regions of Italy experience the seasons? From the snowy mountains and mild summers in the North to the (almost) year-long beach weather in the South, Italy’s seasonal diversity mirrors and informs its cultural and environmental diversity. Let’s dive in!
- Basic introduction to the Italian names for the seasons
- ‘La primavera’ (Spring)
- ‘L’estate’ (Summer)
- ‘L’autunno’ (Autumn/Fall)
- ‘L’inverno’ (Winter)
- FAQs
Basic introduction to the Italian names for the seasons
Below are the names of the seasons in Italian, along with some helpful tips on how to pronounce them correctly.
English | Italian | Pronunciation | IPA |
spring | la primavera | la pree-mah-veh-rah | /ˌpri.maˈve.ra/ |
summer | l’estate | le-stah-teh | /eˈsta.te/ |
autumn/fall | l’autunno | l-ow-toon-noh | /auˈtun.no/ |
winter | l’inverno | leen-vehr-noh | /inˈvɛr.no/ |
‘La primavera’ (Spring)
La primavera is a time to celebrate renewal and coming back to life. Temperatures along Italy’s southern coastlines rise to 20°C (68°F) as early as March, while areas closer to the Alps might stay chilly until early May.
Spring vocabulary
English | Italian |
spring cleaning | le pulizie di primavera (pl.) |
flowers | i fiori (pl.) |
bud | il germoglio |
garden | il giardino |
allergies | le allergie (pl.) |
to bloom | fiorire |
to grow | crescere |
to plant | piantare |
- In primavera i fiori iniziano a fiorire. (In spring, the flowers start to bloom.)
- Adoro piantare nuovi fiori nel mio giardino. (I love planting new flowers in my garden.)
- Il sole splende e l’aria è fresca. (The sun is shining, and the air is fresh.)
Notable events and festivities in spring
Major spring events celebrated across Italy include Father’s Day (la Festa di San Giuseppe), the Infiorata festival, la Festa della Liberazione and Pasqua (Easter).
In addition to the national holidays, Italians celebrate several regional feasts and parades. In Florence, for example, the Scoppio del Carro (Explosion of the Cart) marks Easter Sunday, and it’s quite impressive!
‘L’estate’ (Summer)
From the Latin aestas, meaning “heat,” the Italian word for summer immediately recalls open-air concerts, film festivals and sagre (town festivals, usually involving food). Most Italians also take generous vacation time around August and head to the seaside or countryside to relax.
Summer vocabulary
English | Italian |
beach | la spiaggia |
vacation | la vacanza |
ice cream | il gelato |
sea | il mare |
to relax | rilassarsi |
sand | la sabbia |
humidity | l’umidità |
sailing boat | la barca a vela |
- In estate adoro nuotare nel mare. (In summer, I love swimming in the sea.)
- Prendo il sole sulla spiaggia ogni mattina. (I sunbathe on the beach every morning.)
- Mangiamo un gelato per rinfrescarci. (We eat ice cream to cool off.)

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

Notable events and festivities in summer
Some of the most notable summer festivities include Ferragosto, the opera festival held in the Arena di Verona, the Festa del Redentore in Venice, and the spectacular Palio di Siena, a horse race with a history that dates back to the Middle Ages.

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works

‘L’autunno’ (Autumn/Fall)
L’autunno is the season of culinary celebrations. Grape and olive harvests dominate the countryside, and the whole season revolves around food-based traditions. From North to South, Italy’s landscapes shift in color thanks to stunning fall foliage.
Autumn vocabulary
English | Italian |
leaves | le foglie (pl.) |
to harvest | raccogliere |
chestnuts | le castagne (pl.) |
grapes | l’uva (pl.) |
rainy | piovoso |
pumpkin | la zucca |
cozy | accogliente |
foggy | nebbioso |
- In autunno le foglie diventano gialle. (In autumn, the leaves turn yellow.)
- Adoro raccogliere castagne. (I love collecting chestnuts.)
- Le mattine autunnali sono nebbiose. (Autumn mornings are foggy.)
Notable events and festivities in autumn
La Festa dell’Uva in Chianti and the Festa dell’Olio for olive oil are major events on the autumn calendar. In Piedmont, la Fiera del Tartufo Bianco honors the white truffle, while other regions hold castagnate (chestnut roasting festivals). In Venice, the Regata Storica boat race welcomes autumn with lively pageantry.
‘L’inverno’ (Winter)
Italian winter is both festive and cozy, blending time-honored traditions, holiday cheer and an ever-present assortment of seasonal treats and specialties.
Winter vocabulary
English | Italian |
snow | la neve |
to ski | sciare |
to freeze | gelare |
fireplace | il camino |
blanket | la coperta |
hot chocolate | la cioccolata calda |
frost | il gelo |
Christmas | il Natale |
- In inverno nevica spesso in montagna. (In winter, it often snows in the mountains.)
- Mi piace bere cioccolata calda davanti al camino. (I enjoy drinking hot chocolate by the fireplace.)
- Il lago è coperto di ghiaccio. (The lake is covered with ice.)
Notable events and festivities in winter
Winter begins with Natale (Christmas) celebrations, traditional performances of presepi viventi (live nativity scenes) and lively markets taking over small towns all across Italy. The markets of Trentino-Alto Adige stand out for their magical atmosphere.
In February, winter’s end is marked by the Carnevale di Venezia, a festival famous for its elaborate masks and grand parades.
How do you pronounce “seasons” in Italian?
The word for “seasons” in Italian is stagioni, and it’s pronounced “stah-jee-oh-nee.”
What season is l’autunno?
L’autunno is autumn or fall in Italian.
How do you say all the months in Italian?
The months in Italian, in order of their occurrence in the year, are gennaio, febbraio, marzo, aprile, maggio, giugno, luglio, agosto, settembre, ottobre, novembre and dicembre.
‘Ogni stagione ha la sua bellezza’ (Every season has its beauty)
Learning vocabulary about the seasons in Italian doesn’t only open the door to new cultural discoveries; it can also prove quite useful for everyday conversations. Knowing how to discuss seasons and related activities can help you engage in meaningful exchanges with locals.
If you feel inspired to improve your Italian language skills, consider Lingoda. With structured guidance and a gentle push to start speaking from Day One, Lingoda’s interactive Italian courses offer a challenge that’s tailored to your level. Join now to deepen your Italian knowledge, practice with native speakers and make real progress in your language journey!

Learn Italian with Lingoda
How it works
